Natuzzi S.p.A
Annual Report on Form 20-F
2018
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2018
Commission file number: 001-11854
NATUZZI S.p.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Republic of Italy
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Via Iazzitiello 47, 70029, Santeramo in Colle, Bari, Italy
(Address of principal executive offices)
Mr. Pietro Direnzo
Tel.: +39 080 8820 812; pdirenzo@natuzzi.com; Via Iazzitiello 47, 70029 Santeramo in Colle, Bari, Italy
(Name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing
five Ordinary Shares
Ordinary Shares, with a par value of €1.00 each*
NTZ
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*
*Not for trading, but only in connection with registration of American Depositary Shares
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period
covered by the annual report:
As of December 31, 2018 54,853,045 Ordinary Shares
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the
registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board
to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒
Other ☐
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant
has elected to follow. ☐ Item 17 ☐ Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data................................................................................................................................................
Exchange Rates ............................................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors .................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................................
Organizational Structure ..............................................................................................................................................
Strategy ........................................................................................................................................................................
Manufacturing ..............................................................................................................................................................
Supply-Chain Management .........................................................................................................................................
Products .......................................................................................................................................................................
Innovation ....................................................................................................................................................................
Advertising ..................................................................................................................................................................
Retail Development .....................................................................................................................................................
Markets ........................................................................................................................................................................
Customer Credit Management .....................................................................................................................................
Incentive Programs and Tax Benefits ..........................................................................................................................
Management of Exchange Rate Risk ...........................................................................................................................
Trademarks and Patents ...............................................................................................................................................
Regulation ....................................................................................................................................................................
Environmental Regulatory Compliance .......................................................................................................................
Insurance ......................................................................................................................................................................
Description of Properties .............................................................................................................................................
Capital Expenditures ....................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ..........................................................................................................
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS ...................................................................
Critical Accounting Policies and estimates ..................................................................................................................
Non-GAAP Financial Measures ..................................................................................................................................
Results of Operations ...................................................................................................................................................
2018 Compared to 2017 ...............................................................................................................................................
Liquidity and Capital Resources ..................................................................................................................................
Contractual Obligations and Commitments .................................................................................................................
Trend information ........................................................................................................................................................
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements ................................................................................................................................
Related Party Transactions ..........................................................................................................................................
New Accounting Standards under IFRS ......................................................................................................................
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES ...................................................................
Compensation of Directors and Officers .....................................................................................................................
Statutory Auditors ........................................................................................................................................................
Page
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
12
12
13
13
16
19
20
20
23
24
24
27
28
29
29
29
29
30
30
31
31
31
31
33
34
35
38
39
40
42
42
42
44
47
47
i
Employees ....................................................................................................................................................................
Share Ownership ..........................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders ......................................................................................................................................................
Related Party Transactions ..........................................................................................................................................
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................................................................................................
Export Sales .................................................................................................................................................................
Legal and Governmental Proceedings .........................................................................................................................
Dividends .....................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
Trading Markets and Share Prices ...............................................................................................................................
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
By-laws ........................................................................................................................................................................
Material Contracts........................................................................................................................................................
Exchange Controls .......................................................................................................................................................
Taxation .......................................................................................................................................................................
Documents on Display .................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 12A. DEBT SECURITIES
ITEM 12B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
ITEM 12C. OTHER SECURITIES
ITEM 12D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
PART II
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.
PART III
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
Page
48
50
50
50
51
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
54
54
59
60
61
65
65
67
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
69
70
70
70
70
71
71
71
71
74
75
75
75
ii
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
In this annual report on Form 20-F (the “Annual Report”), references to “€” or “Euro” are to the Euro and references to
“U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S.$” or “$” are to United States dollars.
Amounts stated in U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated, have been translated from the Euro amount by converting the
Euro amounts into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for
customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) for euros on December 31, 2018 of
U.S.$ 1.1456. The foreign currency conversions in this Annual Report should not be taken as representations that the foreign currency
amounts actually represent the equivalent U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated.
The consolidated financial statements of the Natuzzi S.p.A. as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the consolidated
statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), including interpretations issued by the IFRS
Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements as at
December 31, 2018 are the Group’s first set of consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and IFRS 1 “First-
time Adoption of International Financial Reporting” has been applied.
The annual audited consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report are the Company’s first consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. Historical financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017
have been adjusted based on IFRS, which differs from the results included in our annual reports on Form 20-F for the year ended
December 31, 2017. In addition, no consolidated financial statements and no financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS
for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been included in this annual report. See Notes 1 and 43 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
All discussions in this Annual Report are in relation to IFRS, unless otherwise indicated.
In this Annual Report, the term “seat” is used as a unit of measurement. A sofa consists of three seats; an armchair
consists of one seat.
The terms “Natuzzi,” “Natuzzi Group”, “Company,” “Group,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” unless otherwise indicated or as the
context may otherwise require, mean Natuzzi S.p.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
None of the websites referred to in this Annual Report, including where a link is provided, nor any of the information
contained on such websites is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
The Company makes forward-looking statements in this Annual Report. Statements that are not historical facts, including
statements about the Group’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “believe,” “expect,” “intend,”
“plan” and “anticipate” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not exclusive means of
identifying such statements. These statements are based on management’s current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore
readers should not place undue reliance on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the dates they were made, and the
Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any of them, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Projections and targets included in this Annual Report are intended to describe our current targets and goals, and not as a
prediction of future performance or results. The attainment of such projections and targets is subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties described in the paragraph below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors.”
Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, as well as other factors that may be beyond our
control. The Company cautions readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those
contained in any forward-looking statement. Such factors include, but are not limited to: effects on the Group from competition with
other furniture producers, material changes in consumer demand or preferences, significant economic developments in the Group’s
primary markets, the Group’s execution of its reorganization plans for its manufacturing facilities, significant changes in labor,
material and other costs affecting the construction of new plants, significant changes in the costs of principal raw materials, significant
exchange rate movements or changes in the Group’s legal and regulatory environment, including developments related to the Italian
Government’s investment incentive or similar programs. The Company cautions readers that the foregoing list of important factors is
1
not exhaustive. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to the Company, investors and others
should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
PART I
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated and is qualified by reference
to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in Item 18 of this
Annual Report and the information presented under “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included in Item 5 of this
Annual Report. The statements of profit or loss and statements of financial position data presented below have been derived from the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
The consolidated financial statements of Natuzzi S.p.A. as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the consolidated
statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), including interpretations issued by the IFRS
Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements as at
December 31, 2018 are the Group’s first set of consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and IFRS 1 “First-
time Adoption of International Financial Reporting” has been applied.
Being a first-time adopter, the Group restated the 2017 consolidated financial statements for comparative purposes, in
order to present the effect of the adoption of the IFRS. Historical financial results as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017
have also been adjusted based on IFRS, which differs from the results included in our annual reports on Form 20-F for the year ended
December 31, 2017. The Group’s date of transition to the IFRS is January 1, 2017 and its first set of consolidated financial statements
prepared in accordance with the IFRS is that as at and for the year ended December 31, 2018. Note 43 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report describes the effects of the transition from the generally accepted accounting
principles in the Republic of Italy (“Italian GAAP”) to the IFRS and presents the related reconciliation schedules.
2
Since these are our first audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, pursuant to the
transitional relief granted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of the first-time adoption of IFRS, we have only
provided financial statements and financial information for the financial years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
Financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 derived from our consolidated financial statements
prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Italy (“Italian GAAP”) have not been
included below, and no consolidated financial statements and no financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year
ended December 31, 2016 have been included in this annual report. See Notes 1 and 43 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
2018
2017
(millions of euro, except per Ordinary Share)
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss data:
Revenue ...............................................................................................................................................
Cost of sales ........................................................................................................................................
Gross profit ........................................................................................................................................
Other income ......................................................................................................................................
Selling expenses .................................................................................................................................
Administrative expenses ....................................................................................................................
Impairment on trade receivables .......................................................................................................
Other expenses ....................................................................................................................................
Operating loss ...................................................................................................................................
Finance income ...................................................................................................................................
Finance costs .......................................................................................................................................
Net exchange rate gains / (losses) .....................................................................................................
Gains from disposal and loss of control of a subsidiary ..................................................................
Net finance income/(costs) ...............................................................................................................
Share of profit/(loss) of equity-method investees ............................................................................
Profit/(loss) before tax .....................................................................................................................
Income tax expense ............................................................................................................................
Profit/(Loss) before non-controlling interests ..............................................................................
Non-controlling interests....................................................................................................................
Profit/(Loss) for the year .................................................................................................................
Profit/(Loss) per ordinary share (basic and diluted) ..........................................................
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares Outstanding ..............................................
2018
(millions of
dollars,
except per
Ordinary
Share)(1)
505.0
(363.2)
141.8
7.0
(135.5)
(41.6)
(0.8)
(0.7)
(29.9)
0.5
(6.6)
(4.6)
88.9
78.1
(0.4)
47.8
(8.8)
39.0
(0.2)
39.2
0.72
54,853,045
428.5
(308.2)
120.3
5.9
(115.0)
(35.3)
(0.7)
(0.6)
(25.4)
0.4
(5.6)
(3.9)
75.4
66.3
(0.3)
40.6
(7.5)
33.1
(0.2)
33.3
0.61
54,853,045
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data(3):
Current assets ...................................................................................................................................... $
Total assets ..........................................................................................................................................
Current liabilities ................................................................................................................................
Long-term borrowings .......................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests....................................................................................................................
Shareholders’ equity attributable to Natuzzi S.p.A. and Subsidiaries(2) .......................................
Net Assets ...........................................................................................................................................
€
237.3
427.0
192.9
11.9
1.8
156.4
158.3
€
207.1
372.7
168.4
10.4
1.6
136.5
138.2
448.9
(318.4)
130.5
1.6
(118.2)
(36.1)
(1.5)
(0.2)
(23.9)
1.2
(6.3)
1.1
0.0
(4.0)
0.0
(27.9)
(2.9)
(30.8)
(0.4)
(30.4)
(0.55)
54,853,045
206.6
332.5
154.9
20.9
2.0
102.5
104.5
1)
2)
3)
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss amounts are converted from euros into U.S. dollars by using the average Federal
Reserve Bank of New York Euro exchange rate for 2018 of U.S.$ 1.1785 per 1 Euro. Consolidated Statement of financial
position amounts are converted from euros into U.S. dollars using the Noon Buying Rate of U.S.$ 1.1456 per 1 Euro as of
December 31, 2018. Source: Bloomberg (USCFEURO Index).
Share capital as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to €54.9 million and €54.9 million, respectively. Shareholder’s
Equity represents the Total Equity attributable to Natuzzi S.p.A. and its subsidiaries.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data as of January 1, 2017 were as follows: Current assets: €226.1 million; Total
assets: €356.4 million; Current liabilities: €155.2 million; Long-term borrowings: €6.3 million; Non-controlling interests: €3.4
million; Shareholders’ equity attributable to Natuzzi S.p.A. and Subsidiaries: €140.6 million; Net Assets: €144.0 million.
3
The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the Noon Buying Rate for the Euro expressed in U.S.
Exchange Rates
dollars per Euro.
Year:
2014 ......................................................................................................
2015 ......................................................................................................
2016 ......................................................................................................
2017 ......................................................................................................
2018 ......................................................................................................
Month ending on:
31-Oct-2018 ........................................................................................
30-Nov-2018 .......................................................................................
31-Dec-2018 ........................................................................................
31-Jan-2019 .........................................................................................
28-Feb-2019 ........................................................................................
31-Mar-2019 .......................................................................................
Through April 19, 2019 ........................................................................
Average(1)
1.3210
1.1032
1.1029
1.1396
1.1785
High
1.1594
1.1459
1.1456
1.1524
1.1474
1.1376
1.1304
At Period End
1.2101
1.0859
1.0552
1.2022
1.1456
Low
1.1332
1.1281
1.1300
1.1322
1.1268
1.1214
1.1186
(1) The average of the Noon Buying Rates for the relevant period, calculated using the average of the Noon Buying Rates on the
last business day of each month during the period. Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release on Foreign Exchange Rates–
Historical Rates for Euro Area; Bloomberg (USCFEURO Index).
The effective Noon Buying Rate on April 19, 2019 was U.S.$ 1.1246 to 1 Euro.
Risk Factors
Investing in the Company’s ADSs involves certain risks. You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all
of the information included in this Annual Report.
The Group has a recent history of losses; the Group’s future profitability, financial condition and ability to
maintain adequate levels of liquidity depend, to a large extent, on its ability to overcome macroeconomic and operational
challenges — In 2018, the Group reported a profit of €33.1 million, mainly as a result of a €75.4 million gain following the
finalization of the joint venture in China which occurred in July 2018. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
in Item 18 of this Annual Report. During the same year, the Group reported an operating loss of €25.5 million. In 2017, the Group
reported a loss of €30.8 million and an operating loss of €24.0 million, mainly resulting from both external factors and new
operational challenges. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” During the 2013-2016 period, the Company
implemented an intensive restructuring of its operations that led to an improving trend in its results.
In 2017 and 2018, the Group concentrated its efforts on the expansion of the Group’s retail network of monobrand stores,
both directly operated and franchised. This activity required significant upfront costs at both the regional and HQ level. Most of the
newly opened mono-brand stores were not fully productive during the first months of their openings in 2017 and 2018 and, therefore,
investments in the retail and marketing organization were, at the beginning, not adequately returned by sales. While the Group expects
the new directly-operated stores will progressively improve in productivity to absorb such up-front costs, there is a chance that these
investments will not be recouped.
As in previous years, the Group continues to operate in a persistently difficult macroeconomic environment affecting the
furniture industry (particularly evident in some mature markets, such as Europe), which includes weak economic activity in certain
Euro-zone countries.
In response to this difficult macroeconomic environment, in 2014, the Group launched a transformation plan which was
aimed at restructuring the Group’s operations, by reducing our Italian workforce. In 2017 and 2018, the Company faced redundant
workforce related challenges. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” The Group may continue to be affected by
difficult macroeconomic conditions and may face operational challenges going forward.
In addition, during the last seven years, pursuant to our obligations under the Italian Reorganization Agreements (as
defined in Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts” below), the Group incurred aggregate financial obligations in the
4
amount of € 42.8 million (€1.4 million, €16.9 million, €4.5 million, €4.5 million, €13.5 million, €1.4 million and €0.6 million for years
2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively) in connection with an incentive program aimed at reducing redundant
employees.
Despite these incentive payments, the Group increased its cash and cash equivalents from €52.5 million at the end of 2015
to €65.0 million at the end of 2016. This positive result was due to benefits deriving from the Transformation Plan and improvements
in efficiency, trade receivables securitizations and other improvements in net working capital, despite declining sales. 2016 was also
characterized by an increase in financial credit lines that were initially granted by financial institutions in 2015 on both a short and
long-term basis. In 2017, for the reasons highlighted above, cash and cash equivalents decreased to €55.0 million from €65.0 million
at the end of 2016. Group’s Net Financial Position was equal to €3.3 million at the end of 2017, from €28.9 million in 2016. Group’s
Net Financial Position was equal to €6.0 million at the end of 2018, from €3.3 million in 2017. In 2018, cash and cash equivalents
were €62.1 million, mainly as a result of the joint venture signed in July 2018. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects.”
Despite the challenges arising from the restructuring of our Italian operations, management believes that the Group has a
sufficient source of liquidity to fund working capital expenditures and other contractual obligations for the next 12 months. See “Item
5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” The Group has also faced increased labor costs for some of its manufacturing
plants operating abroad. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Manufacturing” for further information.
Our results of operations and ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity in the future will depend on our ability to
overcome these and other challenges. Our failure to achieve profitability in the future could adversely affect the trading price of our
shares and our ability to raise additional capital and, accordingly, our ability to grow our business. There can be no assurance that we
will succeed in addressing any or all of these risks, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results.
The Group has redundant workers at its Italian operations. This remains an unresolved issue and the management
of such redundant workers may not be successful and therefore, could significantly impact our operations, earnings and
liquidity in the foreseeable future — In May 2017, the Italian Supreme Court rejected the Company’s appeal of a lawsuit brought by
two former employees of the Company relating to the implementation of the Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria (“CIGS”), an
Italian temporary lay-off program, ruling in favor of the plaintiffs. As a result of this decision, the Company accrued €9.3 million in
the “Provision for legal claims” included in the “Provisions (non current)” caption of the Company’s Statement of financial position.
In addition, in October 2016 the Company laid off 176 workers as part of an organization restructuring, 166 of which were then re-
employed in the second half of 2017 as the Bari Labor Court deemed the dismissals to have been carried out improperly. In this
regard, in December 2017, the Company reached an agreement with the Italian institutions representing these workers to extend the
scope of the Solidarity Agreement (as defined below) in order to reduce the impact of the re-employments in 2018.
In December 2018, subject to obtaining any applicable authorizations, the Company, along with the Trade Unions and
relevant Italian authorities, agreed to extend the current Solidarity Agreement (reduced-work schedules) for a one-year period ending
in December 2019. In addition, parties signed an agreement to allow the Company to benefit from a temporary workforce reduction
program, involving up to 491 employees, for a period of 24 months, called CIGS “Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria”, in
order to support the reorganization process. Furthermore, the parties involved agreed upon setting up an Incentive Plan for staff who
would voluntarily terminate their employment relationship in 2019. For further information, please see Note 21 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report for the amounts accrued by the Company for the probable contingent
liability related to legal procedures initiated by several third parties as result of past events.
Global economic conditions may affect the Group’s business and could significantly impact our operations, sales,
earnings and liquidity in the foreseeable future — Our sales volumes and revenues may be affected by overall general economic
conditions. For example, a significant decline in the global economy, or in consumers’ confidence could have a material adverse effect
on our business. Deteriorating general economic conditions may affect disposable incomes and reduce consumer wealth, thus affecting
client demand, which may negatively impact our profitability and put downward pressure on our prices and volumes. Many factors, all
of which are generally beyond our control, affect the level of consumer spending in the home furnishing industry, including the state
of the economy as a whole, stock market performance, interest and exchange rates, inflation, political uncertainty, the availability of
consumer credit, tax rates, unemployment levels and other matters that influence consumer confidence. In general, sales of home
furnishing goods tend to decline during recessionary periods when the level of disposable income tends to be lower or when consumer
confidence is low. We distribute our products internationally and we may be affected by downturns in general economic conditions or
uncertainties regarding future economic prospects that may affect the Countries in which we sell a significant portion of our products.
In particular, the majority of our current sales are in the EU and in the United States; if we are unable to expand in emerging markets,
a downturn in mature economies, such as the EU and the United States, may negatively affect our results of operations and financial
performance.
5
More generally, there are many risks to the global macro-economic outlook in 2019, including (among other things)
monetary policy uncertainty; geopolitical tensions globally; political tensions in Europe; unsolved sovereign debt issues in many
southern European countries; threats to globalization by renewed protectionism, including rising trade tensions stemming from
between the U.S. and China regarding trade relations and tariffs; the lack of progress in Brexit negotiations raising the risk of a
disruptive exit with potential far-reaching consequences including the imposition of potential trade barriers, custom duties, logistic
issues and restrictions to the free movement of goods and people; high levels of government, corporate and consumer indebtedness in
various countries (including high levels of indebtedness in emerging markets) and a potentially significant slowdown in Chinese
growth.
In the EU, in particular, despite measures taken by several governments and monetary authorities to provide financial
assistance to certain Eurozone countries and to avoid default on sovereign debt obligations, concerns persist regarding the debt burden
of several countries. These concerns, along with the significant fiscal adjustments carried out in several countries, intended to manage
sovereign credit risk, have led to further pressure on economic growth and may lead to new periods of recession. Furthermore, a
resurgence of the sovereign debt crisis in Europe could diminish the banking industry’s ability to lend to the real economy, thus
creating a negative spiral of declining production, higher unemployment and a weakening financial sector.
In addition, uncertainties regarding future trade arrangements and industrial policies in various countries, such as in the
United Kingdom following the referendum to leave the European Union and in the United States under the current administration,
create additional macroeconomic risk. In the United States, any policy to discourage import into the United States of home furnishings
manufactured elsewhere could adversely affect our operations. Any new policies and any steps we may take to address such new
policies may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
These difficult and uncertain conditions could continue to affect our sales and earnings in the future. Sales of residential
furniture are impacted by downturns in the general economy primarily due to decreased discretionary spending by consumers.
Adverse economic conditions may also affect the financial health and performance of our dealers in a manner that will
affect sales of our products or their ability to meet their commitments to us. Economic downturn may also affect retailers, our primary
customers, and may result in the inability of our customers to pay the amounts owed to us. In addition, if our retail customers are
unable to sell our products or are unable to access credit, they may experience financial difficulties leading to bankruptcies,
liquidations, and other unfavorable events. If any of these events occur, or if unfavorable economic conditions continue to challenge
the consumer environment, our future sales, earnings, and liquidity would likely be adversely impacted.
The Group’s ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to service our debt obligations and comply
with our other financial obligations, and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional
financing depends on multiple factors, many of which may be beyond our control — Our ability to make scheduled payments due
on our existing and anticipated debt obligations and on our other financial obligations, and to refinance and to fund planned capital
expenditure and development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash. See “— The Group has a recent history of losses; the
Group’s future profitability, financial condition and ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity depend to a large extent on its
ability to overcome macroeconomic and operational challenges.” We will need to generate sufficient operating cash flow from our
operations to service our current and future projected indebtedness. Our ability to obtain cash to service our existing and projected
debts is subject to a range of economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond our control. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to satisfy our existing and projected debt
and other financial obligations, in which case, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, sell assets, reduce or delay
capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our
indebtedness will depend on the financial markets and our financial condition at such time. To the extent we have borrowings under
bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings that are payable upon demand or which have short maturities to repay or refinance such
amounts on short notice, which may be difficult to do on acceptable financial terms or at all.
At December 31, 2018, we had €35.1 million of bank overdraft and short-term borrowings outstanding. In addition, while
we had €62.1 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2018, 29.4% of this amount was held by our Chinese subsidiaries,
which can be paid to us incurring withholding taxes. We cannot assure you that any refinancing or restructuring would be possible,
that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales or the amount of proceeds that would be realized from those sales.
We cannot assure you that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or would be permitted under the terms
of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our failure to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our existing and projected debt
obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
6
The Company uses a securitization program to manage liquidity risk. Should such program be terminated, the
Company’s ability to manage such risk will be impaired — As a means to manage liquidity risk, in July 2015, the Company
entered into a non-recourse securitization agreement (the “Securitization Agreement”) with an affiliate of Banca Intesa (the
“Assignee”). Under the Securitization Agreement, the Company assigns certain customer receivables to the Assignee in exchange for
short-term credit, thereby providing the Company with an important and stable source of short-term funding. The Company’s ability
to continue using this tool to mitigate liquidity risk depends on the assigned receivables meeting certain credit criteria, one such
criterion being the continued solvency of the customers owing such receivables. If these criteria are not met, including, for example,
because the credit quality of the Company’s customers deteriorates, the Securitization Agreement may be terminated, thereby
depriving the Company of an important tool for managing liquidity risk.
The Group’s operations have benefited in 2018 and in previous years from temporary work force reduction
programs that, if not continued, may have an impact on the Group’s future performance — Due to the persistently difficult
business environment that has negatively affected the Group’s sales performance over the years, the Company has in recent years
entered into a series of agreements with Italian trade unions and the relevant Italian Ministry pursuant to which government funds
have been used to pay a substantial portion of the salaries of redundant workers who are subject to either layoffs (as in the case of
Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria, or “CIGS,” an Italian temporary lay-off program) or reduced work schedules (as in the
case of the Solidarity Agreement, as defined below).
The agreements signed in recent years have been important. Between October 2013 and October 2015, 500 blue collar
workers voluntarily terminated their employment with Company, which led to a gradual reduction of redundant structural staff.
On March 3, 2015, the Minister of Labour and Social Politics signed new agreements in order to reduce the redundant
staff by reducing the working hours per day (the “Solidarity Agreement”). Pursuant to the Solidarity Agreement, a higher number of
workers, as compared to the Company’s current need, may continue to work at the Company, though with a salary reduction that is
less than proportional to the reduction in working hours (as a result of government financial support). On March 22, 2016, the
Solidarity Agreement was extended for a one-year period, expiring on May 1, 2017. On March 27, 2017, the Company and the trade
unions involved agreed to extend the Solidarity Agreement until December 2018.
In 2017, the Company had to reintegrate 166 workers by carrying out the reinstatement measures of the Bari Labour Court
that canceled the October 2016 dismissals.
The impact of the reintegration of these 166 workers was managed by the Company through the signing of a new
Solidarity Agreement, with the Minister of Labor and Social Politics and trade unions, which extends to all employees, including
reintegrated workers.
In December 2018, subject to obtaining any applicable authorizations, the Company, along with the Trade Unions and
Italian relevant authorities agreed to extend the Solidarity Agreement (reduced-work schedules) in force for a one-year period ending
in December 2019. In addition, parties signed an agreement to allow the Company to benefit from a temporary workforce reduction
program, called CIGS, involving up to 491 employees, for a period of 24 months in order to support the reorganization process. For
further information, please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.
The Company’s inability to continue reducing redundant structural staff could have an adverse effect on our financial
condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The Group’s operations may be adversely impacted by strikes, slowdowns and other labor relations matters —
Many of our employees, including many of the laborers at our Italian plants, are unionized and covered by collective bargaining
agreements. As a result, we are subject to the risk of strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns and other labor relations matters,
particularly in our Italian plants.
Any strikes, threats of strikes, slowdowns or other resistance in connection with our reorganization plan, the negotiation of
new labor agreements or otherwise could adversely affect our business as well as impair our ability to implement further measures to
reduce structural costs and improve production efficiencies. A lengthy strike that involves a significant portion of our manufacturing
facilities could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We may not execute our Budget, successfully or in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations or on our ability to achieve the objectives set forth in our plans — On February 8, 2019, the Board of
Directors adopted a budget for 2019. As set out in this Budget, we expect a slight return to profitability, by consolidating investments
made in the retail business through the expansion of our mono-brand stores (either directly or franchised operated) as well as focusing
primarily on a few selected primary customers with reference to our unbranded business, while continuing to implement efficiency
recovery actions in manufacturing and supply chain and a general cost control activity. The profitability of our operations depends on
7
the successful and timely execution of the Budget. The failure to successfully and timely achieve these objectives could result in a
failure to reduce costs and improve sales and, hence, generate losses for the Group.
A failure to offer a wide range of products that appeal to consumers in the markets we target and at different
price-points could result in a decrease in our future profitability — The Group’s sales depend on our ability to anticipate and
reflect consumer tastes and trends in the products we sell in various markets around the world, as well as our ability to offer our
products at various price points that reflect the spending levels of our target consumers. While we have broadened the offering of our
products in terms of styles and price points over the past several years in order to attract a wider base of consumers, our results of
operations are highly dependent on our continued ability to properly anticipate and predict these trends. The potential inability of the
Group to anticipate consumer tastes and preferences in the various markets in which we operate, and to offer these products at prices
that are competitive to consumers, may negatively affect the Group’s ability to generate future earnings.
In addition, with the vast majority of our revenue deriving from the sale of leather-upholstered furniture, consumers have
the choice of purchasing upholstered furniture in a wide variety of styles and materials, and consumer preferences may change. There
can be no assurance that the current market for leather-upholstered furniture will grow consistent with our internal projections or that
it will not decline.
Demand for furniture is cyclical and may fall in the future — Historically, the furniture industry has been cyclical,
fluctuating with economic cycles, and sensitive to general economic conditions, housing starts, interest rate levels, credit availability
and other factors that affect consumer spending habits. Due to the discretionary nature of most furniture purchases and the fact that
they often represent a significant expenditure to the average consumer, such purchases may be deferred during times of economic
uncertainty such as those being recently experienced in some of our markets, such as Europe, or the United States some years ago.
The furniture market is highly competitive — The Group operates in a highly competitive industry that includes a large
number of manufacturers. No single company has a dominant position in the industry. Competition is generally based on product
quality, brand name recognition, price and service.
The Group principally competes in the upholstered furniture sub-segment of the furniture market. In Europe, the
upholstered furniture market is highly fragmented. In the United States, the upholstered furniture market includes a number of
relatively large companies, some of which are larger and have greater financial resources than the Group. Some of the Group’s
competitors offer extensively advertised, well-recognized branded products.
Competition has increased significantly in recent years as foreign producers from countries with lower manufacturing
costs have begun to play an important role in the upholstered furniture market. Such manufacturers are often able to offer their
products at lower prices, which increases price competition in the industry. In particular, manufacturers in Asia and Eastern Europe
have increased competition in the lower-priced segment of the market. As a result of the actions and strength of the Group’s
competitors and the inherent fragmentation in some markets in which it competes, the Group is continually subject to the risk of losing
market share, which may lower its sales and profits.
Market competition may also force the Group to reduce prices and margins, thereby negatively affecting its cash flows.
The highly competitive nature of the industry means that we are constantly at risk of losing market share, which would
likely result in a loss of future sales and earnings. In addition, due to high levels of competition, it may not be possible for us to raise
the prices of our products in response to inflationary pressures or increasing costs, which could result in a decrease in our profit
margins.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated,
could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business or ADS price — In reviewing the accounting for the significant
unusual transaction (“SUT”) we completed in 2018 as part of a joint venture agreement with Kuka Furniture (Ningbo) Co., Ltd.
(“Kuka”) (see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F), our
management identified a deficiency in the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The deficient internal control
was intended to properly document and review (i) the appropriate accounting under IFRS of the recognition of revenue from the
licensing of Natuzzi’s trademarks to the joint venture Natuzzi Trading Shanghai (IFRS 15, B58) and (ii) the appropriate classification
under IFRS of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai as a joint venture of Natuzzi S.p.A.
As described under “Item 15. Controls and Procedures”, an inappropriate accounting policy was identified and corrected
before finalization and publication of our unaudited consolidated results as at and for the three months and full year ended December
31, 2018. Nonetheless, our management has concluded that the deficiency constitutes a material weakness in our internal control over
financial reporting and, as a result, internal control over financial reporting was not effective as at December 31, 2018.
8
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that
there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected
on a timely basis.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. We cannot assure you that
additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting will not arise in the future.
We have developed a plan to remediate this material weakness and believe, based on our evaluation to date, that this
material weakness will be remediated on a timely basis in 2019. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that this will occur within the
contemplated timeframe. If we are unable to remediate the material weakness, our ability to record, process and report financial
information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within the time periods specified by the rules and forms of the Securities
and Exchange Commission, could be adversely affected. The occurrence of or failure to remediate the material weakness may, in the
event of similar significant unusual transactions in the future, have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business and the
market price of our ADSs and any other securities we may issue.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates may adversely affect the Group’s results — The Group
conducts a substantial part of its business outside of the Euro-zone and is exposed to market risks stemming from fluctuations in
currency and interest rates. In particular, an increase in the value of the Euro relative to other currencies used in the countries in which
the Group operates has in the past, and may in the future, reduce the relative value of the revenues from its operations in those
countries, and therefore may adversely affect its operating results or financial position, which are reported in Euro. In addition to this
risk, the Group is subject to currency exchange rate risk to the extent that its costs are denominated in currencies other than those in
which it earns revenues. In 2018, 64% of the Group’s revenue and almost 46% of its costs were denominated in currencies other than
the Euro. The Group also holds a substantial portion of its cash and cash equivalents in currencies other than the Euro, including a
large amount in Chinese Yuan (CNY or RMB, hereafter) received as compensation for the relocation of its Chinese manufacturing
plant in 2011. The Group is therefore exposed to the risk that fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect its results,
as has been the case in recent years. During 2018 through the first part of 2019, the foreign exchange markets have been subject to a
high degree of volatility, with the Euro currency strengthening over the major currencies, US dollar in particular, in which the Group
sells its products.
In addition, foreign exchange movements might also negatively affect the relative purchasing power of our clients which
could also have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Although we seek to manage our foreign currency risk in order to minimize negative effects from rate fluctuations,
including through hedging activities, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so successfully. Therefore, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by fluctuations in market rates, particularly if these highly
volatile market conditions persist.
In the normal course of business, the Group also faces risks that are either non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks
principally include country risk, credit risk and legal risk. For more information about currency and interest rates risks, see Item 11,
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
The Group faces risks associated with its international operations — The Group is exposed to risks arising from its
international operations, including changes in governmental regulations, tariffs or taxes and other trade barriers, price, wage and
currency exchange controls, political, social, and economic instability in the countries where the Group operates, inflation and
exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results.
9
The Group’s past results and operations have significantly benefited from government incentive programs, which
may not be available in the future — Historically, the Group derived significant benefits from the Italian Government’s investment
incentive programs for under-industrialized regions in Southern Italy, including tax benefits, subsidized loans and capital grants. See
“Item 4. Information on the Company—Incentive Programs and Tax Benefits.” In recent years, the Italian Parliament replaced these
incentive programs with an investment incentive program for all under-industrialized regions in Italy, which is currently being
implemented by the Group through grants, research and development benefits. There are no indications at this time that the Italian
Government will implement new initiatives to support companies located in under-industrialized regions in Italy. Therefore, there can
be no assurance that the Group will continue to be eligible for such grants, benefits or tax credits for its current or future investments
in Italy.
The Group has opened manufacturing operations in China, Brazil and Romania and in some cases was granted tax
benefits and export incentives by the respective governmental authorities in those countries. There can be no assurance that the Group
will benefit from such tax benefits or export incentives in connection with future investments.
Failure to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect us — We believe that our intellectual
property rights are important to our success and market position. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a
combination of patent and trademark laws, as well as licensing agreements and third party nondisclosure and assignment agreements
or confidentiality and restricted use agreements. We believe that our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights are
adequately supported by applications for registrations, existing registrations and other legal protections in our principal markets.
However, we cannot exclude the possibility that our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or that agreements
designed to protect our intellectual property will not be breached, or that we may be unable to register our patents, trademarks or
otherwise adequately protect them in some jurisdictions.
The Company relies on information technology to operate its business, and any disruption to its technology
infrastructure could harm the Company’s operations — We operate many aspects of our business including financial reporting,
and customer relationship management through server and web-based technologies. We store various types of data on such servers or
with third-parties who in turn store it on servers and in the “cloud”. Any disruption to the internet or to the Company’s or its service
providers’ global technology infrastructure, including malware, insecure coding, “Acts of God,” attempts to penetrate networks, data
theft or loss and human error, could have adverse effects on the Company’s operations. A cyber attack of our systems or networks that
impairs our information technology systems could disrupt our business operations and result in loss of service to customers. We have
a Business Continuity Plan and cybersecurity test designed to protect and preserve the integrity of our information technology systems
and the business continuity. Our ability to keep our business operating effectively depends on the functional and efficient operation of
our information, data processing and telecommunications systems, including our design, procurement, manufacturing, inventory, sales
and payment process. While we have invested and continue to invest in information technology risk management, cybersecurity and
disaster recovery plans, these measures cannot fully insulate the Company from technology disruptions or data theft or loss and the
resulting adverse effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.
The price of the Group’s principal raw materials is difficult to predict — In 2018, 83% of the Group’s total
upholstered net sales came from leather-upholstered furniture sales. The acquisition of cattle hides represented approximately 18% of
2018 total cost of goods sold. The dynamics of the raw hides market are dependent on the consumption of beef, the levels of
worldwide slaughtering, worldwide weather conditions and the level of demand in a number of different sectors, including footwear,
automotive, furniture and clothing.
The Group is dependent on qualified personnel — The Group’s ability to maintain its competitive position will depend
to some considerable degree upon the personal commitment of its founder, chief executive officer (“CEO”) and chairman of the
Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”), Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, as well as on its ability to continue to attract and
maintain highly qualified managerial, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel. There can be no assurance that the loss of
key personnel would not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations.
Changes in tax laws may affect our results — We are subject to income taxes in Italy and other jurisdictions. Changes
in tax laws, regulations, or administrative practices in those jurisdictions, such as the recently-enacted U.S. tax reform legislation
commonly referred to as the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) could affect our financial position and results
of operations. The 2017 Tax Act has significantly changed the U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to U.S. corporations, including
by reducing the maximum statutory corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% as of January 1, 2018. Accounting for the income tax
effects of the 2017 Tax Act requires significant judgments in interpretation of its provisions, which may be affected by additional
guidance that may be issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and standards-setting bodies. We have completed our
evaluation of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act on our U.S. operations and no material impact has arisen for the 2017 and 2018 financial
statements.
10
Investors may face difficulties in protecting their rights as shareholders or holders of ADSs — The Company is
incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Italy. As a result, the rights and obligations of its shareholders and certain rights and
obligations of holders of its ADSs (as defined below) are governed by Italian law and the Company’s statuto (or the By-laws). These
rights and obligations are different from those that apply to U.S. corporations. Furthermore, under Italian law, holders of ADSs have
no right to vote the shares underlying their ADSs; however, pursuant to the Deposit Agreement (as defined below), ADS holders do
have the right to give instructions to BNY Mellon, National Association (“BNY” or the “Depositary”) the ADS depositary, as to how
they wish such shares to be voted. For these reasons, the Company’s ADS holders may find it more difficult to protect their interests
against actions of the Company’s management, board of directors or shareholders than they would if they were shareholders of a
company incorporated in the United States.
One shareholder has a controlling stake of the Company — Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, who founded the Company and is
currently CEO and chairman of the Board of Directors, beneficially owns, as of April 19, 2019, an aggregate amount of 30,967,521
ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), representing 56.5% of the Ordinary Shares outstanding (61.6% of the
Ordinary Shares outstanding if the Ordinary Shares owned by members of Mr. Natuzzi’s immediate family—the “Natuzzi Family”—
are aggregated). As a result, Mr. Natuzzi has the ability to exert significant influence over our corporate affairs and to control the
Company, including its management and the selection of its board of directors. Since December 16, 2003, Mr. Natuzzi has held his
entire beneficial ownership of Natuzzi S.p.A. shares through INVEST 2003 S.r.l., an Italian holding company wholly-owned by
Mr. Natuzzi and with its registered office located at Via Gobetti 8, Taranto, Italy.
In addition, under the Deposit Agreement dated as of May 15, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 23, 1996,
and as of December 31, 2001 (the “Deposit Agreement”), among the Company, the Depositary, and owners and beneficial owners of
American Depositary Receipts (“ADSs”), the Natuzzi Family has a right of first refusal to purchase all the rights, warrants or other
instruments which BNY Mellon, as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement, determines may not lawfully or feasibly be made
available to owners of ADSs in connection with each rights offering, if any, made to holders of Ordinary Shares.
Because a change of control of the Company would be difficult to achieve without the cooperation of Mr. Natuzzi and the
Natuzzi Family, the holders of the Ordinary Shares and the ADSs may be less likely to receive a premium for their shares upon a
change of control of the Company.
Purchasers of our Ordinary Shares and ADSs may be exposed to increased transaction costs as a result of the
Italian financial transaction tax or the proposed European financial transaction tax — On February 14, 2013, the European
Commission adopted a proposal for a directive on the financial transaction tax (hereafter “EU FTT”) to be implemented under the
enhanced cooperation procedure by eleven Member States initially (Austria, Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany, Greece, Italy,
Portugal, Slovenia, Slovakia and Spain). Following Estonia’s formal withdrawal on March 16, 2016, ten Member States are currently
participating in the negotiations on the proposed directive. Member States may join or leave the group of participating Member States
at later stages and, subject to an agreement being reached by the participating Member States, a final directive will be enacted. The
participating Member States will then implement the directive in local legislation. If the proposed directive is adopted and
implemented in local legislation, investors in Ordinary Shares and ADSs may be exposed to increased transaction costs.
The Italian financial transaction tax (the “IFTT”) applies with respect to trades entailing the transfer of (i) shares or
equity-like financial instruments issued by companies resident in Italy, such as the Ordinary Shares; and (ii) securities representing the
shares and financial instruments under (i) above (including depositary receipts such as the ADSs), regardless of the residence of the
issuer. The IFTT may also apply to the transfer of Ordinary Shares and ADSs by a U.S. resident. The IFTT does not apply to
companies having an average market capitalization lower than €500 million in the month of November of the year preceding the year
in which the trade takes place. In order to benefit from this exemption, companies whose securities are listed on a foreign regulated
market, such as the Company, need to be included on a list published annually by the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance. The
Company is not included in the list published on December 19, 2018 for transactions to be carried out in 2019. As a result of the IFTT,
investors in the Ordinary Shares and ADSs may be exposed to increased transaction costs. See “Taxation—Other Italian Taxes—The
Italian Financial Transaction Tax.”
11
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Introduction
History and development of the company — Founded in 1959 by Pasquale Natuzzi, Natuzzi S.p.A. is Italy’s largest
furniture house and one of the most important global player in the furniture industry with an extensive manufacturing footprint and a
global retail network. Natuzzi is the best known lifestyle brand in the global furniture industry (Brand Awareness Monitoring
Report—Ipsos 2016). Continuous stylistic research, creativity, innovation, solid craftsmanship and industrial know-how and
integrated management throughout the entire value chain are the mainstays that have made Natuzzi one of the few players with global
reach in the furniture market. Natuzzi S.p.A. has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since May 13, 1993. Always
committed to social responsibility and environmental sustainability, Natuzzi is ISO 9001 and 14001 certified (Quality and
Environment), OHSAS 18001 certified (Safety on the Workplace) and FSC® certified (Forest Stewardship Council). The Company
first targeted the U.S. market in 1983 and subsequently began entering other European markets. Natuzzi continues to focus its
attention on Brazil, Russia, India, China and other developing markets. Currently, the distribution network covers approximately 100
countries on five continents.
The brand portfolio of the Group is made of three main brands: Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions and Divani&Divani by
Natuzzi. For a detailed description of the brand and its target markets, please see “Strategy—The Brand Portfolio Strategy” and
“Products” below. The Group also offers unbranded products (also through its private label, Softaly) within a dedicated business unit
to meet the specific needs of key accounts.
As of March 31, 2019, the Group distributed its products as follows:
— Natuzzi Italia: 220 Natuzzi Italia stores (of which 39 are directly operated by the Group), 12 Natuzzi Italia concessions (store-
in-store points of sale, directly managed by the Mexican subsidiaries of the Group, having closed in the first part of 2019 all the
concessions managed by the Company’s subsidiary located in the UK), and Natuzzi Italia galleries (store-in-store points of sales
managed by independent partners). The Natuzzi Re-vive® is an iconic product of Natuzzi Italia that is sold and distributed in
over 80 different markets.
—
“Natuzzi Editions”: 257 stores (of which 15 are located in Italy through the Divani&Divani by Natuzzi retail chain directly
managed by the Group) and galleries.
— Private label: includes our unbranded and Softaly products and is currently marketed in North America, Europe, Brazil and the
Asia-Pacific region principally through a selected number of furniture retailers.
The Natuzzi Group presents its products at the world’s leading furniture fairs: Il Salone del Mobile in Milan, Italy, IMM in
Cologne, Germany, Furniture Market in High Point, North Carolina, U.S., 100% Design in London, United Kingdom, among others.
On June 7, 2002, the Company changed its name from Industrie Natuzzi S.p.A. to Natuzzi S.p.A. The statuto (or the By-
laws) of the Company provide that the duration of the Company is until December 31, 2050. The Company, which operates under the
trademark “Natuzzi,” is a società per azioni (joint stock company) organized under the laws of the Republic of Italy and was
incorporated in 1959 by Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, who is currently the CEO, chairman of the Board of Directors and controlling
shareholder of the Company. Most of the Company’s operations are carried out through various subsidiaries that individually conduct
a specialized activity, such as leather processing, foam production and shaping or furniture manufacturing.
The Company’s principal executive offices are located at Via Iazzitiello 47, 70029 Santeramo in Colle, Italy, which is
approximately 25 miles from Bari, in southern Italy. The Company’s telephone number is: +39 080 882-0111. The Company’s general
sales agent subsidiary in the United States is Natuzzi Americas, Inc. (“Natuzzi Americas”), located at 130 West Commerce Avenue,
High Point, North Carolina 27260. Natuzzi Americas telephone number is: +1 336 887-8300.
The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov. The Company’s Internet address is
natuzzi.com
12
Natuzzi S.p.A. is the parent company of the Natuzzi Group. As of March 31, 2019, the Company’s principal operating
subsidiaries were:
Organizational Structure
Name
Italsofa Nordeste S/A
Natuzzi (China) Ltd.
Italsofa Romania S.r.l.
Natco S.p.A.
I.M.P.E. S.p.A.
Nacon S.p.A.
Lagene S.r.l.
Natuzzi Americas Inc.
Natuzzi Iberica S.A.
Natuzzi Switzerland AG
Natuzzi Germany Gmbh
Natuzzi Japan KK
Natuzzi Services Limited
Natuzzi Russia OOO
Natuzzi India Furniture PVT Ltd.
Natuzzi Florida LLC
Natmex S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V
Natuzzi France S.a.s.
Softaly (Furniture) Shanghai Co. Ltd.
Natuzzi Netherlands Holding
New Comfort S.r.l.
Italsofa Shanghai Ltd.
Natuzzi Trade Service S.r.l.
Natuzzi Oceania PTI Ltd.
Percentage of
ownership
Registered office
Activity
100.00 Salvador de Bahia, Brazil
100.00 Shanghai, China
100.00 Baia Mare, Romania
99.99 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
100.00 Bari, Italy
100.00 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
100.00 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
100.00 High Point, North Carolina, USA
100.00 Madrid, Spain
100.00 Dietikon, Switzerland
100.00 Köln, Germany
100.00 Tokyo, Japan
100.00 London, UK
100.00 Moscow, Russia
100.00 New Delhi, India
51.00 High Point, North Carolina, USA
99.00 Mexico City, Mexico
100.00 Paris, France
96.50 Shanghai, China
100.00 Amsterdam, Holland
100.00 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
96.50 Shanghai, China
100.00 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
100.00 Sydney, Australia
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(6)
(6)
(6)
Intragroup leather dyeing and finishing
(1) Manufacture and distribution
(2)
(3) Production and distribution of polyurethane foam
(4) Services and distribution
(5)
Investment holding
(6) Dormant
See item 18 of this Annual Report for further information on the Company’s subsidiaries.
Strategy
Over the last several years, the Group has focused its efforts on brand strengthening, expanding its product offering and
retail network, and efficiency improvements in both procurement and operations. At the same time, the Group has implemented cost
control measures to streamline its headquarter related costs.
Additionally, we launched a new Group organization in July 2016 based on two business models and two Divisions
(Natuzzi Division and Softaly Division). Such strategy has stayed consistent throughout 2017 and 2018.
1) The Natuzzi Division — The Natuzzi Division has further developed its strategy as a widely-recognized, global
consumer brand whose footprint has existed for the past 10 years.
In 2018 the Natuzzi Division executed its plan to evolve into a direct-to-consumer business model, both organizationally
and operationally.
First of all, a new consumer-centric organization has been established to drive the entire go-to-market process, from R&D
to design, merchandising, brand communication, customer acquisition and customer value, supply chain, after sales service and
customer retargeting.
13
With regard to customer acquisition worldwide, the direct-to-consumer business model has been accelerated through a
wide set of actions, which included:
—
fine tuning the retail format
•
•
•
scaling the retail format of Natuzzi Italia stores in USA, EMEA and China;
launching the retail format of Natuzzi Editions stores also in EMEA and USA;
redesigning the retail format of Divani&Divani by Natuzzi stores and preparing an accelerated expansion in 2019.
evolving the Merchandising Strategy of each format, in order to maximize both margins by product category and sales per
square foot;
launching new Brand campaigns for each brand;
reaching out to consumers through the digital engagement, which includes:
•
•
•
corporate websites for each brand;
social media and digital campaigns;
a cutting-edge HD 3D product configurator, both online and in-store;
evolving the marketing strategy from price-driven into value-driven promotions, which contributed to lower discounts and
higher margins;
redesigning the store experience across each format, in terms of layout, customer journey and visual merchandising;
rolling-out the selling ceremonies for retail excellence, which includes:
•
•
•
customer engagement;
higher customer acquisition (conversion rate);
higher customer value (average purchase / average ticket);
rolling-out a trade program to engage interior designers, architects and real estate developers, which contributed to enlarging
the customer audience and increasing the value of average purchases;
setting the foundations of Customer Retargeting (CRM), which has been launched in 2018;
accelerating the upgrade of the existing third-party wholesale distribution network, by closing those accounts which did not
fit with our consumer brand strategy;
operating the existing retail network more efficiently with the aim of delivering enhanced like-for-like (i.e., considering
points of sale in operation during the comparable period of both 2019 and 2018) growth and overall profitability against 2018.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
The execution of the above strategy is set to continue and be strengthened during 2019, in order to further nurture and
protect the Brand identity of each brand while strengthening the evolution towards a direct-to-consumer business model.
2) The second division is Softaly, our private label business, offering leather upholstery to the largest worldwide
wholesalers at a medium/low-end of the market. Softaly is the Group’s manufacturing project that devotes its foreign plants to the
business and customers at large retailers and department store resellers. This segment of the market is exposed to any other
competition offering uniquely a product “value” at specific market’s price positionings, which clearly affects our margins. In order to
get higher efficiencies, economies of scale and recover competitiveness in this division, we will continue to be focused on simplifying
the Softaly “industrial project”, re-engineering most of the Softaly models and developing new models according to modular platform
bases. Having gone through this process over the past year, we recently presented a new collection during the latest exhibitions in
Europe and the U.S. In 2018, the Softaly division grew in line with our expectation both in the Asia-Pacific and EMEA region,
whereas in the North American region it kept suffering from a downsizing and decline in sales of the most important key retailers in
that specific region combined with the Tariffs impact on the 4th Q’18.
The Company’s plan for this division is to focus on a few selected primary customers.
The implementation of these initiatives is a gradual process; therefore, immediate results are not expected.
14
The Brand Portfolio Strategy — The Natuzzi Group, through its three brands, competes in all price segments of the
upholstered furniture market with an increasingly important offer of furnishings and accessories.
Precise market segmentation, clear brand positioning and clearly defined customer and consumer targets are intended to
enhance the Group’s competitive strengths in all market segments to gain market share through its different product lines:
a) Natuzzi Italia is sold mainly through the retail channel in monobrand stores, concessions and galleries in multi-brand
specialized stores and high-end department stores. The offer includes sofas designed and manufactured in Italy at the Company’s
factories, positioned in the high end of the market, with unique and customized materials, workmanship and finishes thanks to the
Natuzzi heritage of fine craftsmanship in the leather sofas segment. The Natuzzi Italia product line includes furnishings and
accessories for the living room and beds, bed linens and bedroom furnishings to further expand its product offerings.
b) Natuzzi Editions was initially designed specifically for the U.S. market. This collection includes a wide range of
leather upholstery products, targeting the medium/medium-high segment of the market and leveraging the know-how and high
credibility of the Natuzzi brand in the leather upholstery industry. Natuzzi Editions products are manufactured at the Group’s overseas
plants (Romania, China and Brazil), as well as in Italy, and are sold through monobrand stores and galleries. The retail and
merchandising format of Natuzzi Editions has evolved and now includes a wider offering of furnishings.
c) Divani&Divani by Natuzzi represents the branded retail network of the Group in the Italian market, made of both
direct-owned stores and franchised stores.
Private label (Softaly division) is a key account program to compete mainly in the entry price segments of the market by
conducting business mainly through large distributors.
Improvement of the Group’s Retail Program and Brand Development — The Group has made significant
investments to improve its existing distribution network and strengthen its Natuzzi brand. The high level of recognition of the Natuzzi
brand among high-end consumers is the result of investments the Company has made over the past decade in its products,
communication, store experience and customer service. This consumer brand awareness encourages the Company to carry on its brand
development and further enhancement of the Group’s distribution network, in order to further increase consumers’ familiarity with the
Natuzzi brand, and their association of it as a high-end brand.
During 2018, the Group opened 36 Natuzzi Italia stores, 15 of which are located in China, 3 in the USA, 4 in United
Kingdom, 2 in France, 1 in Italy, 1 in Brazil, 10 in other markets worldwide.
Natuzzi Editions as well as the Divani&Divani by Natuzzi retail chains are characterized by a medium positioning in the
upholstery business. During 2018, the Group opened 56 Natuzzi Editions (40 of which in China) as well as 5 Divani&Divani by
Natuzzi stores.
Product Diversification and Innovation — The Group believes that it is crucial to display a coordinated product mix
through its “harmony maker” offer. The “harmony maker” offer is a branded package in accordance with the latest trends in design,
materials and colors, and includes high quality sofas, furnishings (including wall units, dining tables and chairs) and accessories, all of
which are developed mainly in-house and presented in harmonious and personalized solutions. The Group has taken a number of steps
to broaden its product lines, including the development of new models, such as modular and motion frames, and the introduction of
new materials and colors, including exclusive fabrics and microfibers. The Group believes that expanding its “harmony maker” offer
will strengthen its relationships with the world’s leading distribution chains, which are interested in offering branded packages. The
Group has also continued investing in the Natuzzi Style Center in Santeramo in Colle, Italy, to serve as a creative hub for the Group’s
design activities.
15
Our manufacturing facilities are located in China, Romania, Brazil and Italy.
Manufacturing
Our Chinese plant is located in Shanghai, extending over 88,000 square meters, and has been in operation since 2011. As
of December 31, 2018, our Chinese plant employed 992 people, of whom 916 were laborers. It manufactures Natuzzi Editions and
private label products for the Americas (apart from South America) and for the Asia-Pacific market. In 2018, the Chinese plant
produced about 32% of the Group’s total consolidated upholstery revenue.
Our Romanian plant is located in Baia Mare, extending over 75,600 square meters, and has been in operation since 2003.
As of December 31, 2018, our Romanian plant employed 1,009 people, of whom 946 were laborers. It produces Natuzzi Editions and
private label products for EMEA. In 2018, the Romanian plant produced about 16% of the Group’s total consolidated upholstery
revenue.
Our Brazilian plant is located in Salvador De Bahia, extending over 28,700 square meters, and has been in operation since
2000. As of December 31, 2018, our Brazilian plant employed 232 people, of whom 172 were laborers.
Since the end of 2016, in addition to Natuzzi Revive, Natuzzi Editions and Private Label, the Brazilian plant also produces
the Natuzzi Italia brand for the Brazil and South America market. During 2017, due to the increase in production volumes, a fourth
and fifth moving line have been set up. The Group previously owned a Brazilian plant located in Pojuca, which it sold in 2015. For
further information on the sale of the Pojuca plant, see “— Manufacturing—Brazilian Production” below.
Our three Italian plants dedicated to the production of upholstered products and two warehouses are located in Santeramo
Jesce, Matera Jesce and Laterza, all of which are located either in or within a 25 kilometer radius of Santeramo in Colle, where the
Group’s headquarters are located. Collectively these sites extend over 120,000 square meters. As of December 31, 2018, these sites
employed 1,570 workers, the majority of whom were subject to the layoff program. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Managers and
Employees—Employees.” With the exception of our Brazilian and South American markets, the Italian plants are the exclusive
producers of Natuzzi Italia products for the world market and, beginning in the first quarter of 2014, these plants began producing the
Re-vive performance recliner. In 2018, these plants generated about 47% of the Group’s total consolidated upholstery revenue.
In addition to these three Italian plants, we have two plants elsewhere in Italy: one dedicated to the production of leather
and another one dedicated to the production of flexible polyurethane foam, as further described below.
These operations retain many characteristics of hand-crafted production coordinated through a management information
system that identifies by number (by means of a bar-code system) each component of every piece of furniture and facilitates its
automatic transit and traceability through the different production phases up to the warehouse.
In recent years, the Group has been investing in the reorganization of its production processes, following the “Lean
Production” approach. We believe that ongoing implementation of these more efficient production processes will allow us to regain
competitiveness by reducing costs (both in terms of labor and consumption of materials) and improving the quality of our services (by
reducing defects and lead time for production).
The industrialization of the prototyped product lines was further defined in May 2011, and in December 2011 three new
production lines were completed in a new dedicated plant in Matera Jesce. We also moved the manufacturing of wooden frames,
which was originally carried out in the production site located in Santeramo in Colle, Italy, to the Matera Jesce plant, thus further
optimizing both productivity and logistics costs through a direct, in-loco integration of sofa assembly.
During 2012, these new moving lines were gradually introduced in all of the Group’s production facilities. In 2013, the
Group integrated the following production phases in the moving line production process within our plants:
—
direct integration with wood and foam suppliers to serve each plant according to daily needs (“just in time” supplying) with the
advantage of reducing the stock level for semi-finished goods; and
—
leather cutting and sewing.
This upgrade in the industrial process allows us to better control every stage in the moving line sequence in terms of
quality, since every worker at every stage supervises the quality of the piece he receives from the immediately previous stage as well
as the piece he passes forward; should a quality issue arise, it must be resolved immediately before getting re-introduced into the
production chain. This on-the-spot product quality monitoring started to slightly reduce our defect claims rate and we expect further
improvement from this monitoring.
16
Beginning in 2014, we have been designing a software program in cooperation with the University of Lecce that assists in
assigning models to the moving line to which they are best-suited and where production would be most efficient. In 2015, we
implemented the software in the Romanian plant. A final release was subsequently performed in Matera Jesce and soon after released
in China and Brazil.
Consistent with its commitments under the Italian Reorganization Agreements, the Company has reorganized its Italian
operations by closing its plant located in Ginosa, effective January 2014. This closure has allowed us to concentrate all upholstered
furniture production activities within just three facilities with the aim of reducing logistics costs and industrial costs.
The Company initially also planned to close its warehouse in Matera-La Martella, but, following the decision to execute
the covering-cutting phase within all of the Italian plants, thus reducing space available for products assembled, it decided not to close
it and to continue utilizing the Matera-La Martella plant as a general warehouse for sofas and accessory furnishings.
Furthermore, the Group also utilizes two facilities for the processing of leather (Natco S.p.A. (“Natco”), located in Udine),
and for the production of polyurethane foam (IMPE S.p.A. (“IMPE”), located near Naples).
The Group processes leather hides to be used as upholstery in its Udine plant whose main activities are leather dyeing and
finishing. The Udine facility, which had 145 employees as of December 31, 2018, of whom 122 were laborers, receives both raw and
tanned cattle hides, sends raw cattle hides to subcontractors for tanning, and then dyes and finishes the hides. Hides are tanned, dyed
and finished on the basis of orders given by the Group’s central office in accordance with the Group’s “on demand” planning system,
as well as on the basis of estimates of future requirements.
The movement of hides through the various stages of processing is monitored through our management information
system. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Manufacturing—Supply-Chain Management.”
The Group produces, directly and by subcontracting, ten grades of leather in approximately 40 finishes and 280 colors.
The hides, after being tanned, are split and shaved to obtain uniform thickness and separated into “top grain” and “split.” Top grain
leather is primarily used in the manufacture of most Natuzzi Italia leather products, while split leather is used, in addition to top grain
leather, in the manufacture of some Natuzzi Italia products and most Natuzzi Editions products. The hides are then colored with dyes
and treated with fat liquors and resins to soften and smooth the leather, after which they are dried. Finally, the semi-processed hides
are treated to improve the appearance and strength of the leather and to provide the desired finish. The Group also purchases finished
hides from third parties.
The Group’s facility for the production of polyurethane foam, IMPE, employed 32 workers as of December 31, 2018, of
whom 19 were laborers, and is engaged in the production of flexible polyurethane foam, and also sells foam to third parties because
the facility’s production capacity is in excess of the Group’s needs. In 2012, IMPE obtained ISO 14001 certification in accordance
with the environmental policy of the Natuzzi Group and also improved safety conditions at the plant. As part of the Group’s efforts to
improve its production process, we have substituted some chemical compounds with more ecologically-friendly materials.
As a result of intensive research and development activity, the Company has developed a new family of highly resilient
materials. The new polymer matrix is safer than others available in the market because of its improved flame resistance, and it is more
environmentally-friendly because it can be disposed of without releasing harmful by-products and because the raw materials used to
make it cause a less harmful environmental impact during handling and storage.
Chinese Production: The original Chinese plant owned by the Group was subject to an expropriation process by local
Chinese authorities, since the plant was located on land that was intended for public utilities. Negotiations involving the expropriation
process began in 2009 and were concluded in 2011. The agreement setting for the payment of compensation for the expropriated plant
was signed with Chinese authorities on January 26, 2011. As compensation for this expropriation, the parties agreed upon a total
indemnity of CNY 420 million, which was equivalent to approximately €46.7 million based on the Yuan-Euro exchange rate as of
December 31, 2011. The Company collected the full amount of the indemnity payment from the local Chinese authorities in 2011.
During 2013, a second supplementary agreement was signed between the Company and the Shanghai Municipality, by which the
Company obtained the reimbursement (€8.7 million) of taxes due and paid on the 2011 relocation compensation.
The Group’s current production plant in Shanghai was made available in January 2011 to compensate for the reduction in
production capacity caused by the expropriation. The relocation process began in February 2011 and was completed, as planned, by
the end of May 2011, after equipment and machinery were moved to the new plant. The relocation resulted in worker turnover of
approximately 20% because of the distance of the new plant to the old one (approximately 35 kilometers).
17
Brazilian Production: The Group owned two plants in Brazil that, in the past, have been used for the production of
upholstery for the Americas region. Due to the overall appreciation of the Brazilian Real against the U.S. dollar since these plants
were opened and a consequent decline in competitiveness, the Group decided to temporarily close the Pojuca plant (putting it up for
sale in 2010) and reduced the production capacity of the Salvador de Bahia plant to a level that is sufficient to serve only the Brazilian
market. In February 2015 the Group entered into a sale purchase agreement to sell the Pojuca plant to a Brazilian company. By the end
of 2015, the buyer paid the majority of the agreed sale price. The buyer completed the payment of the remainder of the agreed sale
price in January 2016.
In order to minimize the potential future effects of currency fluctuations and reduce supply lead times, our Brazilian
subsidiary began to increase its local sourcing in 2014.
Raw Materials — The principal raw materials used in the manufacture of the Group’s products are cattle hides,
polyurethane foam, polyester fiber and wood.
The Group purchases hides from slaughterhouses and tanneries located mainly in Italy, Brazil, India, Germany, other
countries in South America and Europe. The hides purchased by the Group are divided into several categories, with hides in the lowest
categories being purchased mainly in South America and India. The hides in the middle categories are purchased in Europe or South
America and hides in the highest-quality categories are purchased in Italy, Germany and the United Kingdom. The Group has
implemented a leather purchasing policy according to which a percentage of leather is purchased at a finished or semi-finished stage.
The Group purchases finished leather hides, which is leather that for either technical or price reasons is not processed by the Group’s
tanneries, from tanneries mainly located in Italy, Brazil and India. The finished leather suppliers ship their goods directly to the
destinations where the Group’s factories are located: Santeramo (Italy), Shanghai (China), Baia Mare (Romania) and Salvador Bahia
(Brazil). Hides purchased from Europe are delivered directly by the suppliers to the Group’s leather facilities near Udine, while those
purchased outside of Italy are delivered to an Italian port and then sent to Udine and inspected by technicians of the Group.
Management believes that the Group is able to purchase leather hides from its suppliers at reasonable prices as a result of
the volume of its orders, and that alternative sources of supply of hides in any category could be found quickly at an acceptable cost if
the supply of hides in such category from one or several of the Group’s current suppliers ceased to be available or were no longer
available on acceptable terms. The supply of raw cattle hides is principally dependent upon the consumption of beef, rather than on the
demand for leather.
During 2018, the prices for hides decreased by about 7% compared to 2017. According to historical trends, in 2018 the
price of raw hides reached the lowest level in the last ten years, even lower than the previous record low in 2009. The current situation
is quite uncertain, and due to the volatile nature of the hides market, there can be no assurance that current prices will remain stable or
that price trends will not rise in the future. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—The price of the Group’s principal raw
materials is difficult to predict.”
The Group also purchases fabrics and microfibers for use in coverings. Both kinds of coverings are divided into several
price categories. Most fabrics are purchased in Italy from a dozen suppliers which provide the product at the finished stage.
Microfibers are purchased in Italy, South Korea and China through suppliers. Fabrics and microfibers are generally purchased from
suppliers pursuant to orders given every week specifying the quantity (in linear meters) and the delivery date.
The Group obtains the chemicals for the production of polyurethane foam from major chemical companies located in
Europe (including Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom) and the polyester fiber filling for its cushions from several suppliers
located mainly in Indonesia, China, Taiwan and India. The chemical components of polyurethane foam are petroleum-based
commodities, and the prices for such components are therefore subject to, among other things, fluctuations in the price of crude oil.
The chemical components prices increased significantly in 2018 compared with 2017 and strongly affected the prices of polyurethane
foam. During the last month of 2018, this trend stopped and a decreasing trend began and continued into early 2019. Within our
Romanian industrial plant, we have a woodworking facility that provides wooden frames.
The Group also offers a collection of home furnishing accessories (tables, lamps, rugs, home accessories and wall units in
different materials). Most of the suppliers are located in Italy and other European countries, while some hand-made products (such as
rugs) are made in India and China. The new collections of beds, bedroom furniture and bed linens are produced by Italian companies
that are external to the Group. Before any items are introduced into our collection, they are tested in accordance with European and
world safety standards. In the design phase particular attention is paid to the choice of innovative technological solutions that add
value to the product and ensure long lasting quality.
18
Supply-Chain Management
The Logistics Department is responsible for monitoring the solutions in order to ensure their effectiveness. Additionally,
in order to improve access to supply-chain information throughout the Group, the Logistics Department utilizes a portal that allows it
and other departments (such as Customer Service and Sales) to monitor the movement of goods through the supply-chain. The
Company continues to invest in this area so as to continuously improve supply-chain tools and processes.
Production Planning (Order Management, Warehouse Management, Production, Procurement) — The Group’s
commitment to reorganizing procurement logistics is aimed to:
1) the development of a logistics-production model to customize the level of service to customers;
2) optimize the level of the size of the Group’s inventory of raw materials and/or components. A procedure was
implemented for the continuous monitoring of global finished products inventories in order to determine which in-stock goods are
currently not being sold as part of our existing collections (as a result of being phased-out) and enable the different commercial
branches to promote specific sales campaigns of these goods;
3) the implementation of the SAP system.
The Group also plans procurements of raw materials and components:
i) “On demand” for those materials and components (which the Group identifies by code numbers) that require a shorter
lead time for order completion than the standard production planning cycle for customers’ orders. This system allows the Group
to handle a higher number of product combinations (in terms of models, versions and coverings) for customers all over the
world, while maintaining a high level of service and minimizing inventory size. Procuring raw materials and components “on
demand” eliminates the risk that these materials and components would become obsolete during the production process; and
ii) “Upon forecast” for those materials and components requiring a long lead time for order completion. The Group
utilizes a forecast methodology that balances the Group’s desire to maintain low inventory levels against the Sales Department’s needs
for flexibility in filling orders. This methodology was developed together with the Group’s Information Systems Department, in order
to create an intranet portal, called Advanced Planning and Optimization (“APO”). APO was launched in March 2011 for sales coming
from the North American and Asian-Pacific markets, under the supervision of a forecast manager and, beginning in June 2011, was
implemented worldwide. This tool currently supports corporate logistics, operations managers and sales managers in our efforts to
better forecast the future demand for the Group’s products and to improve communication between the Sales Department and the
Logistics Department, therefore reducing inventory levels and improving the availability of raw materials.
Since 2012, a new methodology concerning furnishing management has been introduced. A more efficient cooperation
with suppliers enabled the Group to handle furnishings components without storing them in our warehouses, resulting in improved
service and reducing inventory levels.
Lead times can be longer than those mentioned above when a high number of unexpected orders are received. Delivery
times vary depending on the place of discharge (transport lead times vary widely depending on the distance between the final
destination and the production plant).
All planning activities (finished goods load optimization, customer order acknowledgement, production and suppliers’
planning) are aimed to guarantee that during the production process, the materials are located in the right place at the right time,
thereby achieving a maximum level of service while minimizing handling and transportation costs.
Load Optimization and Transportation — The Group delivers goods to customers by common carriers. Those goods
destined for the Americas and other markets outside Europe are transported by sea in 40-foot high cube containers, while those
produced for the European market are generally delivered by truck and, in some cases, by railway. In 2018, the Group shipped 6,439
containers overseas and approximately 4,451 full load mega-trailer trucks to European destinations.
With the aim of decreasing costs and safeguarding product quality, the Group uses software developed through a research
partnership with the University of Bari and the University of Copenhagen that permits us to manage load optimization.
The Group relies principally on several shipping and trucking companies operating under “time-volume” service contracts
to deliver its products to customers and to transport raw materials to the Group’s plants and processed materials from one plant to
another. In general, the Group prices its products to cover its door-to-door shipping costs, including all customs duties and insurance
19
premiums. Some of the Group’s overseas suppliers are responsible for delivering raw materials to the port of departure; therefore,
transportation costs for these materials are generally under the Group’s control.
Products
Products are mainly designed in the Company’s Style Center, but the Group also collaborates with international designers
for the conception and prototyping of certain products in order to enhance brand visibility, especially with respect to the Natuzzi Italia
product line.
New models are the result of a constant information flow from the market, in which preferences are analyzed, interpreted
and turned into a brief for designers in terms of style, function and price point. Designers draw the sketches of new products in
accordance with the guidelines they are provided and, through collaboration with the prototype department, approximately 70 new
sofa models are generally introduced each year. The diversity of customer tastes and preferences as well as the Group’s inclination to
offer new solutions results in the development of products that are increasingly personalized. More than 100 highly-qualified
employees conduct the Group’s research and development efforts from its headquarters in Santeramo in Colle, Italy.
The Group’s wide range of products includes a comprehensive collection of sofas and armchairs with particular styles,
coverings and functions, with more than two million combinations.
— The Natuzzi Italia collection stands out for its choice of high quality materials and finishes, as well as for the creativity and
details of its design. As of December 31, 2018, this product line offered 120 models of sofas and armchairs and eight models of
beds. With respect to furniture coverings, the Natuzzi Italia collection has 10 leather articles in 80 colors and 28 softcover
articles in 138 colors. This collection also includes a selection of additional furniture pieces (such as wall units, coffee tables,
tables, chairs, lamps and carpets) and accessories (including vases, mirrors, magazines racks, trays and decorative objects) to
offer a complete suite of furnishings and with the aim of enabling the Group to develop a “lifestyle” brand.
— The Natuzzi Editions collection consisted of 124 models as of December 31, 2018. This vast range of models covers all styles
from casual/contemporary to more traditional, suitable for all markets from Europe to Americas to Asia. The focus of Natuzzi
Editions is leather, and this line offers a wide range of 10 leather types available in 77 colors. In addition, a collection of eight
fabric articles available in 60 colors was added to the line.
— The private label collection, as of December 31, 2018 had been significantly reduced to approximately 75 models, including
exclusive models for key accounts. The products are mainly offered in top grain leather, but are also available in Next Leather®
(a bonded leather that contains a minimum of 17 per cent of leather). In 2018, we began re-engineering our processes in an
effort to simplify both the industrial platforms and the production processes.
The Group operates in accordance with strict quality standards and has earned the ISO 9001 certification for quality and
the ISO 14001 certification for its low environmental impact. The ISO 14001 certification also applies to the Company’s tannery
subsidiary, Natco, located near Udine, Italy. The Group’s plants in Laterza and the Santeramo in Colle headquarters have also
received an ISO 9001 certification for their roles in design and production.
Innovation
Since the end of 2013, the Company has been implementing a new production model based on the Lean Production
principles.
The sofa production model, under which sofas were traditionally assembled in a department-based factory (or “Isle
Production” model), was subject to review with a view toward implementing moving line-based manufacturing processes, which
would lead to improvements in efficiency, quality and lead time. The moving line production model improves job area ergonomics by
splitting products into lighter pieces at individual phases and also coordinates workers by ensuring that they work at a similar pace.
The finished product tends to be of higher quality and produced more quickly. Tests and development of the moving line production
model at all stages of the production process still continue and are coordinated with our products design.
In the field of process and product innovation, the Group implemented since 2013 the Modular Industrial Platform
System, aimed at reducing manufacturing costs. Industrial platforms represent an industrial base common to many models that can be
technically and aesthetically modified in order to meet customers’ requests. The utilization of such platforms grants substantial
benefits in terms of product simplification (easy assembly), management (fewer codes to be managed), quality (fewer production
failures), and production costs (economies of scale), leading to an increase in competitiveness.
20
Beginning in 2015, the Company implemented the following new programs and measures related to the product
development process and product design and engineering systems:
—
—
—
—
—
It launched a holistic quality-based approach to control the quality of the product based on the Finite Element Method, paving
the way to reduce claims and to increase customer satisfaction regarding product durability;
It established a dedicated comfort team, aimed to improve the ergonomic and comfort performance of the prototyped sofas, also
introducing Virtual Seating and Ergonomic IT solutions in order to increase the wellness comfort experience of customers;
It implemented a 3D Designing System with the support of a product data management. The system increases the effectiveness
of the engineering team by reducing complexity, facilitating product development activities and testing platforms and the critical
quality points. The Company also improved the design for manufacture and assembly strategy for product development and
aligned it with the Lean Production System;
It implemented an improved control system for the product development process introducing a visual management system,
making it possible to have a real time understanding of product development requests;
It established an open innovation office with the aim to lead breakthrough innovations, procure innovative materials and
collaborate with third-party professionals at the most famous research institutes.
Management also continues to encourage innovation and new products by leveraging on the above-mentioned innovations
activities and adopting the most updated technology that exists in the sector.
In reference to the innovation process, we began to implement the moving line production system in our plants at the
beginning of 2014, and the system was implemented across all of our plants by the end of 2015. The following number of moving
lines are currently installed: 24 in China, 15 in Romania, 9 in Italy (4 in Jesce, 4 in Laterza and 1 in the experimental laboratory
located in the HQ) and 4 in Brazil.
As for the Chinese plant in particular, during the first part of 2014, the installation of the moving line production system
was not simultaneously accompanied by the development of an appropriate IT system to support moving line production. It also
lacked an appropriate training plan for workers who had to adapt their skills with the new moving line-based production model. For
these reasons and several others, namely, the need for a reduction in complexity, the unavailability of complete and functioning
moving lines, together with a production planning that was inadequate in terms of mix of products, caused a sharp decline in the
overall production efficiency and productivity of our Chinese plant. In response, beginning in July 2014, we created a dedicated team
(the “lean team”) whose main goal was to increase productivity, in particular through the:
—
—
—
—
—
analysis of the main product platforms produced in different plants of the Group;
diagnosis of these platforms, resulting in the elimination of underperforming models;
simplification of production complexity, through the elimination of models, versions, coverings that turned out to be
underperforming;
test and implementation, in collaboration with the University of Lecce, of a new software able to plan the production of all of
the Group’s plants, with the ultimate goal of increasing the degree of repetitiveness in production, so as to reduce the complexity
of production not only in individual plants but also in each production moving lines;
use of an additional software necessary to define the best production sequence of models belonging to the same “family of
products” (i.e., having similar components and similar production times) to be assembled and determine a correct balance
between the various stations of the line.
We formally launched the above-mentioned activities in December 2014. These activities started to deliver encouraging
results since from their implementation in early 2015 and are currently part of the ordinary industrial process.
The lean team, with support from all of the departments, continued their activities to achieve these goals in 2015 and
2016. The results in terms of reducing complexity and standardizing the moving lines processes have been very encouraging. As a
result of their analysis, the Company formalized the progressive implementation of a “Last Planner”, a planning tool scheduling the
activity of every single moving line, in all Natuzzi’s plants starting from September 2015.
Furthermore, beginning in July 2014, an experimental laboratory for simulating all single phases within a typical moving
line was built at the headquarters in Santeramo in Colle. In this laboratory, our experts test ideas proposed by the lean team, with the
aim of improving production efficiency, productivity, quality of finished products and workstation ergonomics. The results were better
than expected, thanks also to the proactive involvement of people within this project. All of the ideas that have been tested
successfully in this laboratory are expected to be implemented in all of the Group’s industrial plants. Since 2015, this laboratory has
21
tested many of the new models designed and the new work methodology, providing a strong hand in improving the efficiency and
product quality.
In the last 3 years, Natuzzi products have been, both, addressing consumer needs and employing Lean Production
practices. These are two elements that contribute to our continuous pattern of innovation that is vital to our business and that help us
develop products that stand out from those of our competitors and keep pace with changes in the marketplace and consumer needs.
In the past year, we continued to improve the Natuzzi platform system, which allows the Company to achieve a shorter
product development than in the past. Furthermore, the Company’s requirements concerning the testing and approval stages of our
products have become even more stringent through the utilization of a Finite Element Analysis-based software that simulates stress
conditions on materials and functions.
We are using all the resources to provide our customers with durable products and benefits in terms of availability in the
market and higher value products in terms of quality and functionality.
In addition, our research and development teams work to develop new high-tech structural materials, innovative foams
and fibers, ergonomic automated mechanisms and an appealing aesthetic design, intended to contribute to an increased wellness and
health experience.
The Company is still working in an “Open Innovation System”, which enables it to develop and strengthen relationships
with academia, external technology centers of excellence and suppliers, contributing to the development of the next generation of
sofas.
Once new design principles have been defined (i.e. typology and material selection for sofa frame, new foam features), a
re-engineering process starts on less profitable products. From the start of 2018 through the end of 2019, we intend to submit more
than 75 models (and relevant versions) to a deep technical review with the objective to reduce the value of BoM (Bill of Materials)
and production time, maintaining unchanged the aesthetic, comfort and mechanical features, in an effort to increase the margin and
profitability.
Specific focus is given to comfort and its certification. The whole evaluation process is based on an ergonomic-principle
conformity check (Gap Analysis), which includes carrying-out of several tests selected according to the required evaluation type and
performed in the corresponding ergonomic reference areas. Natuzzi carries out several types of ergonomic evaluations, including tests
performed by experts (ergonomic expertise carried out or supervised by Certified European Ergonomists), tests with real users,
suitably selected to represent the final users’ categories (e.g.: biomechanical analysis and usability/distraction tests, interviews, focus
groups), and CAD 3D evaluations and simulations. On the basis of the product type and the request, users are asked to interact with
the products by performing representative tasks of a physical (biomechanical interaction) or cognitive nature (cognitive ergonomics).
Such evaluations are carried out to determine the compliance of products with ergonomic principles and the requirements contained in
the sector technical standards, which may result in the Ergonomic Certification. As regards the physical usage of the products, several
factors are evaluated, including: correct sizing in connection with the users’ anthropometric variations, with reachability, with placing,
with viewing and visibility angles, with the presence of incongruous postures and strains due to the product characteristics and other
possible ergonomic-risk factors (e.g. weight, shapes, etc.) and to product physical components affecting usability (comfort, anti-
decubitus properties, etc.). An Ergonomic Report is issued at the end of every evaluation, detailing the normative standards applied,
the instruments and methods used and the results. If the customer also required the Ergonomic Certification, the product, process or
service compliance is assessed according to the technical standards requirements and acceptability criteria.
Research and development expenses, which include labor costs for the research and development department, design and
modeling consultancy expenses and other costs related to the research and development department, were €3.1 million in 2018 and
€4.5 million in 2017.
22
Advertising
Natuzzi S.p.A. Marketing & Communication strategy has been built mainly with the goal to support revenues in each
distribution channel with different communication and media strategies per each branded product line.
We also launched the Natuzzi Digital (r)evolution project and continued to invest in our brand with special projects,
events, media partnerships and advertising on high end lifestyle magazines.
The marketing strategy is executed on monthly basis in the key countries (where each branded product line is distributed),
providing Natuzzi Italia and Divani&Divani by Natuzzi with promotional calls to actions, driven by a clear mission to encourage
qualitative traffic of consumers in each of our retail stores. Thanks to strong integration between the merchandising strategy and the
communication strategy, each marketing campaign advertises specific products, using a specific media kit to hit the right customer
audience that we find most widely active, following an in-depth digital analysis, in the catchment area of a specific store (directly
owned and licensed).
In reference to the Natuzzi Editions galleries, advertising was carried out with the help of the retail advertising kit: a
collection of templates that enables the direct advertising of the product lines in conjunction with the retailer’s brand.
The Group also invested in its online/multichannel digital strategy, making new websites for each brand with a better user
experience and with a more easy and efficient product customization journey. This was made possible thanks to the launch of a
3D HD product configurator developed by the internal Marketing & Communication Lab together with one of the best Italian
application development companies. The configuration application (also available online on our websites) was intended to help the
customer in its digital journey but already showed to be very helpful for the store staff (both in our stores and in our galleries) who are
now able to upsell and cross-sell items that are not available in the store but that can be powerfully seen by a customer on the tablet.
In conjunction with these digital platforms and tools, in 2018, media spending was about 60% of the Group’s total
advertising costs, becoming a fast growing and strong digital media advertiser. Digital advertising helped us to better plan, monitor,
measure and report the performances of each marketing campaign.
As a brand building strategy for Natuzzi Italia, we targeted high-end consumers, architects, designers, interior decorators
and young generations of influencers. The home-philosophy of Natuzzi Italia is narrated trough a communication campaign made with
internationally renowned photographers and advertised on the best interior design, fashion and lifestyle magazines (both printed and
digital).
Ultimately in order to “spread our message” in the design community we have set up projects and contents for it: in 2017
and 2018 in China we presented the “Natuzzi Designers Club”, a yearly contest made for design professionals and students, in
partnership with the best Chinese universities.
In Italy in 2017 and 2018 we partnered with the most influential design academies, sponsoring two classes that exercised
on R&D for projects suggested by Natuzzi: such as multi-functionality and versatility in small spaces.
In Brazil we have finalized also in 2018 a media partnership to launch an interior design contest in the Brazilian
Architects community.
Upon implementing these activities, we received positive press coverage, which showcased our stronger and most up-to-
date vision of Natuzzi in the design community.
23
Retail Development
The Group has remained focused on achieving the objectives of its retail development plan in its most important markets
by opening new stores and closing/relocating those stores that have not met expected revenue goals.
The majority of Natuzzi Italia stores that the Company opened since 2017, or which the Company plans to open, currently
follow or will follow the new retail format. This format is aimed at addressing the expectations and spending power of a wider range
of consumers and continuing to provide consistent and satisfactory results.
The process of rationalization of the existing network is now close to the end, so that relocation and closing of existing
point of sales has become proportionally less relevant. New openings of all formats (stores and shops in shops for both Natuzzi Italia
and Natuzzi Editions) increased the overall network of 100 points-of-sale at worldwide level.
Most of the investment in Directly Operated Stores (“DOS”) for Natuzzi Italia has been focused on North America, with 3
new DOS in the USA (one each in Chicago, Costa Mesa and Ft. Lauderdale), and 3 full refits of existing stores in Mexico. There were
also three new DOS in EMEA (2 new stores in Paris and 1 in Westfield, London city commercial center). In April 2019 a new Natuzzi
Italia DOS was opened in Sarasota, FL, USA.
The Group achieved a boost to the retail development plan by the Joint Venture the Company signed for the Greater China
territory, where 17 Natuzzi Italia stores as well as 52 Natuzzi Editions Stores openings took place during 2018.
Brazil and South America provided additional growth opportunities, with 1 Natuzzi Italia store opening and 9 Natuzzi
Editions store openings last year.
The Group designed a new Retail Concept for the Divani&Divani by Natuzzi chain in Italy that has been tested in 3
locations. Company expectations are to increase number of openings within 2019 also leveraging on this new design.
The UK Market continues to increase in importance for Natuzzi as demonstrated by 4 new franchised Natuzzi Italia store
openings and 2 franchised Natuzzi Editions store openings in 2018. Concessions in UK has been closed at the beginning of this year
due to our inability to accomplish our Retail Development strategy goals with this kind of store format in the UK.
Markets
The Group markets its products internationally as well as in Italy. Historically, the distribution of the Group’s product has
been in the wholesale channel, which still represents a significant portion of the entire business.
The Company continues to re-organize its distribution in all its commercial regions, in order to better exploit market
opportunities all over the world. This reorganization includes expanding its retail presence to increase visibility of the Natuzzi brand’s
product lines.
The following tables show the number of Group stores as of December 31, 2018 according to our principal geographic areas.
STORES
Americas(1)
EMEA
Asia-Pacific
TOTAL
United States and Canada
Other Americas
Total Americas
Europe (ex Italy)
Italy
Middle East, Africa and India
Total EMEA
China
Other Asia-Pacific
Total Asia-Pacific
Natuzzi Italia
Natuzzi Editions
Divani&Divani
by Natuzzi
TOTAL
13
15
28
72
5
27
104
61
24
85
217
1
41
42
6
—
1
7
131
5
136
185
—
—
—
5
71
—
76
—
—
—
76
14
56
70
83
76
28
187
192
29
221
478
1)
Includes the United States, Canada and Latin America (including Brazil) (collectively, the “Americas”).
24
As of December 31, 2018, there were 19 Natuzzi Italia concessions, of which were 7 located in United Kingdom and 12 in
Mexico. The concessions are store-in-store concept selling Natuzzi Italia products, and are managed directly by the Company’s
subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom and U.S., respectively.
The following table shows the Group’s consolidated revenue of core products (including sales of upholstery sofas, beds as
well as furnishings) broken down by geographic market and Business Division for each of the years indicated:
2018
2017
Americas(1)
135.1
Natuzzi(2) ..................................................................................................................... 101.4
33.7
Softaly ........................................................................................................................
EMEA(3)
195.2
Natuzzi(2) ..................................................................................................................... 140.1
55.1
Softaly ........................................................................................................................
Asia-Pacific
Natuzzi(2) .....................................................................................................................
Softaly ........................................................................................................................
76.9
71.4
5.5
33.2% 150.9
109.4
24.9%
41.5
8.3%
47.9% 196.3
139.4
34.4%
56.9
13.5%
18.9%
17.5%
1.3%
75.9
69.8
6.1
35.7%
25.9%
9.8%
46.4%
32.9%
13.5%
17.9%
16.5%
1.4%
Total
407.2 100.0% 423.1
100.0%
Includes the United States, Canada and Latin America (including Brazil) (collectively, the “Americas”).
(1)
(2) The “Natuzzi” brand includes the Group’s four lines of product: Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions, Divani&Divani by Natuzzi and
Natuzzi Re-Vive. Starting from the second half of 2014, upholstered net sales under the “Natuzzi” brand also includes net sales
of beds sold under the Natuzzi Italia line.
(3) Due to a reorganization of our sales department, India is included in the EMEA region.
The following table shows the number of seats sold of the Group broken down by geographic market and Business
Division for each of the years indicated:
Leather and Fabric Upholstered Furniture, Net Sales (in seats)
Americas(1)
Natuzzi(2) .......................................................................................................
Softaly ..........................................................................................................
EMEA(3)
Natuzzi(2) .......................................................................................................
Softaly ..........................................................................................................
Asia-Pacific
Natuzzi(2) .......................................................................................................
Softaly ..........................................................................................................
2018
439,729
275,371
164,358
658,348
322,851
335,497
152,069
122,037
30,032
35.2%
22.0%
13.1%
52.7%
25.8%
26.8%
12.2%
9.8%
2.4%
2017
504,171
301,605
202,567
641,567
322,741
318,826
166,711
129,632
37,079
38.4%
23.0%
15.4%
48.9%
24.6%
24.3%
12.7%
9.9%
2.8%
Total
1,250,146 100.0% 1,312,449
100.0%
Includes the United States, Canada and Latin America (including Brazil) (collectively, the “Americas”).
(1)
(2) The “Natuzzi” brand includes the Group’s four lines of product: Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions, Divani&Divani by Natuzzi and
Natuzzi Re-Vive. Starting from the second half of 2014, upholstered net sales under the “Natuzzi” brand also includes net sales
of beds sold under the Natuzzi Italia line.
(3) Due to a reorganization of our sales department, India is included in the EMEA region.
In 2018, the Group derived 47.9% of its core business (including sales of upholstery sofas, beds and furnishings) from the
EMEA region, 33.2% from the Americas (Brazil included), and 18.9% from the Asia-Pacific region.
1. The Americas.
In 2018, net sales of products of our core business (leather and fabric-upholstered furniture and beds, as well as
furnishings) in the United States and the rest of the Americas (including Brazil) were €135.1 million, down 10.5% compared to 2017,
25
partially negatively affected by currency exchange rate fluctuations, and the number of seats sold decreased by 12.8%, to 439,729 in
2018.
In particular, net sales from our Natuzzi branded products were €101.4 million, down 7.3% versus 2017.
Sales from our Softaly division were €33.7 million, down 18.9% compared to 2017. The Softaly division was affected by
difficult retail conditions experienced in the North American market, as some of our historical partners are restructuring their retail
assets, resulting in a reduction of their points of sales. In order to avoid competing solely on the basis of market price, the Company
has decided to focus primarily on a few selected primary customers going forward.
The Group’s principal customers are major retailers. The Group advertises its products to retailers and, recently, to
consumers in the United States, Canada, and Latin America (excluding Brazil) both directly and through the use of various marketing
tools. The Group also relies on its network of sales representatives and on the furniture fairs held at its High Point, North Carolina,
offices each spring and fall to promote its products.
Natuzzi Americas maintains offices in High Point, North Carolina and provides Natuzzi S.p.A with agency services. The
staff at High Point provides customer service, trademarks and products promotions, credit collection assistance, and generally acts as
the customers contact for the Group. As of March 31, 2019, the High Point North Carolina operation had 53 employees. In addition,
such Company has 11 independent sales representatives.
All of our commercial activities in Brazil are overseen from our Salvador de Bahia facility. The Group’s commercial
structure in Brazil has been reinforced over the years by an increase in personnel, from 12 representatives in 2012 to 24 as of the end
of 2018. 2018 sales in Brazil were €14.2 million. As of March 31, 2019, in Brazil there were 6 Natuzzi Italia stores, 38 Natuzzi
Editions stores, in addition to both Natuzzi Editions and Natuzzi Italia galleries.
As a result of the focus to the Brazilian high-end consumer market, the Group currently distributes a Natuzzi Italia “made
in Brazil” collection, entirely manufactured in Brazil and dedicated exclusively to the South American market.
In 2016, the Group acquired 7 Natuzzi Italia stores all located in Florida. In December 2016, the Company established a
new trading subsidiary located in Mexico, Natmex S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V. (“NATMEX”). In January 2017, NATMEX signed an
agreement with the Sandler family – owners of Muebleria Standard — its current partner for the distribution of Natuzzi products in
Mexico. Under the agreement, NATMEX acquired the three existing Natuzzi Italia stores from Muebleria Standard. The stores are
located in Mexico City-Altavista, Guadalajara and Monterrey. In addition to the directly operated stores, NATMEX sells in the
Mexican market through 12 directly managed Natuzzi Italia concessions in Palacio de Hierro, a high-end retailer having shopping
malls in excellent locations throughout Mexico. In June 2017, the Company opened its new North American retail store in West Palm
Beach, Florida. During 2018, the Company opened three new DOS in the USA, namely one in Chicago, one in Los Angeles-Costa
Mesa and one in Philadelphia. These new stores are part of the strategy announced in 2016 to open Company managed stores in high
traffic and prime retail locations, showcasing the new store design, merchandising concept and overall Natuzzi consumer experience.
As of March 31, 2019, the Company operated in the Americas 15 DOS (of which 12 were in the U.S. and three were in
Mexico), and 12 concessions located in Mexico, all of them under the Natuzzi Italia name. As of the same date, there were also 13
Natuzzi Italia stores operating in the Americas that are owned by local dealers (6 in Brazil, two in Venezuela, one in each of the U.S.,
Argentina, Colombia, Panama and Dominican Republic). Furthermore, as of the same date, there were 42 franchised Natuzzi Editions
stores, of which 38 were located in Brazil and one in each of the U.S., Argentina, Paraguay and Peru.
2. EMEA.
During 2018, the Group continued to consolidate its position in Western Europe, and increase its presence in Eastern
Europe, the Middle East, Africa and India (collectively, “EMEA”), by investing mainly in mono-brand stores and galleries. Net sales
of our core business in EMEA (including Italy) were €195.2 million in 2018, down 0.6% compared to 2017, with the number of seats
sold increasing by 2.6%, to 658,348 in 2018. Natuzzi branded sales amounted to a total of €140.1 million in 2018 (up 0.5% from
2017), and private label net sales decreased by 3.3% to €55.1 million.
2a) Italy. Since 1990, the Group has sold its upholstered products within Italy principally through the Divani&Divani by
Natuzzi franchised network of furniture stores. As of March 31, 2019, there were 64 Divani&Divani by Natuzzi stores (of which 15
directly operated by the Company), and five Natuzzi Italia stores (of which four directly operated by the Company) located in Italy.
2b) Europe (Outside Italy). The Group expands into other European markets mainly through stores (local dealers,
franchisees or directly operated stores). As of March 31, 2019, 85 stores were operating in Europe: 5 under the Divani&Divani by
Natuzzi, all located in Portugal; 72 were under the Natuzzi Italia name (15 in each of the United Kingdom, 13 in Spain, six in each of
26
France and Turkey, four in each of the Czech Republic and Russia, three in Switzerland, two in each of Bosnia, the Netherlands, and
Ukraine and one in each of Armenia, Azerbaijan, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece, Hungary, Kosovo, Latvia, Malta, Poland, Romania, Serbia,
Slovakia, Slovenia and Uzbekistan). As of the same date, there were eight Natuzzi Editions of which four located in the UK, two in the
Czech Republic and one in each of the Croatia and Serbia. Of these stores, 20 were directly owned by the Group as of March 31, 2019
and all were operated under the Natuzzi Italia name: 11 in Spain, four in the UK, three in Switzerland, and two in France. During the
first months of 2019, the Company decided to close all the 8 UK based concessions that were operating under the Natuzzi Italia name.
2c) Middle East, Africa and India. As of March 31, 2019, the Group had a total of 28 Natuzzi Italia stores in the Middle
East, Africa and India region: six in each of India and Israel, three in each of Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, and one in
each of Algeria, Bahrain, Egypt, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Pakistan, Qatar and Sri Lanka. In addition, one Natuzzi
Editions store was operating in Israel. All of these stores are operated by franchised partners.
In January 2012, following the worsening of the European Union’s diplomatic relations with Iran and Syria, the Company
decided to cease all business relations with these two countries.
No impairment issue arose following the cessation of business relations with those two countries. The Group had no sales
in Iran or Syria in 2018, 2017 and 2016. Our prior interests and activities in Iran or Syria were not a material investment risk, either
from an economic, financial or reputational point of view. The Group has not had, nor does it plan to have, any commercial contacts
with the governments of Iran or Syria, or with entities connected with such governments.
The Group has never generated sales in Sudan or North Korea or Cuba.
3. Asia-Pacific Region.
In 2018, net sales of our core business in the Asia-Pacific region were €76.9 million, up 1.3% from 2017, and the number
of seats sold decreased 8.8%, to 152,069 in 2018. Natuzzi branded sales increased by 2.3% to €71.4 million, and private label sales
decreased by 10.0% to €5.5 million.
The general strategy for the Natuzzi brand is to further expand the store network throughout the region, with a strong
emphasis on the Chinese market.
The Group’s commercial part of the business throughout the Asia-Pacific region was run by Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd. until July 27, 2018. On that date, the Company announced the completion of the transactions (the “Closing”) contemplated
by the joint venture agreement, signed in March 2018, between the Company and Kuka Furniture (Ningbo) co., Ltd. (“Kuka”). As a
result of the Closing, the Company’s wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary, Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“Trading Co.”) has
become a joint venture in which each of the Company and Kuka now owns a 49% and a 51% stake, respectively. Kuka invested a total
of €65 million to acquire its stake in Trading Co.
This joint venture is aimed at expanding the Company’s retail network in Mainland China, Hong Kong and Macau (the
“Territory”). Trading Co. will distribute the Natuzzi Italia and Natuzzi Editions branded products through a network of single-brand
directly operated stores and franchised operated stores in the Territory, as well as through online stores.
As of March 31, 2019, 87 franchised Natuzzi Italia stores were operating in the Asia-Pacific market: 63 in China, eight in
Australia, six in Taiwan, three in each of Hong Kong and in South Korea, and one in each of Indonesia, Philippines, Singapore and
Thailand. In addition, as of the same date, the Group had 137 Natuzzi Editions stores, of which 132 located in China, two in Vietnam,
and one in each of Hong Kong Thailand and Taiwan. Following the execution of this joint venture in China, the 11 Natuzzi Editions
Directly Operated Stores (“DOS”) were transferred to Trading Co. and, consequently, are no longer considered in the consolidated
financial statements.
The Group also maintains galleries in the Asia-Pacific region under the Natuzzi Italia and Natuzzi Editions.
Customer Credit Management
The Group maintains an active credit management program. The Group evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers on
a case-by-case basis according to each customer’s credit history and information available to the Group. Throughout the world, the
Group generally utilizes “open terms” in 70% of its sales and obtains credit insurance for 74% of this amount; about 8% of the
Group’s sales are commonly made to customers on a “cash against documents” and “cash on delivery” basis; and lastly, about 22% of
the Group’s sales are supported by a “letter of credit” or “payment in advance.” In July 2015, the Company signed a 5-year non-
recourse (pro-soluto) assignment of trade receivables with a major Italian financial company by means of a securitization program.
27
Incentive Programs and Tax Benefits
Historically, the Group derived benefits from the Italian Government’s investment incentive program for under-
industrialized regions in Southern Italy, which includes the area that serves as the center of the Group’s operations. The investment
incentive program provides tax benefits, capital grants and subsidized loans. There can be no assurance that the Group will continue to
be eligible for such grants, benefits or tax credits for its current or future investments in Italy.
In 2013, The Company took part in a businesses temporary association (Associazione Temporanea di Imprese) (“ATI”),
under a program called “MAIND” that aims to share Research, Development and Training expenses that relate to eco-innovative
materials and advanced technologies for the manufacturing and construction industries. By taking part in ATI, the Company hopes to
receive grants by the Italian Government covering its investments in the moving line of its Italian plants. In November 2014, The
Italian Ministry of Education, University and Research accepted the request for a grant from ATI, and in particular, granted Natuzzi
S.p.A. €0.6 million to cover almost all of its expenses presented under this experimental research and development project. In 2015,
the Company, through the company that leads the ATI, presented to the Italian Ministry of Economic Development a statement of
expenses totaling €0.2 million related to the personnel in the research and development department, as well as training expenses in
moving line. In 2017, the Company collected €0.1 million from the Italian Ministry of Education, University and Research. In 2018,
the Company presented to the Italian Ministry of Economic Development a further statement of expenses under this program totaling
€0.8 million. In July 2018, the Company collected an additional €0.1 million from the Italian Ministry of Education, University and
Research. As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company has not yet been informed by the relevant Italian Ministry of the timing
of collection of the remaining part of the grant.
In September 2015, the Company presented to the Italian Ministry of Economic Development a €49.7 million investment
program for industrial development, which is composed of six programs, including programs in research and development and for
upgrading its Italian facilities located in the Puglia and Basilicata Regions. In 2015, the Company formally requested that the Italian
Ministry of Economic Development grant is €37.3 million from public incentives. Initially, the total amount of €49.7 million was
composed of €27.7 million to upgrade the Italian plants located in Puglia and Basilicata Regions, and the remaining part of
€22.0 million is for innovation, research and development expenses. On September 23, 2015, the Company entered into a formal
agreement (the “Developing Contract”) with the Ministry of Economic Development (Ministero dello Sviluppo Economico) and the
governments of the Puglia and Basilicata regions reflecting this investment. On January 23, 2017, following its review of such
program, the Italian Ministry of Economic Development reduced the amount of investments from €49.7 million to €37.8 million, of
which €27.6 million has been allocated to upgrade the Italian plants located in Puglia and Basilicata Regions and €10.2 million has
been allocated for innovation, research and development expenses. As a consequence, grants from public incentives were reduced
from €37.3 million to €26.9 million. The expected grant should be represented by €11.0 million as a capital grant and €15.9 as
subsidized loan. The Company has already begun the planned investment activity and, specifically, in 2016, invested €5.0 million, and
in 2017 a further €2.0 million. In January 2018, the Ministry issued a decree for the Company to sign. The Company, following the
unfavorable judgement by the Bari Labor Court, which required the Company to re-employ 166 workers, decided not to sign such
decree since the conditions set forth by the decree, among which is an obligation not to fire workers for a 10-year period—are
considered by the Company to be too onerous. Negotiations on such labor issue with the relevant Ministry are still ongoing. On
March 5, 2019, the Company presented to the Ministry of Economic Development an updated document concerning the Developing
Contract. As of the date of this Annual Report, the Ministry of Economic Development has not yet provided the Company with an
official reply. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
In 2018, the Company took part in a business temporary association (Associazione Temporanea di Società) (“ATS”),
under a program called “M2H- Machine to Human” that aims to share Research and Development expenses related to leather
processing. This program was designed and coordinated by the University of Lecce. Such program was presented by the ATS to the
Puglia region in March 2017. In October 2017, the Puglia region accepted the request for a grant in favor of the ATS and in particular
granted Natuzzi S.p.A. €0.7 million to cover almost entirely the expenses presented under this project. In particular, the Company
intends to utilize a new technology that will automatically classify the raw hides (wet blue) according to the degree of imperfections.
This stage of the leather processing is currently carried out by workers rather than machines. The Company has not yet been informed
as for the timing of collection of such grants.
28
Management of Exchange Rate Risk
The Group is subject to currency exchange rate risk in the ordinary course of its business to the extent that its costs are
denominated in currencies other than those in which it earns revenues. Exchange rate fluctuations also affect the Group’s operating
results because it recognizes revenues and costs in currencies other than Euro but publishes its financial statements in Euro. The
Group also holds a substantial portion of its cash and cash equivalents in currencies other than the Euro. The Group’s sales and results
may be materially affected by exchange rate fluctuations. For more information, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk.”
Trademarks and Patents
The Group’s products are sold under the Natuzzi, Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions, Natuzzi Re-vive, Softaly
trademarks. These trademarks and certain other trademarks, such as Divani&Divani by Natuzzi, have been registered in all
jurisdictions in which the Group has a commercial interest, such as Italy, the European Union and elsewhere. In order to protect its
investments in new product development, the Group has also undertaken the practice of registering certain new designs in most of the
countries in which such designs are sold. The Group currently has approximately 910 design patents and patents (registered and
pending) and approximately 17,500 design patents and patents by model and by country/jurisdiction (the same model may be
registered in more than one country and/or jurisdiction). Applications are made with respect to new product introductions that the
Group believes will enjoy commercial success and have a high likelihood of being copied.
In 2013, the Natuzzi Group launched Re-vive®, an innovative armchair that was the result of a collaborative effort between
Natuzzi’s Style Center and the Formway Design Studio of Wellington, New Zealand. The Re-vive® recliner combines style and
comfort, Italian artisan expertise and innovative New Zealand design. This innovative armchair is internationally protected by several
patents covering both its shape and all of its components. In particular, the design patent was filed in 40 countries, while the
mechanism patent was filed and will be prosecuted in 8 countries. Natuzzi has entered into a 20-year licensing agreement, signed in
January 2011, with Formway that allows it to utilize the design and mechanisms developed for the Re-vive armchair in exchange for a
licensing fee, payable in installments, and royalties representing a percentage of sales of the armchair.
As for the distribution of the products that are manufactured in the Group’s plants and identified under various names
(Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions, Natuzzi Re-vive), the Group has in place with its customers (retailers and/or wholesalers) business
agreements under the form of a sales license (product supply and brand usage license).
Furthermore, the Group also has supply agreements in place with large wholesalers for the supply of private label
products that are manufactured by the Group’s industrial plants outside of Italy.
Regulation
The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Italy. The principal laws and regulations that apply to the
operations of the Company—those of Italy and the European Union—are different from those of the United States. Such non-U.S.
laws and regulations may be subject to varying interpretations or may be changed, and new laws and regulations may be adopted,
from time to time. Our products are subject to regulations applicable in the countries where they are manufactured and sold. Our
production processes are regularly inspected to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. While management believes that the
Group is currently in compliance in all material respects with such laws and regulations (including rules with respect to environmental
matters), there can be no assurance that any subsequent official interpretation of such laws or regulations by the relevant governmental
authorities that differs from that of the Company, or any such change or adoption, would not have an adverse effect on the results of
operations of the Group or the rights of holders of the Ordinary Shares or the owners of the Company’s ADSs. See “Item
4. Information on the Company—Environmental Regulatory Compliance,” “Item 10. Additional Information—Exchange Controls”
and “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation.”
The Group, to the best of its knowledge, operates all of its facilities in compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Environmental Regulatory Compliance
29
The Group maintains insurance against a number of risks. The Group insures against loss or damage to its facilities, loss
or damage to its products while in transit to customers, failure to recover receivables, certain potential environmental liabilities,
product liability claims and Directors and Officer Liabilities. While the Group’s insurance does not cover 100% of these risks,
management believes that the Group’s present level of insurance is adequate in light of past experience.
Insurance
The location, approximate size and function of the principal physical properties used by the Group as of March 31, 2019
Description of Properties
are set forth below:
Country
Location
Italy ...... Santeramo in Colle (BA)
Italy ...... Santeramo in Colle (BA)
Size
(approximate
square meters)
Function
27,000
2,000
Headquarters, prototyping, showroom
(Owned)
Experimental laboratory: Leather cutting,
Sewing, Assembling wooden parts for
frame, product assembly (Owned)
Italy ...... Santeramo in Colle, Jesce (BA)
28,000 Sewing and product assembly (Owned)
Italy ...... Matera La Martella
Italy ...... Matera, Jesce
Italy ...... Laterza (TA)
Italy ...... Laterza (TA)
Italy ...... Laterza (TA)
38,000
10,000
10,300
10,000
16,000
General warehouse of sofas and accessory
furnishing (Owned)
Leather cutting, Sewing, Assembling
wooden parts for frame, product assembly
(Owned)
Leather and fabrics Warehouse, Leather
and fabrics cutting, (Owned)
Sewing, Assembling wooden parts for
frame, product assembly (Owned)
Semi-finished products and accessories
Warehouse (Owned)
Production
Capacity per
day
Unit of
Measure
N.A.
N.A.
100
800
N.A.
Seats
Seats
N.A.
350
Seats
N.A.
500
N.A.
N.A.
Seats
N.A.
Italy ...... Qualiano (NA)
Italy ...... Pozzuolo del Friuli (UD)
12,000 Polyurethane foam production (Owned)
21,000 Leather dyeing and finishing (Owned)
46
11,000
Tons
Square Meters
U.S.A. .. High Point, North Carolina
10,000
Romania Baia Mare
China .... Shanghai
75,600
88,000
Brazil.... Salvador de Bahia – Bahia
28,700
Office and showroom for Natuzzi Americas
(Owned)
Leather cutting, sewing and product
assembly, manufacturing of wooden
frames, polyurethane foam shaping,
fiberfill production and wood and wooden
product manufacturing (Owned)
Leather cutting, sewing and product
assembly, manufacturing of wooden
frames, polyurethane foam shaping,
fiberfill production (Leased)
Leather cutting, sewing and product
assembly, manufacturing of wooden
frames, polyurethane foam shaping,
fiberfill production (Owned)
N.A.
N.A.
1,477
Seats
1,600
Seats
210
Seats
The Group believes that its production facilities are suitable for its production needs and are well maintained.
30
The following table sets forth the Group’s capital expenditures for each year for the two-year period ended December 31,
2018:
Capital Expenditures
Land and plants ..................................................................
Equipment ..........................................................................
Intangible assets .................................................................
Total .........................................................................
0.7
6.6
0.9
8.2
0.7
6.0
1.2
7.9
Year ended December 31, (millions of Euro)
2018
2017
Capital expenditures during the last two years were primarily made to make improvements to property, plant and
equipment and for the expansion of the Company’s retail network. In 2018, capital expenditures were primarily made to make
improvements at the Group’s existing facilities, in particular in Italy for the improvement of the Group’s retail facilities. The
Company made these capital expenditures as part of the Developing Contract (as defined in “Item 4. Information on the Company—
Incentive Programs and Tax Benefits” and further described below). As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company has not been
officially informed yet by the Government as for the amount and timing of possible government grants and subsidized loans for such
investments.
As of April 20, 2019, the Company has spent €1.1 million on capital expenditures since January 1, 2019.
The Group expects that capital expenditures in 2019 will be in the region of €4.2 million. Capital expenditures in 2019 are
expected to be financed mainly through improved cash flow from operations.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion of the Group’s results of operations, liquidity and capital resources is based on information
derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. These
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. All information
that is not historical in nature and disclosed under “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” is deemed to be a
forward-looking statement. See “Item 3. Key Information—Forward Looking Information.”
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and their
accompanying notes included elsewhere herein. Such consolidated annual financial statements are our first financial statements
prepared in accordance with IFRS. Pursuant to the transitional relief granted by the SEC in respect of the first-time application of
IFRS, no comparative information in respect to the consolidated financial statements and no financial information prepared under
IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been included in this annual report. Consequently, no discussion is included for the
year 2016. See Note 1 and 43 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Critical Accounting Policies and estimates
Use of Estimates — The significant accounting policies used by the Group to prepare its financial statements are
described in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. The application of these
policies requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that are subjective and complex, and which affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of any reporting date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during any
reporting period. The Group’s financial results could be materially different if different estimates, judgments or assumptions were
used. The following discussion addresses the estimates, judgments and assumptions that the Group considers most material based on
the degree of uncertainty and the likelihood of a material impact if a different estimate, judgment or assumption were used. Actual
results could differ from such estimates, due to, among other things, uncertainty, lack or limited availability of information, variations
in economic inputs such as prices, costs, and other significant factors including the matters described under “Risk Factors.”
Impairment of non-financial Assets — Management reviews non-financial assets, including intangible assets with
estimable useful life, goodwill and equity-method investees, for impairment whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the
31
carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable and would record an impairment charge if necessary. For impairment testing,
assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely
independent of the cash inflows of other assets or Cash Generating Units (hereinafter also CGUs). Following IAS 36, recoverability of
assets or CGUs to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the recoverable amount, which
is the higher of the estimated fair value less costs to sell or of future discounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or
CGU. Future discounted net cash flows are significantly impacted by estimates of future prices for our products, capital needs,
economic trends and other factors. If the carrying value of an asset or CGU is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded
for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset or CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount, in relation to its use or
realization, as determined by reference to the most recent corporate plans. Assets not in use/to be disposed of are reported at the lower
of their carrying amount and their fair value less costs to sell. Estimated fair value is generally determined through various valuation
techniques including quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. The Company analyzes its
overall valuation and performs an impairment analysis of its non-financial assets in accordance with IAS 36.
Due to a market capitalization that falls below the carrying amount of the Company, and history of operating loss and
revenue decline, management has performed impairment tests on certain non-financial assets where losses have been generated. The
fair value analysis of each non-financial asset is unique and requires that management use estimates and assumptions that are deemed
prudent and reasonable for a particular set of circumstances. Management believes that the estimates used in the analyses are
reasonable; however, changes in estimates could affect the relevant valuations and the recoverability of the carrying values of the
assets. The cash flows employed in our 2018 discounted cash flow analyses for impairment analysis of non-financial assets, were
based on the budget approved by the board of directors on February 8, 2019.
While management believes its estimates are reasonable, many of these matters involve significant uncertainty, and actual
results may differ from the estimates used. The key inputs and assumptions that were used in performing the 2018 impairment test for
the main CGUs are as follows:
CGU
Italy - production sites ............................... Discounted
Italy - assets not in use ............................... Third-party independent appraisal
Cash flows
Year Ended Dec. 31, 2018
Net book value
of the asset
after impairment
test
(thousands of €)
32,525
16,011
Sales
CAGR
2019-23
WACC
10%
n/a
6%
n/a
G
0.5%
n/a
G – estimated long-term growth rate from “Damodaran Online” at http://pages.stern.nyu.edu/~adamodar/
WACC – Weighted Average Cost of Capital
Sales CAGR – Sales Compound Annual Growth Rate
The compound annual growth rate for sales for Italian production sites is based on the five-year business plan.
The deterioration of the macroeconomic environment, retail industry and the deterioration of our performance, could
affect our Italian production CGU. In performing the impairment analysis management has performed a sensitivity analysis, which
results in a discounted cash flow exceeding the carrying amount of the CGU with an adequate cushion.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not record an impairment loss for its non-financial assets.
Recoverability of Deferred Tax Assets — Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the accounting in the consolidated financial statements of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for losses available for carrying forward in the various tax jurisdictions. Deferred
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are calculated using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period
that includes the enactment date.
In assessing the feasibility of the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is probable that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and the tax loss
carried-forwards are utilized. Estimating future taxable income requires estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain and
requires significant management judgment, and different estimates can have a significant impact on the outcome of the analysis.
32
In 2018 and 2017, because domestic companies and some of foreign subsidiaries realized significant pre-tax losses and
were in a cumulative loss position, management did not consider it probable that the deferred tax assets of those companies would be
realized in the scheduled reversal periods (see Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual
Report). In making its determination that a deferred tax asset was required, management considered the scheduled reversal of deferred
tax liabilities and tax planning strategies but was unable to identify any relevant tax planning strategies available to increase the
recognition of the deferred tax assets.
Changes in the assumptions and estimates related to future taxable income, tax planning strategies and scheduled reversal
of deferred tax liabilities could affect the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. If actual results differ from such estimates and
assumptions the Group financial position and results of operation may be affected.
Provisions — The Group makes estimates and judgements in relation to the provisions for legal and tax claims, service
warranties and one time termination benefits for certain employees. Provisions for legal and tax claims, service warranties and one
time termination benefits for certain employees are recognised when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result
of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood
that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is
recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation
at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the preset value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time
is recognised as interest expense.
Actual results related to such provisions may differ significantly from the estimates, due to, among other things,
uncertainty, lack or limited availability of information and variation in economic inputs.
Fair value of Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. — Following the transaction occurred with Kuka, as fully disclosed
in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report, the Company has lost control over its
former subsidiary Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. In accordance with IFRS 10, the Company has recognized the 49% retained
interest in its former subsidiary at its fair value, which was estimated utilizing a third-party independent appraiser, by applying a
discounted earnings technique. Such fair value is therefore based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Actual
results related to such fair value may differ significantly from the estimate, due to, among other things, uncertainty of the significant
assumptions (i.e. forecasted sales), lack of historical information and variation in economic inputs.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We monitor and evaluate our operating and financial performance using several non-GAAP financial measures including:
Adjusted EBITDA and Net Financial Position.
We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful and relevant information regarding our performance
and our ability to assess our financial performance and financial position. They also provide us with comparable measures that
facilitate management’s ability to identify operational trends, as well as make decisions regarding future spending, resource
allocations and other operational decisions. While similar measures are widely used in the industry in which we operate, the financial
measures we use may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies nor are they intended to be
substitutes for measures of financial performance or financial position as prepared in accordance with IFRS.
Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (Adjusted EBITDA)
Management has presented the performance measure Adjusted EBITDA because it monitors this performance measure at
a consolidated level and it believes that this measure is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s financial performance. Adjusted
EBITDA is calculated by adjusting profit from continuing operations to exclude the impact of taxation, net finance costs, depreciation,
amortisation, government grants related to depreciation and share of profit of equity method investees.
Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in IFRS. The Group’s definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not
be comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
33
The following table shows the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017.
Profit (Loss) for the year ...................................................................................................................................
Income tax expense ..............................................................................................................................................
Profit (Loss) before tax ........................................................................................................................................
Adjustments for: ..................................................................................................................................................
–Net finance income/(costs) ................................................................................................................................
–Share of profit (loss) of equity-method investees ..............................................................................................
–Depreciation .......................................................................................................................................................
–Amortisation ......................................................................................................................................................
–Government grants .............................................................................................................................................
2018
33,119
7,429
2017
(30,845)
2,886
40,548
(27,959)
(66,296)
290
10,154
910
(1,061)
4,004
—
10,861
1,569
(1,068)
Adjusted EBITDA ..............................................................................................................................................
(15,455)
(12,593)
Adjusted EBITDA is presented by management to aid investors in their analysis of the performance of the Group and to
assist investors in the comparison of the Group’s performance with that of other companies.
Net Financial Position
Net Financial Position is defined as “Cash and cash equivalents”, less “Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings”, less
“Current portion of long-term borrowings”, less “Long-term borrowings”.
The following table sets forth the calculation, in millions of Euro, of Net Financial Position for the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................................................................................
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ..................................................................................................................
Current portion of long-term borrowings .....................................................................................................................
Long-term borrowings .................................................................................................................................................
Net Financial Position
2018
62.1
(35.1)
(10.6)
(10.4)
6.0
2017
55.0
(26.0)
(4.8)
(20.9)
3.3
We believe our Net Financial Position provides useful information for investors because it gives evidence of our
consolidated position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash by measuring our capital resources based on cash and cash
equivalents and the total level of our financial indebtedness.
Results of Operations
Summary — In 2014, the Group started a thorough reorganization process covering its industrial, sales and service
operations. The first signs of efficiency recovery were achieved in 2015 and the process has continued in 2016 with an almost break-
even operating margin. In 2017 and 2018, the Company continued to invest resources to set up its retail and marketing organization
worldwide and restructure its overhead costs.
On July 27, 2018, the joint venture agreement with KUKA Furniture (Ningbo) Co., Ltd. (“Kuka”) was finalized and
consequently the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Natuzzi Trading Shanghai Co. Ltd., was deconsolidated. As a consequence of
this disposal, the Company accounted for a non recurring income under the “Gain from disposal and loss of control of a subsidiary”
caption within the statement of profit or loss, for a total of €75.4 million.
Including this non recurring income, Profit attributable to the Owners of the Company in 2018 was €33.3 million.
As of December 31, 2018, cash and cash equivalents for the Group was €62.1 million, from €55.0 million at the end of
2017, and the Group’s Net Financial Position was positive by €6.0 million compared to €3.4 million at the end of 2017.
34
The following table sets forth certain statement of profit or loss data expressed as a percentage of revenue for the years
indicated:
Revenue ..........................................................................................................
Cost of sales ....................................................................................................
Gross profit ...................................................................................................
Other income ..................................................................................................
Selling expenses..............................................................................................
Administrative expenses .................................................................................
Impairment on trade receivables .....................................................................
Other expenses ................................................................................................
Operating loss................................................................................................
Net finance costs .............................................................................................
Share of profit/(loss) of equity-method investees ...........................................
Income tax expense .........................................................................................
Profit/(Loss) for the year ..............................................................................
Year Ended December 31,
2017
2018
100.00%
100.00%
70.9%
71.9%
29.1%
28.1%
0.4%
1.4%
26.3%
26.8%
8.0%
8.2%
0.3%
0.2%
0.0%
0.1%
-5.3%
-5.9%
0.9%
15.5%
0.0%
0.1%
0.6%
1.8%
-6.9%
7.7%
The Company intends to follow its vision and strategy for the future by pursuing two parallel paths to gain new market
share and increase profitability: i) the transformation of the Company into a lifestyle brand coupled with the extension of its mono-
brand store network mainly in U.S., China, the UK and some European Countries, and ii) focusing on selected customers within the
unbranded/private label business.
2018 Compared to 2017
Revenue for 2018, including sales of leather and fabric-upholstered furniture and other sales (principally sales of
polyurethane foam and leather sold to third parties as well as of accessories), were €428.5 million, down 4.5% from 2017, negatively
affected by currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Sales of upholstery furniture and home furnishing accessories (“core business”) were €407.1 million, down 3.8%
compared to 2017, as a result of the 6.2% decrease in upholstery furniture net sales (at €365.3 million), partially offset by the 24.4%
increase in home furnishing accessories sales (at €41.7 million). The 6.2% decrease in upholstery furniture net sales was due
principally to a 4.7% decrease in terms of seats sold, and to a 3.0% negative currency translation, partially offset by price-list increase
and a positive sales mix contribution (+1.5%).
Other sales (sales of polyurethane foam and other goods) were €21.4 million in 2018, versus €25.8 million in 2017.
The Group distributes worldwide its products through the following two divisions:
1)
2)
The Natuzzi Division includes Natuzzi Italia, Natuzzi Editions and Divani&Divani by Natuzzi products distributed through
both the Company’s directly operated network as well as third-party operated points of sales. This division addresses the
medium/high-end segment of the market; and
The Softaly division, selling unbranded products exclusively through the wholesale channel and addressing the low-end
segment of the market.
1) Natuzzi Division
2018 net sales of this division were €312.9 million, down 1.8% compared to 2017, as a result of the 7.3% decrease in sales
from the Americas, partially offset by the increase in sales from the EMEA and the Asia-Pacific regions (+0.5% and +2.3%
respectively).
Within the Natuzzi division, Natuzzi Italia net sales increased by 7.6% over 2017 and represents 35.6% of the entire
Group’s core business (as compared to 31.8% in 2017). The Divani&Divani by Natuzzi network grew by 5.1% over 2017. On the
contrary, Natuzzi Editions net sales decreased by 11.1% over 2017, due, in particular, to weak performance in some European
Countries.
35
1.a) Natuzzi Division: Direct Retail
Within the above-mentioned Natuzzi division, the Group directly operates points of sales (including stores and
concessions) under both Natuzzi Italia and Divani&Divani by Natuzzi name.
During 2018, the Group opened 6 Natuzzi Italia DOS, of which 3 in the U.S. (Chicago, Costa Mesa California and Fort
Lauderdale Florida), two in France both located in Paris, and one in the UK (London Westfield).
As of the date of this Annual Report, there are 67 DOS, of which 40 operated under the Natuzzi Italia name, 15
Divani&Divani by Natuzzi and 12 Natuzzi Italia concessions (these being all located in Mexico, as the Company closed in the first
part of 2019 all the United Kingdom based concessions that were operating under the Natuzzi Italia name).
As disclosed during 2018, following the execution of the joint venture agreement in China, the 11 Natuzzi Editions
Directly Operated Stores (“DOS”) were transferred in July 27, 2018 to the joint venture vehicle and deconsolidated since that date. In
2018, Group’s total direct retail sales were €63.0 million (including sales generated by the 11 Natuzzi Editions DOS in China through
July 27, 2018), and €56.5 million in 2017 (including sales generated by the 11 Natuzzi Editions DOS in China during the twelve
months of the year).
For a more direct comparison, we will no longer consider these 11 Natuzzi Editions in this section.
In 2018 sales from our directly operated retail network (excluding the 11 Natuzzi Editions in China) were €57.1 million,
up 14.3% compared to 2017, with positive results mainly from U.S. (+46.8%), Italy (+4.0%), Switzerland (+10.9%). Sales from our
UK-based points of sale decreased by 21.6% mainly due to the restructuring activity in that region. Direct Retail sales represented
14.0% of our 2018 core business.
Natuzzi Italia DOS sales increased 17.9% to €43.7 million and Divani&Divani by Natuzzi DOS sales increased by 3.8%
million at €13.4 million.
2018 sales on a like-for-like basis (i.e., considering points of sale in operation for both full-year 2018 and 2017) were
€44.1 million, up 6.2% from €41.5 million in 2017, thanks, in particular, to the performance of our DOS located in the USA (+20.6%),
Italy (+6.1%) and Switzerland (+15.9%) and Spain (+1.6%).
1.b) Natuzzi division: wholesale
Natuzzi Sales generated by the wholesale channel (Natuzzi franchised operated stores, or “FOS”, and other selling
formats), were €255.8 million, down 4.8% from €268.6 million in 2017.
Within this wholesale channel, Natuzzi Italia sales were €101.3 million, up 3.7%, Natuzzi Editions sales were
€139.0 million, down 11.1%, and sales from Divani&Divani by Natuzzi network were €15.5 million, up 6.3% compared over 2017.
The Company has recently launched a new store concept for the Natuzzi Editions business in Cardiff, Wales, and
Glasgow, Scotland.
2) Softaly wholesale division
Sales generated by this division, addressing the low-end segment of the market, were €94.2 million, down 9.9% from
€104.5 million in 2017.
The Softaly business in 2018 has been particularly affected by the difficult retail conditions experienced in the North
American market, as some of the Company’s historical partners are restructuring their retail assets, resulting in a reduction of their
points of sales. Due to the price-based competition affecting this segment of the furniture industry, the Company’s plan for this
division is to focus on a few selected primary customers.
Cost of Sales in 2018 was €308.3 million (or 71.9% as a percentage of revenue), as compared to €318.4 million (or 70.9%
of revenue) in 2017.
In 2017 and in 2018, the Group implemented its program to reduce the Italian workforce and therefore, within the
Consolidated statements of profit or loss, it accounted for labor-related costs of €10.0 million in 2017 (almost entirely represented by
the accrual made for legal proceedings risks, in addition to €0.8 million as an incentive program to reduce the workforce) and
€5.6 million in 2018 pertaining mainly to the incentive program to reduce the number of workers.
36
In addition, we had an increase in cost of labor, net of the abovementioned labor-related costs, from 18.3% in 2017 to
19.7%, also due to extra work-time necessary to respect the delivery terms required by our customers during 2018.
Gross Profit. During 2018, the consolidated gross margin was equal to 28.1%, versus 29.1% in 2017.
Net of the above mentioned labor related costs, the gross margin would have been 29.4% in 2018 and 31.3% in 2017.
The gross margin in 2018 was also affected by increasing prices in some raw materials.
Selling Expenses. In 2018, selling expenses were €115.0 million (or 26.8% on revenues) compared to €118.3 million (or
26.3% on revenues) in 2017, affected by €0.5 million of costs pertaining to an incentive program to reduce the Italian workforce as
described above.
Administrative Expenses. In 2018, the Group’s administrative expenses decreased by €0.8 million to €35.3 million, from
€36.1 million in 2017, and, as a percentage of revenue, from 8.0% in 2017 to 8.2% in 2018 mainly affected by €0.8 million of costs
pertaining an incentive program to reduce the Italian workforce as described above. Net of this labor-related costs, administrative
expenses on revenues would have been 8.1%.
Operating Loss. As a result of the factors described above, in 2018 the Group had an operating loss of €25.4 million
compared to an operating loss of €23.9 million in 2017.
Net finance income/costs. The Group registered “Net finance costs” of €66.3 million in 2018 as compared to
€(4.0) million in 2017. Net finance costs of 2018 include:
—
—
Finance income of €0.4 million (€1.2 million in 2017);
Finance costs of (€5.6) million (€6.3 million in 2017);
— Net exchange rate gains/(losses) of (€3.9) million (€1.1 million in 2017);
— Gains from disposal and loss of control of a subsidiary of €75.4 million (nil in 2017).
The improvement of €70.3 million in “Net finance costs” is primarily due to the €75.4 million gain deriving from the
transaction with Kuka. See Notes 10, 34 and 35 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
The Group recorded a €3.9 million foreign-exchange net loss in 2018, as compared to a net gain of €1.1 million in 2017.
The foreign exchange loss in 2018 primarily reflected the following factors:
—
—
—
—
—
a net realized loss of €0.9 million in 2018 (as compared to a net realized gain of €1.9 million in 2017) on domestic currency
swaps due to the difference between the forward rates of the domestic currency swaps and the spot rates at which the domestic
currency swaps were closed (the Group uses forward rate contracts to hedge its price risks against unfavorable exchange rate
variations);
a net realized gain of €3.3 million in 2018 (compared to a gain of €0.4 million in 2017), from the difference between invoice
exchange rates and collection/payment exchange rates;
a net unrealized loss of €0.0 million in 2018 (compared to an unrealized gain of €1.0 million in 2017), from the mark-to-market
evaluation of domestic currency swaps;
a net unrealized loss of €5.4 million in 2018 (compared to an unrealized loss of €0.0 million in 2017) on accounts receivable and
payable;
a net unrealized loss of €0.9 million in 2018 (compared to an unrealized loss of €2.2 million in 2017), from the translation of
non-monetary assets for those subsidiaries adopting Euro as their functional currency.
The Group does not use hedge accounting and records all fair value changes of its domestic currency swaps in its
statement of profit or loss. See Notes 27 and 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
37
Income Taxes. In 2018, the Group income taxes increased to €7.4 million from €2.9 million in 2017. The Group had an
effective tax rate of 18.32% on its profit before taxes and non-controlling interests, compared to the Group’s effective tax rate of
10.32% reported in 2017. See Note 36 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Profit/(loss) for the year. Reflecting the factors above, the Group reported a profit of €33.1 million in 2018, as compared
to a loss of €30.8 million in 2017. On a per-Ordinary Share basis, the Group had profit of €0.61 in 2018, as compared to losses of
€0.55 in 2017.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In the ordinary course of business, our use of funds is for the payment of operating expenses, working capital
requirements and capital expenditures. The Group’s principal source of liquidity has historically been its existing cash and cash
equivalents and cash flow from operations, supplemented to the extent needed to meet the Group’s short term cash requirements by
accessing the Group’s existing lines of credit.
During 2014, the Group experienced some operating difficulties in the implementation of the Group Business Plan. The
Business Plan foresaw, in its main guidelines, product innovation initiatives, with the introduction of the “moving line” production
system in Group plants and subsequent re-engineering of existing models, and a sharp decrease in fixed and production costs. See
“Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—The Group has a recent history of losses; the Group’s future profitability, financial
condition and ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity depend to a large extent on its ability to overcome macroeconomic and
operational challenges,” “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—The Group’s ability to generate the significant amount of cash
needed to service our debt obligations and comply with our other financial obligations and our ability to refinance all or a portion of
our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on multiple factors, many of which may be beyond our control”.
In 2015, as a result of corrective measures introduced in the second half of 2014, the Group achieved positive results in
terms of production efficiency (in particular in the Italian and Chinese plants) and in terms of control and reduction of fixed costs and
rationalization of the DOS network. As a consequence the operating loss improved in 2015 as compared to 2014.
During 2015, the Group was able to obtain new credit lines to support its cash needs. In particular, the Company was
granted a long-term loan of €5 million, and a bank overdraft of €2.5 million, while the Romanian subsidiary obtained a bank facility in
the amount of €10 million. In addition, the existing short-term credit lines were renewed and a non-recourse trade receivable
securitization agreement was signed in July 2015 with a primary Italian financial institution, for the sale of a maximum amount of
€35 million performing receivables, on a revolving basis.
During 2018, the Company finalized the joint venture agreement with “Kuka”, as disclosed in Note 10 of the consolidated
financial statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. The agreements with “Kuka”, finally signed on July 27, 2018, have
resulted in an investment by “Kuka” in the Group of €65 million, for the acquisition of the majority stake in the subsidiary Natuzzi
Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Out of these €65 million, €20 million have remained at Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. to sustain
investments, while €45 million have been paid in favor of Natuzzi S.p.A., as cash consideration for the purchase of the investment in
the subsidiary (€30 million) and right to access of Natuzzi’s trademarks (€15 million).
In 2018, the Group reported an operating loss of €25.4 million from an operating loss of €23.9 million in 2017.
The Group’s Net Financial Position remained positive at €6.0 million at year-end 2018, increasing by €2.6 million as
compared to 2017, also thanks to the cash injection deriving from the transaction finalized with “Kuka”.
As of December 31, 2018, the Group had cash and cash equivalents on hand of €62.1 million, and credit facilities totaling
€138.2 million (€147.7 million as of December 31, 2017). Existing credit lines of 2018 are as follows: a) unsecured credit line for
€29.6 million; b) secured credit line for €61.1 million secured by real estate mortgage and invoice discount facilities; and c)
securitization of trade receivables of €47.5 million. The Group uses these lines of credit to manage its operational needs. The unused
portions of lines of credit were approximately €24.0 million (see Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18
of this Annual Report) as of December 31, 2018. The vast majority of these credit lines are under credit facilities that are not subject to
any restrictions. Bank overdrafts are repayable either on demand or on a short-term basis. See “Item 3 – Key Information – Risk
Factors.” The Group’s borrowing needs generally are not subject to significant seasonal fluctuations.
Although we had €62.1 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand at December 31, 2018, €18.3 million of this amount
is located in our Chinese subsidiaries. To the extent management intends to move the cash from China by a dividend distribution, a
withholding tax of 10% and the income taxes in Italy (equal to 24.0% of 5% of the dividends distributed) would have to be paid.
38
Management believes that the Group has sufficient sources of liquidity that can be generated by operating activities to
fund working capital needs, capital expenditures and other contractual obligations for the next 12 months. The Company will continue
to be focused on effective cash management, by rationalizing our overhead structure, finding additional efficiency in our plants,
improving logistics and quality, in order to balance our financial resources between working capital and investments needs.
Cash Flows —The Group’s cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdraft, were €60.4 million as of December 31, 2018
as compared to €55.0 million as of December 31, 2017. The most significant changes in the Group’s cash flows between 2018 and
2017 are described below.
In 2018, Net Cash used in operating activities was €11.3 million. In 2017, net cash used in operations were €4.9 million
(of which (€8.3) million was related to one-time termination costs).
During 2018, the Group continued to reduce net working capital as a result of: a) €7.4 million as positive contribution
from the extension in days payables outstanding; b) €6.0 million as positive contribution from the improvement in inventories; c)
€3.7 million as negative contribution from receivables, of which €3.5 million relates to the worsening of other trade receivables (not
involved in the securitization process).
Net cash provided by investment activities in 2018 was €14.6 million as compared to net cash used in investment
activities of €10.3 million in 2017. The increase in cash was mainly due to the sale of the 23.54% stake in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai
Co. Ltd. to “Kuka”, for a total consideration of €30 million.
In 2018, capital expenditures were primarily made for the expansion of the Company’s retail network, to make
improvements to property, plant and equipment of the existing facilities worldwide, to increase efficiency in production processes, and
in software, with particular reference to the development of a 3D product-configurator application.
Cash provided by financing activities in 2018 was €2.2 million compared to cash provided by financing activities in 2017
of €12.4 million; this change is mainly due to the obtainment of a €12.5 million long-term loan in 2017, and to a higher use of short-
term borrowings in 2018 by €1.4 million.
As of December 31, 2018, the Group’s long-term contractual cash obligations amounted to €137.8 million, of which
€59.6 million comes due in 2019. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Contractual Obligations and
Commitments.” The Group’s long-term borrowings represented 15.3% of Equity attributable to the Owners of the Company as of
December 31, 2018 (25.1% as of December 31, 2017) (see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of
this Annual Report). As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Company was in compliance with the long-term loans covenants. The
Group’s uses of funds are expected to be the payment of operating expenses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and
restructuring of operations. See “Item 4. Products” for further description of our research and development activities. See “Item 4.
Incentive Programs and Tax Benefits” for further description of certain government programs and policies related to our operations.
See “Item 4. Capital expenditure” for further description of our capital expenditures.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The Group’s current policy is to fund its cash needs, accessing its cash on hand and existing lines of credit, consisting of
short-term credit facilities and bank overdrafts, to cover any short-term shortfall. The Group’s policy is to procure financing and
access to credit at the Company level, with the liquidity of Group companies managed through a cash-pooling zero-balancing
arrangement with a centralized bank account at the Company level and sub-accounts for each subsidiary. Under this arrangement, cash
is transferred to subsidiaries as needed on a daily basis to cover the subsidiaries’ cash requirements, but any positive cash balance at
subsidiaries must be transferred back to the top account at the end of each day, thus centralizing coordination of the Group’s overall
liquidity and optimizing the interest earned on cash held by the Group.
As of December 31, 2018, the Group’s long-term borrowings consisted of €20.9 million (including €10.6 million of the
current portion of such debt) and its short-term borrowings consisted of €35.1 million outstanding under its existing lines of credit,
comprised entirely of bank overdrafts.
The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents in the currencies in which it conducts its operations, principally Chinese
Yuan, U.S. dollars, Euros, New Romanian Leu, British pounds and Canadian dollars.
39
The following table sets forth the contractual obligations and commercial commitments of the Group as of December 31, 2018:
Contractual Obligations
Long-term borrowings ...............................................................
Bank overdrafts and short term borrowings ...............................
Total Debt(1) ................................................................................
Interest due on Total Debt (2) ......................................................
Operating Leases (3) ....................................................................
Total
20,943
35,148
56,091
963
80,740
Total Contractual Cash Obligations ......................................
137,794
Payments Due by Period (thousands of euro)
Less than 1 year
10,582
35,148
1-2 years
3,177
—
2-5 years
5,381
—
After 5 years
1,803
—
45,730
413
13,503
59,646
3,177
233
12,823
16,233
5,381
282
32,611
38,274
1,803
35
21,803
23,641
(1)
(2)
(3)
Please see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report for more information on
the Group’s long-term borrowings. See Notes 18 and 24 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this
Annual Report on Form 20-F.
Interest due on total debt has been estimated using rates contractually agreed with lenders.
The leases relate to the leasing of manufacturing facilities and stores by several of the Group’s companies. See Note 40 of the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Under Italian law, the Company and its Italian subsidiaries are required to pay a termination indemnity to their employees
when these cease their employment with the Company or the relevant subsidiary. Likewise, the Company and its Italian subsidiaries
are required to pay an indemnity to their sales agents upon termination of the sales agent’s agreement. As of December 31, 2018, the
Group had accrued an aggregate employee termination indemnity of €17.2 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2018, the
Company had accrued an aggregate sales agent termination indemnity of €1.1 million. See Notes 19 and 21 of the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. These amounts are not reflected in the table above. It is not possible
to determine when the amounts that have been accrued will become payable.
As at December 31, 2018, the provision for legal claims refers for €9.3 million (€9.3 million as at December 31, 2017) to
the probable contingent legal liability related to legal procedures initiated by 141 workers against the Company for the misapplication
of the social security procedure “CIGS—Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria”. According to the “CIGS” procedure, the
Company pays a reduced salary to the worker for a certain period of time based on formal agreements signed with the Trade Unions
and other Public Social parties. In particular, these 141 workers are claiming in the legal procedures that the Company applied the
“CIGS” during the period from 2004 to 2016 without foreseeing any time rotation. In May 2017, the Company received from the
Italian Supreme Court of Justice (“Corte di Cassazione”) an adverse verdict for the above litigation related only to two workers. Based
on this unfavorable verdict, the Company, with the support of its legal counsel, has assessed that the liability for legal procedures
initiated by all the 141 workers is €9.3 million. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this
Annual Report.
The Group is also involved in a number of claims (including tax claims) and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of
business. As of December 31, 2018, the Group had accrued provisions relating to these contingent liabilities in the amount of
€12.0 million. See “Item 8. Financial Information—Legal and Governmental Proceedings” and Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Trend information
The recovery of the global economy is subject to a number of factors, most of which remain uncertain.
Global trade growth moderated in 2018 amid significant volatility, with a strong performance being recorded in the first
half of 2018, followed by a relatively sharp deceleration. This slowdown reflects weakening global manufacturing activity, heightened
trade tensions and, more recently, a significant deterioration in trade in Asia – particularly in China.
A temporary agreement between the United States and China in December 2018 on tariffs dispute has fueled further trade
tensions. Tariffs on U.S.$200 billion of Chinese exports to the United States had originally been set to rise from 10% to 25% as of
January 1, 2019, but that increase was put on hold as a result of the agreed truce. While this sent a positive signal, there remains
considerable uncertainty as to whether the ongoing trade negotiations will lead to a significant de-escalation of trade tensions. A
formal trade agreement between the United States and China is currently expected to be signed shortly. Risks remain, however, as
trade tensions with China could intensify again and the US administration could also impose new tariffs on imports from other
countries.
40
In the USA, favorable financial conditions and fiscal stimulus are continuing to support growth, outweighing the adverse
impact of the trade dispute with China. Annual headline consumer price inflation fell to 1.6% in January from 1.9% in the previous
month, largely on account of falling energy prices, while consumer price inflation excluding food and energy remained unchanged at
2.2%.
Euro area growth remained subdued in the last part of 2018. Most recent data, with particular reference to the
manufacturing sector that has been affected by the slowdown in external demand and some Country-specific factors, suggest that
growth will continue at moderate rates in the near term. The impact of these factors is turning out to be somewhat longer-lasting,
which suggests that the near-term growth outlook will be weaker than previously anticipated, notwithstanding favorable financing
conditions and further, albeit small, employment gains and rising wages.
In the United Kingdom, heightened political uncertainty is continuing to weigh on growth. Even the short-term outlook is
subject to considerable uncertainty as a result of the forthcoming votes on the EU withdrawal agreement in parliament.
In Japan, recovering domestic demand supported growth in late 2018. This recovery followed a sharp contraction in the
third quarter due to natural disasters. Looking ahead, the country’s accommodative monetary policy stance, its strong labor market and
its robust demand for investment (despite a weakening external environment) are all projected to support growth. In addition, fiscal
measures are expected to smooth out the negative impact of the consumption tax increase that is scheduled for October of this year.
In central and eastern European countries, growth is projected to moderate somewhat this year. Investment growth
remains strong, supported by EU funds, and consumer spending also remains robust, underpinned by strong labor market
performance. However, the slowdown in the euro area is weighing on the growth outlook for this region.
Growth in China has lost some of its momentum at the end of 2018. Moreover, monthly indicators suggest that this trend
is likely to continue in 2019. In order to protect the economy from a sharper slowdown, the Chinese authorities have announced a
number of fiscal and monetary policy measures.
Despite the temporary truce between the United States and China, risks stemming from an intensification of global trade
tensions remain high. A sharper slowdown in China’s economy might be more difficult to address using policy stimulus, which will
also pose challenges in the context of the country’s ongoing rebalancing process. Meanwhile, a “no deal” Brexit scenario could have
highly adverse spillover effects, especially in Europe, and elevated geopolitical uncertainties could weigh on global growth.
Prospects remain uncertain in particular in the Euro area due to the general weakness in the job market, ongoing
vulnerability in the real-estate sector, a decreasing level of savings among families, high levels of public indebtedness in most
developed countries, political, austerity measures designed to reduce public expenditures and consequent decreased consumer
spending. Furthermore, a resurgence of the sovereign debt crisis in certain European countries could diminish the banking industry’s
ability to lend to the real economy, thus setting in motion a negative spiral of declining production, higher unemployment and a
weakening financial sector.
Total Group order flow through the first fifteen weeks of 2019 — Total Group’s order flow is down low single-digit
versus the same period of 2018, due to the weak performance of the Softaly division.
1) Natuzzi Division — Order flow for the Natuzzi division was flat as compared to the same period of last year.
We reported a positive performance in the EMEA region and in the Asia-Pacific region, and a decrease in the Americas.
Order flow for the Natuzzi Italia products decreased, notwithstanding the positive performance from our directly operated
segment. Order flow for the Natuzzi Edition products reported an increase.
For 2019, the Group will focus its efforts primarily on North America, China, United Kingdom and Italy.
The efforts the Company has made over the last several years on brand, in expanding its product offering and its
monobrand store network, together with high Natuzzi brand recognition, are expected to support the branded business.
2) Softaly Division — year-to-date order flow, as compared to the same period in 2018, shows a medium single-digit
decrease, due to the negative performance in the EMEA region that has more than offset the increase in the Americas and in the Asia-
Pacific region. The Company’s plan for the Softaly division is to focus primarily on a few selected primary customers.
41
Trend in raw materials — For the first part of 2019, the Group has benefitted from the decrease in leather prices and
expects stable trend for the next months.
As of December 31, 2018, neither Natuzzi S.p.A. nor any of its subsidiaries was a party to any off-balance sheet
arrangements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” of this Annual Report.
Related Party Transactions
New Accounting Standards under IFRS
Recently issued Accounting Pronouncements IFRS — Recently issued but not yet adopted IFRS relevant for the
Company are as follows:
(A) IFRS 16 “Leases”
The Group is required to adopt IFRS 16 “Leases” from January 1, 2019. The Group has assessed the estimated impact that
initial application of IFRS 16 will have on its consolidated financial statements, as described below. The Group has completed the
implementation process at the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2018, except for the
finalisation of the testing and assessment of controls over its new IT systems.
IFRS 16 introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees. A lessee recognises a right-of-use asset
representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. There are
recognition exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items. Lessor accounting remains similar to the current standard
– i.e. lessors continue to classify leases as finance or operating leases.
IFRS 16 replaces existing leases guidance, including IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement
contains a Lease”, SIC-15 “Operating Leases – Incentives” and SIC-27 “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal
Form of a Lease”.
(i) Leases in which the Group is a lessee
The Group will recognise new assets and liabilities for its operating leases that mainly comprise factory facilities and
stores. The nature of expenses related to those leases will now change because the Group will recognise a depreciation charge for
right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities.
Previously, the Group recognised operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, and
recognised assets and liabilities only to the extent that there was a timing difference between actual lease payments and the expense
recognised.
In addition, the Group will no longer recognise provisions for operating leases that it assesses to be onerous. Instead, the
Group will include the payments due under the lease in its lease liability.
No significant impact is expected for the Group’s finance leases.
Based on the information currently available, after considering the recognition exemptions mentioned above, the Group
has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of approximately €80 million as of January 1, 2019. Of these commitments, the
Group expects to recognize right-of-use assets (after adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments recognised as at
December 31, 2018) and related lease liabilities of approximately €62 million.
The Group expects no significant impact from the application of the new standard on net profit and cash flow from
operating activities, nor on its ability to comply with loan covenants.
42
(ii) Leases in which the Group is a lessor
No significant impact is expected for leases in which the Group is a lessor.
(iii) Transition
The Group plans to apply IFRS 16 initially on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Therefore, the
cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1,
2019, with no restatement of comparative information.
The Group plans to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the definition of a lease on transition. This means that it
will apply IFRS 16 to all contracts entered into before January 1, 2019 and identified as leases in accordance with IAS 17 and IFRIC
4.
In addition, the Group will elect to use the exemptions proposed by the standard for which the lease term ends within 12
months as of the date of initial application, and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value. The Group has leases of
certain office equipment (e.g., personal computers, printing and photocopying machines) and company cars that are considered of low
value.
(B) Other standards
The Company is evaluating the provisions of the following standards, but it does not expect adoption to have a significant
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements:
—
—
—
—
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Tax Treatments;
Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19);
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle – various standards;
Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards.
Whereas, the Company is still evaluating the provisions of the following standards, but it does not expect the adoption
will be applicable to the Company:
—
—
—
Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9);
Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28);
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts.
43
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
As of the date of this Annual Report, the board of directors of Natuzzi S.p.A. consists of seven members, all of whom
were elected at the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 30, 2018. All of the members of the board of
directors were elected for a three-year period. The directors and senior executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2019, were
as follows:
Name
Pasquale Natuzzi *
Antonia Isabella Perrone *
Paolo Braghieri*
Giuseppe Antonio D’Angelo *
Vincenzo Perrone*
Stefania Saviolo*
Ernesto Greco*
Vittorio Notarpietro
Michele Variale
Pierangelo Colacicco
Michele Onorato
Pasquale Junior Natuzzi
Aldo Amati
Antonino Gambuzza
Umberto Longobardo
Nazzario Pozzi
Giovanni Tucci
Age
79
49
65
53
60
54
68
56
39
50
41
29
48
59
52
47
47
Position within the Company
Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Executive Director
Chief Financial and Legal Officer
Chief Auditor
Chief Technology & Digital Innovation Officer
Chief HR & Organization Officer
Creative Director & Stylist
Chief Process Innovation & Product Development Officer
Chief Operations Officer
Chief Quality & Customer Care Officer
Chief Commercial Officer Natuzzi
Chief Commercial Officer Private Label & Key Country Wholesales
* The above-mentioned members of the board of directors were elected at the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held
on April 30, 2018.
Pasquale Natuzzi, currently Chairman of the Board of Directors and CEO. He founded the Company in 1959.
Mr. Natuzzi held the title of sole director of the Company from its incorporation in 1972 until 1991, when he became the Chairman of
the Board of Directors. Mr. Natuzzi has creative skills and is directly involved with brand development and product styling. He takes
care of strategic partnerships with existing and new accounts.
Antonia Isabella Perrone is a Non-executive Director and is involved in the main areas of Natuzzi Group management,
from the definition of strategies to retail distribution, marketing and brand development, and foreign transactions. In 1998, she was
appointed sole director of a company in the agricultural-food sector, wholly owned by the Natuzzi Family. She joined the Natuzzi
Group in 1994, dealing with marketing and communication for the Italian market under the scope of retail development management
until 1997. She has been married to Pasquale Natuzzi since 1997.
Paolo Braghieri is a Non-executive Director of the Company. In 2017 he founded and is the controlling shareholder of
G.B.C. S.A., a real estate company. From 2009 through 2016, he served as CEO and general manager of GE Capital Interbanca. From
2004 through 2008 he was a general manager of Interbanca S.p.A. and from 2001 through 2004 he acted as country manager and head
of the corporate and investment banking division of ABN Amro in Italy. From 1991 through 2001, he worked at Credit Suisse First
Boston in London and was responsible for the management of corporate finance transactions involving Italian clients. He started his
banking career as a credit analyst at The Chase Manhattan Bank N.A. where he eventually held various positions in the investment
banking division of the London, Rome and Milan branches from 1980 through 1991. He served as member of the board of directors
and of the executive committee of Sorin S.p.A. (2006 - 2009) and as member of the board of directors of IMA S.p.A. (2004 - 2006).
He is a member of the Advisory Board of the Department of Mechanical Engineering of the Polytechnic of Milan since 2016. He
earned his degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Polytechnic of Milan and his MBA from the Polytechnic of Milan School of
Management.
Giuseppe Antonio D’Angelo is a Non-executive Director of the Company and is currently Executive Vice President of
Anglo-America & CIS regions with Ferrero International SA. Before joining Ferrero in 2009, he acquired significant international
experience in general management of multinational companies such as General Mills (from 1997 to 2009), S.C. Johnson & Son (from
1991 to 1997) and Procter & Gamble (from 1989 to 1991). Mr. D’Angelo earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from
LUISS University of Rome in 1988. He received certification from Harvard Business School in the Advanced Management Program
in 2004.
44
Vincenzo Perrone is a Non-executive Director of the Company and is currently Professor of Organizational Theory and
Behavior at Bocconi University—Milan, Italy, where he also previously served as Director of the Organizational and Human
Resource Management Department of the Bocconi School of Management (1996—2002), Chairman of the Institute of Organization
and Information Systems (2001—2007) and Vice-Rector for Research (2008—2012). He was a visiting professor at Carlson School of
Management at the University of Minnesota from 1992 to 1994. He currently serves on the board of publishing company Egea S.p.A.
(since June 2009) and of Aviva Italia Holding (since 2015), an insurance company where he also serves as a member of the risk,
auditing and remuneration committees. He has prior experience as a member of the board of directors of ClarisVita S.p.A. (2003—
2005), ACTA S.p.A. (2004), IP Cleaning S.p.A. (2004—2008) and Società Autostrada Pedemontana Lombarda S.p.A. (2009—
2011) and served on the advisory boards of Arthur Andersen MBA S.r.l. (1999—2000) and SAP Italia S.p.A. (2000—2001), as a
member of the Technical and Scientific Oversight Board for procurement studies overseen by the Ministry of Economy and Finance –
Treasury Department, on board committees responsible for awarding public tenders organized by Consip S.p.A. (2000—2003), on the
Technical Committee for Research and Innovation of Confindustria (2004—2008) and on the Technical Commission for Public
Finance at the Ministry of Economy and Finance (2007—2008). He has served as the Director of the Bocconi School of
Management’s Economia & Management journal and has served as a reviewer for the Academy of Management Journal, Academy of
Management Review, Organization Science (editorial board member) and Journal of International Business Studies. He has published
several books and articles both in Italian and international journals.
Stefania Saviolo is a Non-executive Director of the Company. She is currently Professor of Management at Bocconi
University and SDA Bocconi School of Management where, since 2013, she has been the Director of the Luxury & Fashion
Knowledge Center and, since 2001, founder and director of the Master in Fashion, Experience & Design Management in partnership
with Fondazione Altagamma. She was a visiting scholar at the Stern School of Business, New York University and also served as a
visiting professor at Fudan University in Shanghai, China. She is a member of the board of directors of TXT e-solutions, a listed
international software products and solutions vendor, where she is also member of the risk committee and President of the
remuneration committee. She has gained expertise in brand and retail management, product marketing and international strategies as a
senior consultant for international fashion, luxury and design companies. She is the author and co-author of several books and articles
diffused at international level, particularly in the luxury, fashion and design industries.
Ernesto Greco is an Executive Director of the Company. Following the ordinary shareholders meeting held on May 2,
2017, the Board of Directors met on the same day and entrusted Director Ernesto Greco with ad hoc powers to supervise and support
activities of the finance staff. Since October 2007 has been the Chief Financial Officer and General Manager for Administration,
Control and Information Systems of the Ferragamo Group. He started his professional career working at large chemical companies,
including Montedison and Eni, as well as in technology companies such as Hewlett Packard and Wang Laboratories in controllership
and finance related positions. From 1989 to 2006 he served as Chief Financial Officer at the Bulgari Group and, from 2006 to 2007, he
served as Chief Executive Officer of the Natuzzi Group.
Vittorio Notarpietro is the Chief Financial & Legal Officer of the Company. He joined the Group in 2009 as Chief
Financial Officer and from 1991 to 1998 was the Finance Director and Investor Relations Manager for the Group. From 1999 to 2006,
he was Vice President for Finance for IT Holding Group. From 2006 to 2009, he was the CEO of Malo S.p.A., a leading Italian
company in the luxury sector. He re-joined the Group in September 2009.
Michele Variale is the Chief Auditor of the Group. He joined the Group at the end of August 2017 with responsibility for
providing assurance to the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee that processes and internal controls are effective and properly
designed to mitigate key business risks. Within the mandate he has been provided by the Board of Directors, his scope of work covers
all key Group risks, including strategic, financial, operational and compliance risks. His main duties include defining and completing
planned audit activities, following up on opportunities for improvement, providing independent advice and periodically reporting to
the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors on matters regarding internal control and risk management. In addition, he is
responsible for providing assurance over design and effectiveness of key controls relevant for SOX. Global Internal Audit team
members fulfill their duties in compliance with the ethical code of the Institute of Internal Audit. During his professional career, he
has performed different roles in Finance, Internal Audit and Financial Crime Compliance in the last 15 years. Previously, he has
worked for PwC, General Electric and Willis Towers Watson, in different industries and sectors. He is a Certified Internal Auditor and
a Certified Anti Money Laundering Specialist.
Nazzario Pozzi is the Chief Natuzzi Division Officer. He joined the Group in 2016 and is responsible for the growth
strategy relating to the brand strategy, brand communication, consumer strategy, research and development, style and design,
merchandising, product development and product engineering, marketing, global retail and sales operations and customer acquisition.
He graduated from Harvard Business School. Throughout his career, he has held general management positions in brands and retail
businesses at global level and in the luxury goods, consumer goods and cross-industry retail sectors. He has managed brand strategies
and profitable growth in brands such as HUGO BOSS, Salvatore Ferragamo and DIESEL, and has served as senior strategy advisor to
the CEO of Baccarat.
45
Pasquale Junior Natuzzi is the Chief Creative Director & Stylist Officer of the Group. Pasquale Junior, as son of the
company owner Pasquale Natuzzi, joined the Group in 2012. He is responsible for defining the Group’s strategic direction in style and
creativity, managing the transformation of the Company from a furniture player to a lifestyle brand. He is also Global Marketing &
Communication Director of the Group, a position he assumed in 2017. Pasquale Junior started his career at Natuzzi as Marketing
Program Manager, before his appointment as Global Communication Director and Deputy Creative Director from 2016-2017, where
he oversaw the development of Natuzzi’s global brand strategy.
Giovanni Tucci is the Chief Commercial Officer Softaly & Key Country Wholesale of the Natuzzi Group. He joined the
Group in 2013 and is responsible for worldwide merchandising and sales for both the commercial and the industrial elements of
business, as well as overseeing the Softaly global team. He, will also oversee the management of the entire wholesale business for the
following Key Markets: DACH, the US East Coast and France. He joined the Group in January 2013 as Private Label Sales Director
for EMEA, bringing with him many years of experience in merchandising and sales. He also previously worked in both the
automotive and wholesale furniture industries. Giovanni’s background includes: attending a scientific high school, and flight academy.
He also earned a bachelor’s degree in economics and business administration. His role is presently focused on restructuring sales in
the North American market in line with the EMEA.
Antonino Gambuzza is the Chief Operations Officer of the Group. He joined the Group in January 2019 and is
responsible for worldwide operations, including the Group’s purchases and its supply chain. Antonino is a graduate of Politecnico of
Milan, where he received a degree in Electronic Management Engineering. He has twenty-five years of experience in international
engineering companies, developing technical skills oriented to a lean manufacturing logic and managing complex industrial projects at
an international level. His previous experience includes being Executive Operations Director at ILVA, holding positions of increasing
responsibility up to Manufacturing Executive Director at Indesit Company and serving as Head of the Lacquering Department at the
FIAT Group.
Michele Onorato is the Chief HR & Organization Officer of the Group. He joined the Group in June 2018 with the
responsibility of supporting the realization of the Group strategy through the implementation of an HR Global Management System
that supports the continuous development of the Group’s internal competences in relation to its business priorities. Michele holds a
degree in Economics and Business and a Masters in Human Resource Management. He has developed his professional career in roles
of ever-increasing responsibility within the Human Resources Management and Industrial Relations department. From 2015 to
May 2018, he was Human Resources Director South Area at Ilva SpA. He also gained work experience in the Coesia Group, Philips,
Saeco and Indesit.
Umberto Longobardo is the Chief Quality & Customer Care Officer of the Group. He joined the Company in January
2017 and is responsible for the worldwide quality and customer care departments that include order management, credit collection and
claims management. Umberto started his career in Nuovo Pignone SpA (General Electric) as Plant Quality Manager, then served as
Plant Manufacturing & Maintenance Manager in 2001 He formerly worked at Indesit S.p.A., where he held positions of increasing
responsibility such as Plant Quality Control Manager, Plant Operations Manager and Returns Manager. In 2008 he joined Gucci
Logistics S.p.A. - Kering Group, a global Luxury Group representing Gucci, Bottega Veneta, Saint Laurant, Stella McCartney and
other entities. He developed his career in the field of Quality Management and After Sales, including WW Quality & After Sales
Service Director. He holds a degree in Mechanical Engineering.
Aldo Amati is the Chief Process Innovation & Product Development Officer of the Group. He joined the Group in May
2018 with responsibility focused in two different areas: 1) product development, industrialization and product innovation, and 2)
innovation and integrated production process methodologies. He is an experienced manager with more than 19 years professional
career in the Aerospace field, primarily focused on improvement projects and production processes. About his previous experience, he
served from 2004 to 2006 at Officine Aeronavali S.p.A. as Production Manager. He formerly worked at Alenia Aermacchi S.p.A. in
roles of increasing responsibility, including Manufacturing Engineering & Assembly Production Unit Manager. From 2015 to May
2018 he worked at Salver S.p.A as Production Unit Director.
Angelo Colacicco is the Chief Technology & Digital Innovation Officer of the Group. The Digital department was
created with a clear objective: upgrading our mindset from traditional to digital. This goal is attainable through the discovery, adoption
and implementation of innovative technologies that make processes simple throughout the supply chain, while improving customer
satisfaction and making the brand more competitive. From 2014 to 2018, he was Chief Information Officer (CIO), Process and
Organization Director, and from 2007 to 2014 he was CIO of the Group. He joined the Company’s HR & Organization department in
1994. In 1996, he served as a software specialist in the IT department. From 2000 to 2007, he was the IT manager for all sales and
distribution processes.
46
Compensation of Directors and Officers
As a matter of Italian law and under our By-laws, the compensation of executive directors, including the CEO, is
determined by the board of directors, after consultation with the board of statutory auditors, within a maximum amount established by
the Company’s shareholders. The Company’s shareholders determine the base compensation for all members of the board of directors,
including non-executive directors. Compensation of the Company’s executive officers (for performing their role as such) is
determined by the CEO. None of our directors or senior executive officers is party to a contract with the Company that would entitle
such persons to benefits upon the termination of service as a director or employee, as the case may be.
Aggregate compensation paid by the Group to the directors and officers was approximately €2.9 million in 2018.
The compensation recognised in 2018 to the members of the board of directors is set forth below individually:
Name
Pasquale Natuzzi........................................................................................ €
Antonia Isabella Perrone............................................................................ €
Giuseppe Antonio D’Angelo ..................................................................... €
Braghieri Paolo(1) ....................................................................................... €
Stefania Saviolo ......................................................................................... €
Ernesto Greco ............................................................................................ €
Vincenzo Perrone ...................................................................................... €
Cristina Finocchi Mahne(2) ......................................................................... €
Base
Compensation
120,000.00
25,000.00
25,000.00
17,333.00
26,000.00
25,000.00
26,000.00
8,333.00
(1) Mr. Paolo Braghieri was elected for the first time at the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 30,
2018. His 2018 compensation is prorated accordingly.
(2) Mrs. Cristina Finocchi Mahne served until the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting held on April 30, 2018, but she
was not re-elected at such meeting. Her 2018 compensation is prorated accordingly.
In 2019, approximately 42, only the first reports of the CEO and only commercial staff from around the world, can
participate in the MBO incentive system. The Company will only pay a bonus pursuant to the MBO system if certain budget results
relating to the operating result are achieved.
At the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting on April 27, 2016, the following individuals were elected to the
Company’s board of statutory auditors for a three-year term. Their terms ended in April 2019. The board consists of three members,
one of which is a chairperson, and two alternates.
Statutory Auditors
Name
Position
Carlo Gatto ......................................................................................................... Chairman
Cataldo Sferra ..................................................................................................... Member
Giuseppe Pio Macario ........................................................................................ Member
Andrea Venturelli ............................................................................................... Alternate
Vito Passalacqua ................................................................................................. Alternate
During 2018, the Group’s statutory auditors received approximately €0.1 million in compensation in the aggregate for
their services to the Company and its Italian subsidiaries.
47
At the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting on April 29, 2019, the following individuals were elected to the
Company’s board of statutory auditors for a three-year term. The board consists of three members, one of which is a chairperson, and
two alternates.
Name
Position
Giuseppe Pio Macario ........................................................................................ Chairman
Francesco Campobasso ....................................................................................... Member
Andrea Venturelli ............................................................................................... Member
Aurelio Franco Colasanto ................................................................................... Alternate
Vito Passalacqua ................................................................................................. Alternate
We are subject to Rule 10A-3 (“Rule 10A-3”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), which requires, absent an exemption, that a listed company maintain an audit committee composed of members of the issuer’s
board of directors that meet certain independence requirements.
The Company relies on an exemption from the Rule 10A-3 requirements provided by Rule 10A-3(c)(3) of the Exchange
Act for foreign private issuers with a board of statutory auditors established in accordance with local law or listing requirements and
subject to independence requirements under local law or listing requirements. See “Item 16D. Exemption from Listing Standards for
Audit Committees” for more information.
The following table illustrates the breakdown of the Group’s employees by qualification and location for the periods
indicated:
Employees
Qualification
Top managers ...................................................................................................
Middle managers ..............................................................................................
Clerks ...............................................................................................................
Laborers ...........................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................
Location
Italy ..................................................................................................................
Outside Italy .....................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................
As of December 31,
2017
2018
2016
55
199
1,035
3,564
4,853
55
223
1,012
3,849
5,139
56
202
981
3,932
5,171
As of December 31,
2017
2,436
2,703
5,139
2016
2,268
2,903
5,171
2018
2,364
2,489
4,853
Change
2018/2017
0
(24)
23
(285)
(286)
Change
2018/2017
(72)
(214)
(286)
Change
2017/2016
(1)
21
31
(83)
(32)
Change
2017/2016
168
(200)
(32)
In 2018, we completed the Reintegration Plan (involving 168 work units) after the Bari Labor Court determined that they
were unjustly dismissed.
Overall, 55 workers in this time period have voluntarily left the Company. Abroad, the reduction is due to a contraction of
production volumes and to the Joint Venture with Kuka, which has caused a shift of employees of Trading Shanghai to another
Company.
In December 20, 2018, the Company announced that, subject to obtaining any applicable authorizations, the Company,
along with the Trade Unions and Italian relevant the authorities agreed to extend the Solidarity Agreement (reduced-work schedules)
for a one-year period ending in December 2019. In addition, parties signed an agreement to allow the Company to benefit from a
temporary workforce reduction program, called CIGS, involving up to 491 employees, for a period of 24 months in order to support
the reorganization process.
HR People Development
The growth and development of Natuzzi employees is the most important mission that the HR People Development
department is pursuing. Natuzzi has the strong conviction that people are the Company. Employee development is a “joint initiative”
by the employee and the employer to improve individuals’ existing skills and knowledge.
48
Respecting this fundamental belief, we are aware that Employee Development is a long-term initiative, but also produces
benefits in the short-term like increased loyalty and improved performance and engagement. We are constantly working to put in place
programs and tools to achieve both initiatives.
In order to accomplish our ends, we are following these guidelines to improve development:
1. Continuous Learning & Training: professional training, personal attitude to improve, cross-department training, and
soft-skills training.
2. Coaching & Mentoring: based on assessment activities results, performance evaluation, and other forms of continuous
feedback, HR People Development can design solutions to match learning needs, not only by “classroom or one-way lessons”, but by
leveraging the expertise and knowledge already present in the Company that must be expertly handed down.
The two aforementioned guidelines implement plans and training programs designed on the basis of the needs or any
performance gap to be met. The guidelines align with the Group’s long-term principles, and the continuity of the training courses
started in previous years. In addition, these guidelines shape and direct other aspects of employee hiring, retention and overall
experience, including Recruitment, Induction, Talent acquisition & management, Workforce planning, and others. These processes are
constantly being improved and adapted to the specific needs at Global Organization level.
In 2018, we conducted training activities to support the company strategy with regard to both Commercial Employees and
Corporate Employees.
Commercial training activities at the Company’s Headquarters - 2018
The Commercial Training in 2018 sought not just to guarantee the education of Sales staff to enable them offer the best
retail experience, but to focus on the launch of the e-learning project.
The Natuzzi Digital Academy is a strategic investment, offering the opportunity to train and educate the entire sales force
and effectively support the Company in the achievement of goals set by the business plan. This project is particularly relevant
considering that the current Natuzzi distribution covers five continents and the new brand strategy requires professionals who are even
more skilled, from the store staff to the top management. Thanks to this web-based platform, the trainers at the Company’s
Headquarters will be able to provide direct training about a wide range of topics (Company, Brand, Retail Operations, Sales Tools,
Soft skills, etc.) to different kind of positions (Sales Staff, Visual Merchandiser, Merchandising Managers, Marketing Managers, etc.)
at the same time. Furthermore, after we make an initial major investment to have the platform set up and its contents produced, we
anticipate that this method will make this kind of training more effective also from a cost saving standpoint.
While the platform has been available since April 2019, the Company continues to invest in skills development through
traditional training sessions such as Company and Store Opening training as well educational paths in collaboration with prestigious
consulting firms about technical and soft skills.
Other training Activities in 2018
We engage in a series of other trainings as well that cover competencies such as specialized R&D concepts and
certifications, packaging, ergonomic design, digital skills, marketing & communications, customer service and production. The
company’s corporate training is a testament to the company’s constant desire for innovation in its mission. An example of a type of
corporate training we offer is a program for the Designers Team on the ergonomic design of sofas. In addition, together with an
external consultant company, the Company organized training courses for part of its finance staff regarding specific international
accounting principles and the related impacts on the operational side.
49
Share Ownership
Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, who founded the Company and is currently its CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors, as of
April 20, 2018, beneficially owns an aggregate amount of 30,967,521 Ordinary Shares, representing 56.5% of the Ordinary Shares
outstanding (61.6% of the Ordinary Shares outstanding if the 5.1% of the Ordinary Shares owned by members of Mr. Natuzzi’s
immediate family - the “Natuzzi Family” - are aggregated).
As a result, Mr. Natuzzi controls Natuzzi S.p.A., including its management and the selection of the members of its board
of directors. Since December 16, 2003, Mr. Natuzzi has held his entire beneficial ownership of Natuzzi S.p.A. shares through INVEST
2003 S.r.l., an Italian holding company wholly-owned by Mr. Natuzzi and having its registered office at Via Gobetti 8, Taranto, Italy.
On November 6, 2014, INVEST 2003 S.r.l., completed the purchase of 250,000 ADSs, each representing one Ordinary
Share, at a price of U.S.$2.00 per ADS. The purchase was privately negotiated with a single individual and was effected through an
escrow arrangement with BNY Mellon.
On July 30, 2014, INVEST 2003 S.r.l., completed the purchase of 500,000 ADSs, each representing one Ordinary Share,
at a price of U.S.$2.75 per ADS. The purchase was privately negotiated with a single individual and was effected through an escrow
arrangement with BNY Mellon. For more information, refer to Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 2), filed with the SEC on
September 14, 2014, that amends and supplements the Schedule 13D, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008 (as amended by
Amendment No. 1 filed on April 8, 2013 (“Amendment No. 1”).
These two purchases, carried out for investment purposes, brought the number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by
each of Mr. Natuzzi and INVEST 2003 S.r.l. to 30,967,521 (representing 56.5% of the Ordinary Shares outstanding).
Between September 27, 2011 through April 30, 2013, INVEST 2003 S.r.l. completed the purchase of a total of 859,628
Natuzzi S.p.A. ADSs (representing approximately 1.6% of the Company’s total shares outstanding), at an average price of U.S.$
2.37 per ADS. These purchases were made in accordance with a purchase plan undertaken pursuant to Rule 10b-18 (“Purchases of
Certain Equity Securities by the Issuer and Others”) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Rule 10b-18
Plan”).
On April 18, 2008, INVEST 2003 S.r.l. purchased 3,293,183 ADSs, each representing one Ordinary Share, at the price of
U.S.$ 3.61 per ADS. For more information, refer to Schedule 13D, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008, and related Amendment
No. 1 to Schedule 13D, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2013. For further discussion, see Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
On February 8, 2019, the Company’s board of directors approved a change in the ratio of its ADSs to Ordinary Shares,
from one (1) ADS representing one (1) Ordinary Share, to one (1) ADS representing five (5) Ordinary Shares. The effective date of
the ratio change was February 21, 2019. There were 4,361,981 ADSs (equivalent to 21,809,905 Ordinary Shares) outstanding as of
February 21, 2019.
Each of the Company’s other directors and officers owns less than 1% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares and ADSs.
None of the Company’s directors or officers has stock options.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, who founded the Company and is currently its CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors, as of
April 19, 2019, beneficially owns an aggregate amount of 30,967,521 Ordinary Shares representing 56.5% of the Ordinary Shares
outstanding (61.6% of the Ordinary Shares outstanding if the 5.1% of the Ordinary Shares owned by the Natuzzi Family are
aggregated). Since December 16, 2003, Mr. Natuzzi has held his entire beneficial ownership of Natuzzi S.p.A. shares through
INVEST 2003 S.r.l., an Italian holding company wholly-owned by Mr. Natuzzi and having its registered office at Via Gobetti 8,
Taranto, Italy.
50
The following table sets forth information, as of April 19, 2019, with respect to each person who beneficially owns 5% or
more of the Company’s Ordinary Shares or ADSs:
Pasquale Natuzzi (1) .......................................................
Quaeroq CVBA (2) .........................................................
Donald Smith & Co., Inc. (3)..........................................
Credit Suisse Group AG (4) ...........................................
Number of
Ordinary Shares
owned
30,967,521
3,748,180
2,935,525
2,759,900
Percent
owned
56.5%
6.8%
5.4%
5.0%
(1)
Includes ADSs purchased on April 18, 2008, purchases made from September 27, 2011 through April 30, 2013 under the Rule
10b-18 Plan and two privately negotiated purchases executed on July 30, 2014 and November 6, 2014. If Mr. Natuzzi’s
Ordinary Shares are aggregated with those held by members of the Natuzzi Family, the amount owned would be 33,767,521 and
the percentage ownership of Ordinary Shares would be 61.6%.
(2) According to the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Quaeroq CVBA on May 1, 2017.
(3) According to the Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by Donald Smith & Co., Inc. on February 8, 2018.
According to the Schedule 13F filed with the SEC by Credit Suisse AG on September 30, 2018.
(4)
As indicated in “Item 6. — Share Ownership,” Mr. Natuzzi controls Natuzzi S.p.A., including its management and the
selection of the members of its board of directors. Since December 16, 2003, Mr. Natuzzi has held his entire beneficial ownership of
Natuzzi S.p.A. shares through INVEST 2003 S.r.l., an Italian holding company wholly-owned by Mr. Natuzzi and having its
registered office at Via Gobetti 8, Taranto, Italy.
In addition, the Natuzzi Family has a right of first refusal to purchase all the rights, warrants or other instruments which
BNY, as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement, determines may not lawfully or feasibly be made available to owners of ADSs in
connection with each right offering, if any, made to holders of Ordinary Shares. None of the shares held by the above shareholders has
any special voting rights.
As of April 19, 2019, 54,853,045 Ordinary Shares were outstanding. As of the same date, there were 4,361,981 ADSs
(equivalent to 21,809,905 Ordinary Shares) outstanding. The ADSs represented 39.8% of the total number of Natuzzi Ordinary Shares
issued and outstanding.
On February 8, 2019, the Company’s board of directors approved a change in the ratio of its ADSs to Ordinary Shares,
from one (1) ADS representing one (1) Ordinary Share, to one (1) ADS representing five (5) Ordinary Shares (the “Ratio Change”).
The effective date of the Ratio Change was February 21, 2019. There were 4,361,981 ADSs (equivalent to 21,809,905 Ordinary
Shares) outstanding as of February 21, 2019.
For ADS holders, the Ratio Change had the same effect as a one-for-five reverse ADS split. No new shares were issued in
connection with the Ratio Change. As a result of the Ratio Change, the price of the Company’s ADSs automatically increased
proportionally.
Since certain Ordinary Shares and ADSs are held by brokers or other nominees, the number of direct record holders in the
United States may not be fully indicative of the number of direct beneficial owners in the United States or of where the direct
beneficial owners of such shares are resident.
Related Party Transactions
Transactions that have been entered into with related parties as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are set forth, in millions of
Euro, in the following table:
Sales ..........................................................................................................................................................
Expenses ...................................................................................................................................................
Amount owned by related parties .............................................................................................................
Amounts due to related parties..................................................................................................................
31/12/2018
16.4
1.0
9.3
1.0
31/12/2017
3.6
—
1.4
0.0
51
Other than the foregoing transactions, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries was a party to a transaction with a
related party that was material to the Company or the related party, or any transaction that was unusual in its nature or conditions,
involving goods, services, or tangible or intangible assets, nor is any such transaction presently proposed. During the same period,
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries made any loans to or for the benefit of any related party.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please refer to “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this Annual Report.
Consolidated Financial Statements
Export Sales
Export sales from Italy totaled approximately €129.3 million in 2018, down 1.9% from 2017. That figure represents
approximately 35% of the Group’s 2018 net leather and fabric-upholstered furniture sales.
Legal and Governmental Proceedings
The Group is involved in tax and legal proceedings, including several minor claims and legal actions, arising in the
ordinary course of business. The provision recorded against these claims is €12.0 million as of December 31, 2018 (€14.9 million as
of December 31, 2017). See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk factors” and Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included
in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Apart from the proceedings described above, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any legal or
governmental proceeding that is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened or contemplated against the Company or any
such subsidiary that, if determined adversely to the Company or any such subsidiary, would have a materially adverse effect, either
individually or in the aggregate, on the business, financial condition or results of the Group’s operations.
Dividends
Notwithstanding the Net Profit reported by the Group in 2018 mainly because of the extraordinary income of
€75.4 million and considering the capital requirements necessary to implement the restructuring of the operations and its planned retail
and marketing activities, the Group decided not to distribute dividends in respect of the year ended on December 31, 2018. The Group
has also not paid dividends in any of the prior three fiscal years.
The payment of future dividends will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial condition, capital requirements,
governmental regulations and policies and other factors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that dividends in future years will be
paid at a rate similar to dividends paid in past years or at all.
Dividends paid to owners of ADSs or Ordinary Shares who are United States residents qualifying under the Income Tax
Convention will generally be subject to Italian withholding tax at a maximum rate of 15%, provided that certain certifications are
given timely. Such withholding tax will be treated as a foreign income tax which U.S. owners may elect to deduct in computing their
taxable income, or, subject to the limitations on foreign tax credits generally, credit against their United States federal income tax
liability. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Taxation of Dividends.”
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
Trading Markets and Share Prices
Natuzzi’s Ordinary Shares are listed on the NYSE in the form of ADSs under the symbol “NTZ.” Neither the Company’s
Ordinary Shares nor its ADSs are listed on a securities exchange outside the United States. BNY Mellon is the Company’s Depositary
for purposes of issuing the American Depositary Shares evidencing ADSs. Trading in the ADSs on the NYSE commenced on May 13,
1993.
52
On December 26, 2018 the Company received notice from the NYSE that the Company was no longer in compliance with
one of the NYSE’s continued listing standards for a listed company, particularly, the average closing price of the Company’s ADSs
was less than US$1.00 over a consecutive 30-trading day-period.
The Company notified the NYSE on December 27, 2018 of its intention to cure this deficiency within the prescribed
timeframe.
On February 8, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a change in the ratio of its ADSs to ordinary shares, par
value €1.00 per share (the “Shares”), from one (1) ADS representing one (1) Share, to one (1) ADS representing five (5) Shares (the
“Ratio Change”). The effective date of the Ratio Change (the “Effective Date”) was February 21, 2019. There were 4,361,981 ADSs
(equivalent to 21,809,905 Ordinary Shares) outstanding as of February 21, 2019.
For ADS holders, the Ratio Change had the same effect as a one-for-five reverse ADS split. No new shares were issued in
connection with the Ratio Change and Natuzzi’s ADSs continue to be traded on the NYSE under the same symbol “NTZ.” As a result
of the Ratio Change, the price of the Company’s ADSs automatically increased proportionally.
On March 1, 2019, the Company received confirmation from the NYSE that it had regained compliance with continued
listing standards.
If, in the future, the Company again falls below the continued listing criterion of a minimum share price of $1.00 over a
30-trading day period, the Company’s security will be subject to immediate review by the NYSE.
The Company is currently in compliance with all the NYSE continued listing standards under Section 802.00 of the
NYSE manual.
53
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market prices on an intraday basis per ADS as
reported by the NYSE. The prices for the periods indicated in the following table already reflect the new ADS ratio.
New York Stock Exchange
Price per ADS (in US dollars)
2014 ..........................................................................
2015 ..........................................................................
2016 ..........................................................................
2017 ..........................................................................
2018 ..........................................................................
2017
First quarter ..............................................................
Second quarter ..........................................................
Third quarter ............................................................
Fourth quarter ...........................................................
2018
First quarter ..............................................................
Second quarter ..........................................................
Third quarter ............................................................
Fourth quarter ...........................................................
2019
First quarter ..............................................................
Monthly data
October 2018 ............................................................
November 2018 ........................................................
December 2018 ........................................................
January 2019 ............................................................
February 2019 ..........................................................
March 2019 ..............................................................
April, through 19, 2019 ............................................
High
16.10
14.50
11.90
16.50
9.45
High
14.45
16.50
14.20
10.84
High
9.45
8.80
8.35
6.90
High
6.53
High
6.90
6.25
5.05
6.53
6.23
5.63
4.97
Low
6.65
6.75
6.40
7.25
3.75
Low
10.10
11.55
9.50
7.25
Low
7.05
7.40
6.80
3.75
Low
4.18
Low
5.80
4.10
3.75
4.18
4.47
4.65
4.07
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
By-laws
The following is a summary of (i) certain information concerning the Company’s shares and By-laws (statuto) and (ii) the
relevant provisions of Italian stock corporations. In particular, Italian issuers of shares that are not listed on a regulated market of the
European Union are governed by the rules of the Italian civil code (the “Civil Code”). This summary contains all the information that
the Company considers to be material regarding its shares, but does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the By-laws or the relevant provisions of Italian law, as the case may be.
General — The issued share capital of the Company consists of 54,853,045 Ordinary Shares, with a par value of
€1.00 per share. All the issued shares are fully paid, non-assessable and in registered form.
The Company is registered with the Companies’ Registry of Bari at No. 261878, with its registered office in Santeramo in
Colle (Bari), Italy.
As set forth in Article 3 of the By-laws, the Company’s corporate purpose is the production, marketing and sale of sofas,
armchairs, furniture in general and raw materials used for their production. The Company is generally authorized to take any actions
necessary or useful to achieve its corporate purpose.
54
Authorization of Shares — At the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company held on July 23, 2004, the
shareholders authorized the Company’s board of directors to carry out a free capital increase of up to €500,000, and a capital increase
against payment of up to €3.0 million to be issued, in connection with the grant of stock options to employees of the Company and of
other Group companies. On January 24, 2006 the Company’s board of directors, in accordance with the Regulations of the “Natuzzi
Stock Incentive Plan 2004-2009” (which was approved by the board of directors in a meeting held on July 23, 2004), decided to issue
without consideration 56,910 new Ordinary Shares in favor of the beneficiary employees. Consequently, the number of Ordinary
Shares increased on the same date from 54,681,628 to 54,738,538. On January 23, 2007, the Company’s board of directors, in
accordance with the Regulations of the “Natuzzi Stock Incentive Plan 2004-2009,” decided to issue without consideration 85,689 new
Ordinary Shares in favor of beneficiary employees. Consequently, the number of Ordinary Shares increased on the same date from
54,738,538 to 54,824,227. On January 24, 2008 the Company’s board of directors, in accordance with the Regulations of the “Natuzzi
Stock Incentive Plan 2004-2009,” decided to issue without consideration 28,818 new Ordinary Shares in favor of the beneficiary
employees. Consequently, the number of Ordinary Shares increased on the same date from 54,824,227 to 54,853,045, the current
number.
Form and Transfer of Shares — The Company’s Ordinary Shares are in certificated form and are freely transferable by
endorsement of the share certificate by or on behalf of the registered holder, with such endorsement either authenticated by a notary,
in Italy or elsewhere, or by a broker-dealer or a bank in Italy. The transferee must request that the Company enters his name in the
register of shareholders in order to exercise his rights as a shareholder of the Company.
Dividend Rights — Payment by the Company of any annual dividend is proposed by the board of directors and is subject
to the approval of the shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting. Before dividends may be paid out of the Company’s
unconsolidated net income in any year, an amount at least equal to 5% of such net income must be allocated to the Company’s legal
reserve until such reserve is at least equal to one-fifth of the par value of the Company’s issued share capital. If the Company’s share
capital is reduced as a result of accumulated losses, no dividends may be paid until the capital is reconstituted or reduced by the
amount of such losses. The Company may pay dividends out of available retained earnings from prior years, provided that, after such
payment, the Company will have a legal reserve at least equal to the legally required minimum. No interim dividends may be
approved or paid.
Dividends will be paid in the manner and on the date specified in the shareholders’ resolution approving their payment
(usually within 30 days of their annual general meeting). Dividends that are not collected within five years of the date on which they
become payable are forfeited to the benefit of the Company. Holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive payments in respect of
dividends on the underlying shares through BNY, as ADR Depositary, in accordance with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs.
Voting Rights — Registered holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per Ordinary Share.
As a registered shareholder, the Depositary (or its nominee) will be entitled to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying the
ADSs. The Deposit Agreement requires the Depositary (or its nominee) to accept voting instructions from holders of ADSs and to
execute such instructions to the extent permitted by law. Neither Italian law nor the Company’s By-laws limit the right of non-resident
or foreign owners of the Company’s Ordinary Shares to hold or vote shares of the Company.
Board of directors — Under Italian law and pursuant to the Company’s By-laws, the Company may be run by a sole
director or by a board of directors, consisting of seven to eleven individuals. The Company is currently run by a board of directors
composed of seven individuals (see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”). The board of directors is elected by the
ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company, for the period established at the time of election but in no case for longer than three
fiscal years. A director, who may, but is not required to be, a shareholder of the Company, may be reappointed for successive terms.
The board of directors has the full power of ordinary and extraordinary management of the Company and in particular may perform all
acts it deems advisable for the achievement of the Company’s corporate purposes, except for the actions reserved by the applicable
law or the By-laws to a vote of the ordinary or extraordinary shareholders’ meeting. See also “Item 10. Additional Information—
Meetings of Shareholders.”
The board of directors must appoint a chairman (presidente) and may appoint a vice-chairman. The chairman of the board
of directors is the legal representative of the Company. The board of directors may delegate certain powers to one or more managing
directors (amministratori delegati), determine the nature and scope of the powers delegated to each director and revoke such
delegation at any time. The managing directors must report to the board of directors and the board of statutory auditors at least every
180 days on the Company’s business and the main transactions carried out by the Company or by its subsidiaries.
The board of directors may not delegate certain responsibilities, including the preparation and approval of the draft
financial statements, the approval of merger and de-merger plans to be submitted to shareholders’ meetings, increases in the amount of
the Company’s share capital or the issuance of convertible debentures (if any such power has been delegated to the board of directors
by vote of the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting) and the fulfilment of the formalities required when the Company’s capital has to
55
be reduced as a result of accumulated losses that reduce the Company’s stated capital by more than one-third. See also “Item 10.
Additional Information—Meetings of Shareholders”.
The board of directors may also appoint a general manager (direttore generale), who must report directly to the board of
directors and confer powers for single acts or categories of acts to employees of the Company or persons unaffiliated with the
Company.
Meetings of the board of directors are called no less than five days in advance by letter sent via fax, telegram or e-mail by
the chairman on his own initiative. Meetings may be held in person, by video-conference or tele-conference, in the location indicated
in the notice convening the meeting, or in any other destination, each time that the chairman may consider necessary. The quorum for
meetings of the board of directors is a majority of the directors in office. Resolutions are adopted by the vote of a majority of the
directors present at the meeting. In case of a tie, the chairman has the deciding vote.
Directors having any interest in a proposed transaction must disclose their interest to the board of directors and to the
board of statutory auditors, even if such interest is not in conflict with the interest of the Company in the same transaction. The
interested director is not required to abstain from voting on the resolution approving the transaction, but the resolution must state
explicitly the reasons for, and the benefit to the Company of, the approved transaction. In the event that these provisions are not
complied with, or that the transaction would not have been approved without the vote of the interested director, the resolution may be
challenged by a director or by the board of statutory auditors if the approved transaction may be prejudicial to the Company. A
managing director must solicit prior board approval of any proposed transaction in which he has any interest and that is within the
scope of his powers. The interested director may be held liable for damages to the Company resulting from a resolution adopted in
breach of the above rules. Finally, directors may be held liable for damages to the Company if they illicitly profit from insider
information or corporate opportunities.
The board of directors may transfer the Company’s registered office within Italy, set up and eliminate secondary offices
and approve mergers by absorption into the Company of any subsidiary in which the Company holds at least 90% of the issued share
capital. The board of directors may also approve the issuance of shares or convertible debentures and reductions of the Company’s
share capital in the case of withdrawal of a shareholder if so authorized by the Company’s extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
Under Italian law and pursuant to the Company’s By-laws, directors may be removed from their office at any time by the
vote of shareholders at an ordinary shareholders’ meeting. However, if removed in circumstances where there was no just cause, such
directors may have a claim for damages against the Company. Directors may resign at any time by written notice to the board of
directors and to the chairman of the board of statutory auditors. The board of directors, subject to the approval of the board of statutory
auditors, must appoint substitute directors to fill vacancies arising from removals or resignations to serve until the next ordinary
shareholders’ meeting. If at any time more than half of the members of the board of directors appointed by the shareholders’ meeting
of the Company resign, such resignation is ineffective until the majority of the new board of directors has been appointed. In such a
case, the remaining members of the board of directors (or the board of statutory auditors if all the members of the board of directors
have resigned or ceased to be directors) must promptly call an ordinary shareholders’ meeting to appoint the new directors.
The compensation of executive directors, including the CEO, is determined by the board of directors, after consultation
with the board of statutory auditors, within a maximum amount established by the Company’s shareholders meeting. The Company’s
shareholders meeting determines the base compensation for all board members, including non-executive directors. Directors are
entitled to reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred in connection with their functions.
Statutory Auditors — In addition to appointing the board of directors, the ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the
Company, appoints a board of statutory auditors (collegio sindacale) and its chairman, and set the compensation of its members. The
statutory auditors are elected for a term of three fiscal years, may be re-elected for successive terms and may be removed only for
cause and with the approval of a competent court. Expiration of their office will have no effect until a new board is appointed.
Membership of the board of statutory auditors is subject to certain good standing, independence and professional requirements, and
shareholders must be informed as to the offices the proposed candidates hold in other companies prior to or at the time of their
election. In particular, at least one standing and one alternate member must be a chartered public accountant.
The Company’s By-laws provide that the board of statutory auditors shall consist of three statutory auditors and two
alternate auditors (who are automatically substituted for a statutory auditor who resigns or is otherwise unable to serve).
The Company’s board of statutory auditors is required, among other things, to verify that the Company (i) complies with
applicable laws and the By-laws, (ii) complies with applicable principles of good governance, and (iii) maintains adequate
organizational structure and administrative and accounting systems. The Company’s board of statutory auditors must be convened at
least once every 90days. The board of statutory auditors reports to the annual shareholders’ meeting on the results of its activity and
the results of the Company’s operations. In addition, the statutory auditors of the Company must attend the meetings of the
Company’s board of directors and shareholders’ meetings.
56
The statutory auditors may decide to call a shareholders’ meeting, ask information about the management of the Company
to the members of the board of directors, carry out inspections and verifications at the Company and exchange information with the
Company’s external auditors. Additionally, the statutory auditors have the power to initiate a liability action against one or more
directors after adopting a resolution with an affirmative vote by two thirds of the auditors in office. Any shareholder may submit a
complaint to the board of statutory auditors regarding facts that such shareholder believes should be subject to scrutiny by the board of
statutory auditors, which must take any complaint into account in its report to the shareholders’ meeting. If shareholders collectively
representing 5% of the Company’s share capital submit such a complaint, the board of statutory auditors must promptly undertake an
investigation and present its findings and any recommendations to a shareholders’ meeting of the Company (which must be convened
immediately if the complaint appears to have a reasonable basis and there is an urgent need to take action). The board of statutory
auditors may report to a competent court serious breaches of directors’ duties.
External Auditor — The audit of the Company’s accounts is entrusted, as per current legislation, to an independent audit
firm whose appointment falls under the competency of the shareholders’ meeting, upon the board of statutory auditors’ proposal. In
addition to the obligations set forth in national auditing regulations, Natuzzi’s listing on the NYSE requires that the audit firm issues
an audit report on the consolidated financial statements included in the annual report on Form 20-F, in compliance with the auditing
standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Moreover, the independent audit firm is required, if
applicable, to issue an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control system applied to financial reporting. No such opinion was
required for the Company as of December 31, 2018.
The external auditor or the firm of external auditors is appointed for a three-year term, may be re-elected for successive
terms, and its compensation is determined by a vote at an ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company and may be removed only
for just cause by a vote of the shareholders’ meeting.
Meetings of Shareholders — Shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at ordinary and extraordinary shareholders’
meetings. Votes may be cast personally or by proxy. Shareholders’ meetings may be called by the Company’s board of directors (or
the board of statutory auditors) and must be called if requested by holders of at least 10% of the issued shares. If a shareholders’
meeting is not called despite the request by shareholders and such refusal is unjustified, a competent court may call the meeting.
Shareholders are not entitled to request that a meeting of shareholders be convened to vote on matters which, as a matter of law, shall
be resolved on the basis of a proposal, plan or report by the Company’s board of directors.
The Company may hold general meetings of shareholders at its registered office in Santeramo in Colle, or elsewhere
within Italy or at locations outside Italy, following publication of notice of the meeting in any of the following Italian newspapers: “Il
Sole 24 Ore”, “Corriere della Sera” or “La Repubblica” at least 15 days before the date fixed for the meeting.
The ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company must be convened at least once a year. The Company’s annual stand-
alone financial statements are prepared by the board of directors and submitted for approval to the ordinary shareholders’ meeting,
which must be convened within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which such financial statements relate. This term may be
extended by up to 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, as long as the Company continues to be bound by law to draw up
consolidated financial statements or if particular circumstances concerning its structure or its purposes so require. At ordinary
shareholders’ meetings, shareholders also appoint the external auditors, approve the distribution of dividends, appoint the members of
the board of directors and of the board of statutory auditors, determine their remuneration and vote on any matter the resolution or
authorization of which is entrusted to them by law.
Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings may be called to vote on proposed amendments to the By-laws, issuance of
convertible debentures, mergers and de-mergers, capital increases and reductions, when such resolutions may not be taken by the
board of directors. Liquidation of the Company must be resolved by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
The notice of a shareholders’ meeting of the Company may specify two or more meeting dates for an ordinary or
extraordinary shareholders’ meeting; such meeting dates are generally referred to as “calls”.
The quorum for an ordinary shareholders’ meeting of the Company is 50% of the Ordinary Shares, and resolutions are
adopted by the majority of Ordinary Shares present or represented. At an adjourned ordinary meeting, no quorum is required, and the
resolutions are carried by the majority of Ordinary Shares present or represented. Certain matters, such as amendments to the By-laws,
the issuance of shares, the issuance of convertible debentures, mergers and de-mergers, may only be resolved upon at an extraordinary
meeting, at which special voting rules apply. Resolutions at an extraordinary meeting of the Company are adopted, on first call, by a
majority of the Ordinary Shares. An adjourned extraordinary meeting is validly held with a quorum of one-third of the issued shares
and its resolutions are carried by a majority of at least two-thirds of the holders of shares present or represented at such meeting. In
addition, certain matters (such as a change in purpose or corporate form of the company, demergers, mergers, the transfer of its
registered office outside Italy, its liquidation prior to the term set forth in its By-laws, the extension of the term, the revocation of
57
liquidation and the issuance of preference shares) are approved by the holders of more than two-thirds of the shares present and
represented at such meeting that must also represent more than one-third of the issued shares.
According to the By-laws, in order to attend any shareholders’ meeting, each shareholder of the Company, at least five
days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, must deposit its share certificates at the offices of the Company or with such banks as may
be specified in the notice of call of the relevant meeting, in exchange for an admission ticket. Owners of ADRs may make special
arrangements with the Depositary for the beneficial owners of such ADRs to attend shareholders’ meetings, but not to vote at or
formally address such meetings. The procedures for making such arrangements will be specified in the notice of such meeting to be
mailed by the Depositary to the owners of ADRs.
Shareholders may appoint proxies by delivering in writing an appropriate power of attorney to the Company. Directors,
auditors and employees of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries may not be proxies and any one proxy cannot represent more than
20 shareholders.
Pre-emptive Rights — Pursuant to Italian law, holders of Ordinary Shares or of debentures convertible into shares, if any
exist, are entitled to subscribe for the issuance of shares, debentures convertible into shares and rights to subscribe for shares, in
proportion to their holdings, unless such issues are for non-cash consideration or pre-emptive rights are waived or limited and such
waiver or limitation is required in the interest of the Company. There can be no assurance that the holders of ADSs may be able to
exercise fully any pre-emptive rights pertaining to Ordinary Shares.
Preference Shares. Other Securities — The Company’s By-laws allow the Company to issue preference shares with
limited voting rights, to issue other classes of equity securities with different economic and voting rights, to issue so-called
participation certificates with limited voting rights, as well as so-called tracking stock. The power to issue such financial instruments
is attributed to the extraordinary meeting of shareholders.
The Company, by resolution of the board of directors, may issue debt securities non-convertible into shares, while it may
issue debt securities convertible into shares through a resolution of an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
Segregation of Assets and Proceeds — The Company, by means of an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting resolution,
may approve the segregation of certain assets into one or more separate pools. Such pools of assets may have an aggregate value not
exceeding 10% of the shareholders’ equity of the Company. Each pool of assets must be used exclusively to carry out a specific
business and may not be attached by the general creditors of the Company. Similarly, creditors with respect to such specific business
may only attach those assets of the Company that are included in the corresponding pool. Tort creditors, on the other hand, may
always attach any assets of the Company. The Company may issue securities carrying economic and administrative rights relating to a
pool. In addition, financing agreements relating to the funding of a specific business may provide that the proceeds of such business be
used exclusively to repay the financing. Such proceeds may be attached only by the financing party and such financing party would
have no recourse against other assets of the Company.
Liquidation Rights — Pursuant to Italian law and subject to the satisfaction of the claims of all other creditors,
shareholders are entitled to a distribution in liquidation that is equal to the nominal value of their shares (to the extent available out of
the net assets of the Company). Holders of preference shares, if any such shares are issued in the future by the Company, may be
entitled to a priority right to any such distribution from liquidation up to their par value. Thereafter, all shareholders would rank
equally in their claims to the distribution or surplus assets, if any. Ordinary Shares rank pari passu among themselves in liquidation.
Purchase of Shares by the Company — The Company is allowed to purchase shares, subject to certain conditions and
limitations provided for by Italian law. Shares may be purchased out of profits available for dividends and out of distributable
reserves, in each case as appearing on the latest stand-alone financial statements approved by the Company’s shareholders’ meeting.
Further, the Company may only repurchase fully paid-in shares. Such purchases must be authorized by the ordinary shareholders’
meeting. The aggregate purchase price of such shares may not exceed the earnings reserve specifically approved by shareholders.
Shares held in violation of the above conditions and limitations must be sold within one year of the date of purchase. Similar
limitations apply with respect to purchases of the Company’s shares by its subsidiaries.
A corresponding reserve equal to the purchase price of such shares must be created in the statement of financial position,
and such reserve is not available for distribution, unless such shares are sold or cancelled. Shares purchased and held by the Company
may be resold only pursuant to a resolution adopted at an ordinary shareholders’ meeting. The voting rights attaching to the shares
held by the Company or its subsidiaries cannot be exercised, but the shares are counted for quorum purposes in shareholders’
meetings. Dividends and pre-emptive rights attaching to such shares will accrue to the benefit of other shareholders.
58
The Company does not own any of its Ordinary Shares.
Notification of the Acquisition of Shares — In accordance with Italian antitrust laws, the Italian Competition Authority
prohibits the acquisition of control in a company which would thereby create or strengthen a dominant position in the domestic market
or a significant part thereof and which would result in the elimination or substantial reduction of competition on a lasting basis,
provided that certain turnover thresholds are exceeded. However, if the turnover of the acquiring party and the company to be acquired
exceeds certain other monetary thresholds, the antitrust review of the acquisition falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the European
Commission and will be assessed under the EU Merger Regulation (Council Regulation (EC) No. 139/2004).
Minority Shareholders’ Rights. Withdrawal Rights — Shareholders’ resolutions which are not adopted in conformity
with applicable law or the Company’s By-laws may be challenged (with certain limitations and exceptions) within ninety days by
absent, dissenting or abstaining shareholders representing individually or in the aggregate at least 5% of Company’s share capital (as
well as by the board of directors or the board of statutory auditors). Shareholders not reaching this threshold or shareholders not
entitled to vote at Company’s meetings may only claim damages deriving from the resolution.
Dissenting or absent shareholders may require the Company to buy back their shares as a result of shareholders’ meeting
resolutions approving, among others things, material modifications of the Company’s corporate purpose or of the voting rights of its
shares, the transformation of the Company from a stock corporation into a different legal entity, or the transfer of the Company’s
registered office outside Italy. The buy-back would occur at a price established by the board of directors, upon consultation with the
board of statutory auditors and the Company’s external auditor, having regard to the net assets value of the Company, its prospective
earnings and the market value of its shares, if any. The Company’s By-laws may set forth different criteria to determine the
consideration to be paid to dissenting shareholders in such buy-backs.
Each shareholder may bring to the attention of the board of statutory auditors facts or actions which are deemed wrongful.
If such shareholders represent more than 5% of the share capital of the Company, the board of statutory auditors must investigate
without delay and report its findings and recommendations to the shareholders’ meeting (which must be convened immediately if the
complaint appears to have a reasonable basis and there is an urgent need to take action).
Shareholders representing more than 10% of the Company’s share capital have the right to report to a competent court all
of the serious breaches of the directors’ duties, which may be prejudicial to the Company or to its subsidiaries. In addition,
shareholders representing at least 20% of the Company’s share capital may commence derivative suits before a competent court
against its directors, statutory auditors and general managers.
The Company may waive or settle the suit unless shareholders holding at least 20% of the shares vote against such waiver
or settlement. The Company will reimburse the legal costs of such action in the event that the claim of such shareholders is successful
and the court does not award such costs against the relevant directors, statutory auditors or general managers.
Any dispute arising out of or in connection with the By-Laws that may arise between the Company and its shareholders,
directors, or liquidators shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tribunal of Bari (Italy).
Liability for Mismanagement of Subsidiaries — Under Italian law, companies and other legal entities that, acting in
their own interest or the interest of third parties, mismanage a company subject to their direction and coordination powers are liable to
such company’s shareholders and creditors for ensuing damages suffered by such shareholders. This liability is excluded if (i) the
ensuing damage is fully eliminated, including through subsequent transactions, or (ii) the damage is effectively offset by the global
benefits deriving in general to the company from the continuing exercise of such direction and coordination powers. Direction and
coordination powers are presumed to exist, among other things, with respect to consolidated subsidiaries.
The Company is subject to the direction and coordination of INVEST 2003 S.r.l.
Material Contracts
The Company is not a party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business
and the contracts described immediately below:
— The Securitization Agreement with Muttley S.r.l., and concerning Banca IMI, Intesa San Paolo for the “without recourse”
factoring of export-related financial receivables for €35 million, dated July 7, 2015. The Securitization Agreement can be found
in Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report; in June 21, 2016, we amended the Securitization Agreement to increase the credit line to
€55 million.
59
— The Company has entered into various agreements with representatives of trade unions regarding the reorganization of its
employees, dated March 22, 2016 and March 27, 2017 (the “Italian Reorganization Agreements”). The Italian Reorganization
Agreements are attached as Exhibits 4.3, 4.4, 4.6 and 4.7 to this Annual Report.
— The Company has entered into a joint venture contract with Jason Furniture (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd. (“Kuka”) on March 22, 2018
(the “Joint Venture Agreement”) under which the Company’s wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary, Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd. (“Natuzzi Trading Shanghai”) would become a joint venture (the “Joint Venture”). On July 27, 2018, the Company
completed transactions contemplated by Joint Venture Agreement. As a result of the completion of these transactions, the
Company’s wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary, Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“Trading Co.”), has become a joint
venture in which each of the Company and Kuka now owns a 49% and 51% stake, respectively. Kuka invested €65 million to
acquire its stake in Trading Co. The Joint Venture will distribute Natuzzi Italia and Natuzzi Editions branded products through a
network of single-brand directly operated stores and franchised operated stores in Mainland China, Hong Kong and Macau, as
well as through online stores. The Joint Venture Agreement is subject to regulatory approval and approval by Kuka’s
shareholders. The Joint Venture Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.8 to this Annual Report.
— The Company has entered into an agreement for the sale and purchase and subscription of shares in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai
with Kuka and Natuzzi Trading Shanghai on March 22, 2018 (the “Share Purchase Agreement”). Under the Share Purchase
Agreement, Kuka will make a €65 million investment in exchange for a majority stake in the Joint Venture. The Share Purchase
Agreement is subject to regulatory approval and approval by Kuka’s shareholders. The Share Purchase Agreement is attached as
Exhibit 4.9 to this Annual Report.
— On December 18, 2018, the Company, along with the Trade Unions and Italian relevant authorities agreed to extend the current
Solidarity Agreement (a reduced-work schedules) for a one-year period ending in December 2019, and parties signed an
agreement to allow the Company to benefit from a temporary workforce reduction program, involving up to 491 employees, for
a period of 24 months, called CIGS, in order to support the reorganization process.
Exchange Controls
There are currently no exchange controls, as such, in Italy restricting rights deriving from the ownership of shares.
Residents and non-residents of Italy may hold foreign currency and foreign securities of any kind, within and outside Italy. Non-
residents may invest in Italian securities without restriction and may transfer to and from Italy cash, instruments of credit and
securities, in both foreign currency and Euro, representing interest, dividends, other asset distributions and the proceeds of any
dispositions.
Certain requirements however are imposed by law. Regulations on the use of cash and bearer securities are contained in
legislative decree No. 231 of November 21, 2007, as amended from time to time (the “Decree 231”), which implemented in Italy the
European directive on anti-money laundering 2005/60/EC (actually replaced by directive (EU) 2015/849, as amended by directive
(EU) 2018/843). Such legislation requires that, subject to certain exceptions, transfers of cash or bearer instruments in Euro or in
foreign currency, effected for whatsoever reason between different parties, shall be carried out by means of credit institutions, Poste
Italiane S.p.A., electronic money institutions and payment institutions providing payment services which are different from those
indicated under Article 1, paragraph 1, letter d), number 6) of legislative decree No. 11 of January 27, 2010 when the total amount to
be transferred is equal to or more than €3,000. Cash remittance services are subject to a €1,000 limit. Credit institutions and the other
intermediaries effecting such transactions on behalf of residents or non-residents of Italy are required to maintain records of such
transactions for ten years after the end of the relevant business relationship or the closing of the relevant transaction. Such records may
be inspected at any time by the competent Italian authorities.
Non-compliance with, inter alia, the reporting and record-keeping requirements set forth in the above-mentioned Decree
231 may result in administrative fines or, in the case of (inter alia) reporting of false or misleading information or falsification of the
information that is relevant for the purposes of compliance with Decree 231, criminal penalties. The Financial Intelligence Unit of the
Bank of Italy (the “FIU”) may use the information received and/or transfer it to the anti-mafia investigative directorate (Direzione
investigativa antimafia), the special monetary police nucleus (Nucleo speciale di polizia valutaria della Guardia di finanza) and other
competent authorities, to police money laundering, tax evasion and any other unlawful activity. The FIU is required in certain cases to
maintain record of the reports for ten years.
Individuals, non-profit entities and partnerships that are residents of Italy must disclose on their annual tax returns all
investments and financial assets held outside Italy. Such obligation lies also on the aforesaid resident taxpayers who, even if do not
own directly investments and financial assets held abroad, qualify as “beneficial owner” of the same. No such tax disclosure is
required in respect of securities deposited for management with qualified Italian financial intermediaries and in respect of contracts
entered into through their intervention, provided that the items of income derived from such foreign financial assets are
60
subjected to withholding tax or substitute tax through the intervention of the same intermediaries. Corporate residents of Italy are
exempt from these tax disclosure requirements with respect to their annual tax returns because this information is required to be
disclosed in their financial statements.
There can be no assurance that the current regulatory environment in or outside Italy will persist or that particular policies
presently in effect will be maintained, although Italy is required to maintain certain regulations and policies by virtue of its
membership of the EU and other international organizations and its adherence to various bilateral and multilateral international
agreements.
Taxation
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal and Italian tax matters. The summary contains a description of the
principal U.S. federal and Italian tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs by a
holder who is a citizen or resident of the United States or a U.S. corporation or who otherwise will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis in respect of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs. The summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax
considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase or hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs. In particular, the summary deals only
with beneficial owners who will hold Ordinary Shares or ADSs as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of a beneficial
owner who owns 10% or more of the voting shares of the Company or who may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, tax-
exempt entities, insurance companies, partners or partnerships therein, or dealers in securities or currencies, or persons that will hold
Ordinary Shares or ADSs as a position in a “straddle” for tax purposes or as part of a “constructive sale” or a “conversion” transaction
or other integrated investment comprised of Ordinary Shares or ADSs and one or more other investments. The summary does not
address the U.S. Medicare tax on net investment income, the U.S. alternative minimum tax, or any aspect of U.S. state or local tax
law. The summary does not discuss the treatment of Ordinary Shares or ADSs that are held in connection with a permanent
establishment through which a non-resident beneficial owner carries on business or performs personal services in Italy.
The summary is based upon tax laws and practice of the United States and Italy in effect on the date of this Annual
Report, which are subject to change.
Investors and prospective investors in Ordinary Shares or ADSs should consult their own advisors as to the U.S., Italian or
other tax consequences of the purchase, beneficial ownership and disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs, including, in particular, the
effect of any state or local tax laws.
For purposes of the summary, beneficial owners of Ordinary Shares or ADSs who are considered residents of the United
States for purposes of the current income tax convention between the United States and Italy (the “Income Tax Convention”), and are
not subject to an anti-treaty shopping provision that applies in limited circumstances, are referred to as “U.S. owners”. Beneficial
owners who are citizens or residents of the United States, corporations organized under U.S. law, and U.S. partnerships, estates or
trusts (to the extent their income is subject to U.S. tax either directly or in the hands of partners or beneficiaries) generally will be
considered to be residents of the United States under the Income Tax Convention. Special rules apply to U.S. owners who are also
residents of Italy, according to the Income Tax Convention.
For the purpose of the Income Tax Convention and the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
beneficial owners of ADSs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the Ordinary Shares represented by those
ADSs.
Taxation of Dividends
i) Italian Tax Considerations — As a general rule, Italian laws provide for the withholding of income tax on dividends
paid by Italian companies to shareholders who are not residents of Italy for tax purposes, currently levied at a 26% rate. Italian laws
provide a mechanism under which non-resident shareholders can claim a refund, up to 11/26 of Italian withholding taxes on dividend
income by establishing to the Italian tax authorities that the dividend income was subject to income tax in another jurisdiction in an
amount at least equal to the total refund claimed. U.S. owners should consult their own tax advisers concerning the possible
availability of this refund, which traditionally has been payable only after extensive delays. Alternatively, reduced rates (normally
15%) may apply to non-resident shareholders who are entitled to, and comply with procedures for claiming, benefits under an income
tax convention.
Under the Income Tax Convention, dividends derived and beneficially owned by U.S. owners are subject to an Italian
withholding tax at a reduced rate of 15%.
61
However, the amount initially made available to the Depositary for payment to U.S. owners will reflect withholding at the
26% rate. U.S. owners who comply with the certification procedures described below may then claim an additional payment of 11%
of the dividend (representing the difference between the 26% rate, and the 15% rate, and referred to herein as a “treaty refund”). This
certification procedure will require U.S. owners (i) to obtain from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a form of certification
required by the Italian tax authorities (IRS Form 6166), unless a previously filed certification is effective on the dividend payment
date (such certificates, filed together with the statement indicated under (ii) below, should be effective until the end of the fiscal year
for which the statement was originally filed), (ii) to produce a statement in accordance with the Italian tax authorities decree of
July 10, 2013, whereby the U.S. owner represents to be a U.S. owner individual or corporation with no permanent establishment in
Italy, and (iii) to set forth other required information. IRS Form 6166 may be obtained by filing a request for certification on IRS
Form 8802. (Additional information, including IRS Form 8802, can be obtained from the IRS website at www.irs.gov. Information
appearing on the IRS website is not incorporated by reference into this document.) The time for processing requests for certification
by the IRS normally is 30 to 45 days. Accordingly, in order to be eligible for the procedure described below, U.S. owners should begin
the process of obtaining certificates as soon as possible after receiving instructions from the Depositary on how to claim a treaty
refund.
The Depositary’s instructions will specify certain deadlines for delivering to the Depositary the documentation required to
obtain a treaty refund, including the certification that the U.S. owners must obtain from the IRS. In the case of ADSs held by U.S.
owners through a broker or other financial intermediary, the required documentation should be delivered to such financial
intermediary for transmission to the Depositary. In all other cases, the U.S. owners should deliver the required documentation directly
to the Depositary. The Company and the Depositary have agreed that if the required documentation is received by the Depositary on
or within 30 days after the dividend payment date and, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, such documentation satisfies the
requirements for a refund by the Company of Italian withholding tax under the Convention and applicable law, the Company will
within 45 days thereafter pay the treaty refund to the Depositary for the benefit of the U.S. owners entitled thereto.
If the Depositary does not receive a U.S. owner’s required documentation within 30 days after the dividend payment date,
such U.S. owner may for a short grace period (specified in the Depositary’s instructions) continue to claim a treaty refund by
delivering the required documentation (either through the U.S. owner’s financial intermediary or directly, as the case may be) to the
Depositary. However, after this grace period, the treaty refund must be claimed directly from the Italian tax authorities rather than
through the Depositary. Expenses and extensive delays have been encountered by U.S. owners seeking refunds from the Italian tax
authorities.
Distributions of profits in kind will be subject to withholding tax. In that case, prior to receiving the distribution, the
holder will be required to provide the Company with the funds to pay the relevant withholding tax.
ii) United States Tax Considerations — The gross amount of any dividends (that is, the amount before reduction for
Italian withholding tax) paid to a U.S. owner generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign-source dividend
income and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to domestic corporations. Dividends paid in Euro will be
included in the income of such U.S. owners in a dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day the
dividends are received by the Depositary or its agent. If the Euro are converted into dollars on the day the Depositary or its agent
receives them, U.S. owners generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend
income. U.S. owners who receive a treaty refund may be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss to the extent the amount
of the treaty refund (in dollars) received by the U.S. owner differs from the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Euro amount of the treaty
refund on the date the dividends were received by the Depositary or its agent. Italian withholding tax at the 15% rate will be treated as
a foreign income tax which U.S. owners may elect to deduct in computing their taxable income or, subject to the limitations on foreign
tax credits generally, credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and
U.S. owners are urged to consult their own tax advisers in this regard. Dividends will generally constitute foreign-source “passive
category” income for U.S. tax purposes.
Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an
individual with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be subject to taxation at reduced rates if the dividends are “qualified
dividends”. Dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be treated as qualified dividends if (i) the Company is eligible for the
benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the IRS has approved for the purposes of the qualified
dividend rules and (ii) the Company was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in
which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The Income Tax Convention has been approved for the
purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and the Company believes it is eligible for the benefits of the Income Tax Convention. Based
on the Company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company believes that it was not treated
as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2017 or 2018 taxable year. In addition, based on the Company’s
audited financial statements and its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its
income, and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its 2019 taxable year.
62
Foreign tax credits may not be allowed for withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions
in securities or in respect of arrangements in which a U.S. owner’s expected economic profit is insubstantial. U.S. owners should
consult their own advisers concerning the implications of these rules in light of their particular circumstances.
A beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares or ADSs who is, with respect to the United States, a foreign corporation or a
nonresident alien individual, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on dividends received on Ordinary Shares or
ADSs, unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial owner of a trade or business in the United
States.
Taxation of Capital Gains
i) Italian Tax Considerations — Under Italian law, capital gains tax (“CGT”) is generally levied on capital gains
realized by non-residents from the disposal of shares in companies resident in Italy for tax purposes even if those shares are held
outside of Italy. However, capital gains realized by non-resident holders on the sale of non-qualified shareholdings (as defined below)
in companies listed on a stock exchange and resident in Italy for tax purposes (as is the Company’s case) are not subject to CGT. In
order to benefit from this exemption, such non-Italian-resident holders may need to file a certificate evidencing their residence outside
of Italy for tax purposes.
A “qualified shareholding” consists of securities that entitle the holder to exercise more than 2% of the voting rights of a
company with shares listed on a stock exchange in the ordinary meeting of the shareholders or represent more than 5% of the share
capital of a company with shares listed on a stock exchange. A “non-qualified shareholding” is any shareholding that does not exceed
either of these thresholds. The relevant percentage is calculated taking into account the shareholdings sold during the prior 12-month
period.
As a general rule, capital gains realized as of January 1, 2019 upon disposal of a “qualified” shareholding are subject to a
26% substitute tax. If a taxpayer realizes taxable capital gains in excess of capital losses incurred in the same tax year, such excess
amount is subject to the 26% substitute tax. If such taxpayer’s capital losses exceed its taxable capital gains, then the excess amount
can be carried forward and deducted from the taxable amount of capital gains realized by such person in the following tax years, up to
the fourth, provided that it is reported in the tax report in the year of disposal.
The above is subject to any provisions of an income tax treaty entered into by the Republic of Italy, if the income tax
treaty provisions are more favorable. The majority of double tax treaties entered into by Italy, including the Income Tax Convention,
in accordance with the OECD Model tax convention, provide that capital gains realized from the disposition of Italian securities are
subject to CGT only in the country of residence of the seller.
The Income Tax Convention between Italy and the U.S. provides that a U.S. owner is not subject to the Italian CGT on the
disposal of shares, provided that the shares are not held through a permanent establishment of the U.S. owner in Italy.
ii) United States Tax Considerations — Gain or loss realized by a U.S. owner on the sale or other disposition of
Ordinary Shares or ADSs will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference
between the U.S. owner’s basis in the Ordinary Shares or the ADSs and the amount realized on the disposition (or its dollar
equivalent, determined at the spot rate on the date of disposition, if the amount realized is denominated in a foreign currency). Any
such gain or loss generally would be treated as arising from sources within the United States. Such gain or loss will generally be long-
term capital gain or loss if the U.S. owner holds the Ordinary Shares or ADSs for more than one year. The net amount of long-term
capital gain recognized by a U.S. owner that is an individual holder generally is subject to taxation at a reduced rate. The ability to
offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations. Deposits and withdrawals of Ordinary Shares by U.S. owners in
exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
A beneficial owner of Ordinary Shares or ADSs who is, with respect to the United States, a foreign corporation or a
nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on the sale of Ordinary Shares or ADSs,
unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial owner of a trade or business in the United States or (ii),
in the case of gain realized by an individual beneficial owner, the beneficial owner is present in the United States for 183 days or more
in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions are met.
Taxation of Distributions from Capital Reserves
Italian Tax Considerations — Special rules apply to the distribution of certain capital reserves. Under certain
circumstances, such a distribution may be considered as taxable income in the hands of the recipient depending on the existence of
current profits or outstanding reserves at the time of distribution and the actual nature of the reserves distributed. The application of
such rules may also have an impact on the tax basis in the Ordinary Shares or ADSs held and/or the characterization of any taxable
63
income received and the tax regime applicable to it. Non-resident shareholders may be subject to withholding tax and CGT as a result
of such rules. You should consult your tax adviser in connection with any distribution of capital reserves.
Other Italian Taxes
Estate and Inheritance Tax — A transfer of Ordinary Shares or ADSs by reason of death or gift is subject to an
inheritance and gift tax levied on the value of the inheritance or gift, as follows:
— Transfers to a spouse or direct descendants or ancestors up to €1,000,000 to each beneficiary are exempt from inheritance and
gift tax. Transfers in excess of such threshold will be taxed at a 4% rate on the value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs exceeding
such threshold;
— Transfers between relatives within the fourth degree other than siblings, and direct or indirect relatives-in-law within the third
degree are taxed at a rate of 6% on the value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs (where transfers between siblings up to a
maximum value of €100,000 for each beneficiary are exempt from inheritance and gift tax); and
— Transfers by reason of gift or death of Ordinary Shares or ADSs to persons other than those described above will be taxed at a
rate of 8% on the value of the Ordinary Shares or ADSs.
If the beneficiary of any such transfer is a disabled individual, whose handicap is recognized pursuant to Law No. 104 of
February 5, 1992, the tax is applied only on the value of the assets received in excess of €1,500,000 at the rates illustrated above,
depending on the type of relationship existing between the deceased or donor and the beneficiary.
The tax regime described above will not prevent the application, if more favorable to the taxpayer, of any different
provisions of a bilateral tax treaty, including the convention between Italy and the United States against double taxation with respect
to taxes on estates and inheritances, pursuant to which non-Italian resident shareholders are generally entitled to a tax credit for any
estate and inheritance taxes possibly applied in Italy.
Italian Financial Transaction Tax — The IFTT is applicable, among other transactions, to all trades entailing the
transfer of title of (i) shares or equity-like financial instruments issued by companies resident in Italy, such as the Ordinary Shares; and
(ii) securities representing the shares and financial instruments under (i) above (including depositary receipts such as the ADSs),
regardless of the residence of the securities’ issuer. The IFTT may also apply to the transfer of Ordinary Shares and ADSs by a U.S.
resident.
The IFTT applies at a rate of 0.2% for over-the-counter transactions, reduced to 0.1% for trades executed on a regulated
market or multilateral trading facility established in States or territories allowing an adequate exchange of information with the Italian
tax authorities. The New York Stock Exchange should qualify as a regulated market for such purposes.
The rules governing the IFTT are fairly complex. As to its basic features, it should be noted that the IFTT (i) is levied on a
tax base equal to (x) the market value (calculated by taking the net balance of daily trades on the relevant securities) or, in the absence
of any such market value, (y) the consideration paid for each trade; and (ii) is borne by the purchaser but is collected by the financial
intermediaries (including non-resident financial intermediaries) intervening in the relevant trades.
However, a number of exemptions apply, including with respect to trades of securities issued by companies having an
average market capitalization lower than €500 million in the month of November of the year preceding the year in which the trade
takes place. Companies, the securities of which are listed on a foreign regulated market, and which could benefit from this exemption,
such as the Company, need a confirmation from the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance: such companies must communicate
their market capitalization for each tax year to the Ministry, which will then prepare a list of the companies in relation to which the
exemption applies.
EU Financial Transaction Tax — On February 14, 2013, the European Commission proposed the implementation of the
EU FTT (see “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”) that may also apply to the transfer of Ordinary Shares and ADSs by a U.S.
resident. This directive has been modified by the European Commission. However, the related EU directive has not yet been enacted.
Moreover, the implementation of the proposed EU FTT may also affect the IFTT, as described above.
United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements — In general, information reporting
requirements will apply to payments by a paying agent within the United States to a non-corporate (or other non-exempt) U.S. owner
of dividends in respect of the Company Shares or ADSs, or the proceeds received on the sale or other disposition of the Company
Shares or ADSs. Backup withholding may apply to such amounts if the U.S. owner fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification
number to the paying agent on a properly completed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise comply with the applicable requirements of the
backup withholding rules. Amounts withheld as backup withholding will be creditable against the U.S. owner’s U.S. federal income
tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
64
Specified Foreign Financial Assets — Certain U.S. owners that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an
aggregate value in excess of USD 50,000 are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently
on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts held at a non-U.S.
financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer that are not held in accounts maintained by financial
institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Regulations
extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect interests in
specified foreign financial assets based on certain objective criteria. U.S. owners who fail to report the required information could be
subject to substantial penalties. You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the application of these rules to your particular
circumstances.
Documents on Display
The Company is subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers.
In accordance therewith, the Company is required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. As a foreign private issuer, we have been required to make filings with the SEC by
electronic means since November 4, 2002. Any filings we make electronically will be available to the public over the Internet at the
SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Form 20-F and reports and other information filed by the Company with the Commission
will also be available for inspection by ADS holders at the Corporate Trust Office of BNY at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New
York 10286.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The following discussion of the Group’s risk management activities includes “forward-looking statements” that involve
risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements. See “Forward
Looking Information.” A significant portion of the Group’s net sales and its costs, are denominated in currencies other than the euro,
in particular the U.S. dollar.
The Group is exposed to market risks principally from fluctuations in the exchange rates between the Euro and other
currencies, including, but not limited to, in particular the U.S. dollar, and to a significantly lesser extent, from variations in interest
rates.
Exchange Rate Risks — The Group’s foreign exchange rate risks in 2018 arose principally in connection with U.S.
dollars, Euro (for the Company’s subsidiary located in Eastern Europe), British pounds, Canadian dollars, Australian dollars, Swiss
francs, Japanese yen, Swedish kroner, Danish kroner and Norwegian kroner as well as in connection with Chinese yuan, Romanian
Leu, Brazilian Reais, Mexican Peso, Russian Rubles and Indian Rupee, for the Company’s subsidiaries operating in currencies
different from the Euro.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Group had outstanding trade receivables denominated in foreign currencies
totaling €26.5 million and €17.0 million, respectively, of which 8.2% and 22.0%, respectively, were denominated in U.S. dollars. On
those same dates, the Group had €27.4 million and €21.2 million, respectively, of trade payables denominated in foreign currencies,
principally U.S. dollars. See Notes 14 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company was a party to a number of currency forward contracts (known in Italy as
domestic currency swaps), all of which are designed to hedge future sales denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies. The
Group does not use such foreign exchange contracts for speculative trading purposes.
As of December 31, 2018, the notional amount in Euro terms of all of the Group’s outstanding currency forward contracts
totaled €43.6 million. As of December 31, 2017, the notional amounts of all of the Group’s outstanding currency forward contracts
totaled €49.6 million.
65
At the end of 2018, such currency forward contracts had notional amounts of U.S.$ 16.8 million, €11.3 million, British
pounds 9.5 million, Japanese yen 300.0 million, Australian dollars 3.5 million, Canadian dollars 2.0 million, Danish kroner
8.1 million, and Swedish kroner 2.8 million. All of these forward contracts had various maturities extending through June 2019,
except for one USD denominated contract expiring in August 2019 and two contracts expiring in July 2019 (namely, one denominated
in USD and one in JPY). See Note 27 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report. The table
below summarizes (in thousands of Euro equivalent) the contractual amounts of currency forward contracts intended to hedge future
cash flows from accounts receivable and sales orders as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
Euro equivalent of contractual amounts of
currency forward contracts as of:
U.S. dollars ................................................................................................... €
Euro* ............................................................................................................
British pounds ..............................................................................................
Japanese yen .................................................................................................
Australian dollars .........................................................................................
Canadian dollars ...........................................................................................
Danish Kroner ..............................................................................................
Swedish kroner .............................................................................................
December 31,
2018
2017
14,528 €
11,407
10,612
2,318
2,129
1,300
1,086
265
21,979
10,226
11,137
1,692
2,294
1,338
713
249
Total ................................................................................................... €
43,645 €
49,627
in thousands of Euro equivalent
* Used by the Group’s Romanian subsidiary to hedge its net collections denominated in Euro vs. RON.
As of December 31, 2018, these forward contracts had a net unrealized gain of €0.1 million, compared to a net unrealized
gain of €0.08 million as of December 31, 2017. The Group recorded this amount in “net exchange rate gains (losses)” in its
Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 27 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
The following table presents information regarding the contract amount in thousands of Euro equivalent and the estimated
fair value of all of the Group’s foreign exchange contracts: contracts with unrealized gains are presented as “assets” and contracts with
unrealized losses are presented as “liabilities.”
Assets .....................................................................................
Liabilities ................................................................................
27,459
16,186
218
(320)
31,089
18,538
Total ....................................................................................... €
43,645 €
(102) €
49,627 €
339
(267)
72
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Contract
Amount
Unrealized
gains (losses)
Contract
Amount
Unrealized
gains (losses)
in thousands of Euro equivalent
The potential loss in fair value of all of the Group’s forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 that would
have resulted from a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable 10% change in currency exchange rates would have been
approximately €4.6 million. This sensitivity analysis assumes an instantaneous and unfavorable 10% fluctuation in exchange rates
affecting the foreign currencies of all of the Group’s hedging contracts outstanding as of the end of 2018.
For the accounting of transactions entered into in an effort to reduce the Group’s exchange rate risks, see Notes 3 and 29
to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
At December 31, 2018, the Group had €18.3 million in cash and cash equivalents held by our Chinese subsidiaries, almost
entirely denominated in Chinese Yuan (€20.7 million as at December 31, 2017). Exchange rate fluctuations in respect of this currency
could have significant positive or negative effects on our results of operations in future periods. see Note 16 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
Interest Rate Risk — To a significantly lesser extent, the Group is also exposed to interest rate risk. As of December 31,
2018, the Group had €56.1 million (equivalent to 15.0% of the Group’s total assets as of the same date) in debt outstanding (Bank
overdraft and short-term borrowings plus long-term debt, including the current portion of such debt), which is for the most part subject
to floating interest rates. See Notes 18 and 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report.
66
The potential increase in interest expenses on the Group’s total debt (bank overdrafts and long-term debt, including their
current portion) that would have resulted from a hypothetical, instantaneous and unfavorable 1.0% increase in interest rates would
have been approximately €0.5 million. This sensitivity analysis assumes an instantaneous and unfavorable 1.0% increase in the
variable interest rates of Group’s total debt outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
In the normal course of business, the Group also faces risks that are either non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks
principally include country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 12A. DEBT SECURITIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 12B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 12C. OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.
67
ITEM 12D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
Fees paid by ADS holders — The BNY Mellon, as the Depositary of our ADSs, collects its fees for delivery and
surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from
intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the
amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide
fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay:
For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) ................... •
•
•
A fee for the distribution of proceeds of sales of securities or rights
in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the fee for the issuance of
ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result
of the deposit by owners of securities (for purposes hereof treating
all such securities as if they were shares) or shares received in
exercise of rights distributed to them, respectively, but which
securities or rights are instead sold by the Depositary and the net
proceeds distributed and (ii) the amount of such proceeds
Registration or transfer fees
Expenses of the Depositary
Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the
custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS,
for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
•
•
•
•
•
Depositing or substituting the underlying shares
Selling or exercising rights
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal,
including if the deposit agreement terminates
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited
securities which are distributed by the Depositary to ADS
registered holders
Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to
or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when
holders deposit or withdraw shares
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly
provided in the deposit agreement)
Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
As necessary
Any charges incurred by the Depositary or its agents for servicing
the deposited securities
•
As necessary
Fees payable by the Depositary to the Company
i) Fees incurred in past annual period — From January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018, the Depositary waived a total of
$2,373.33 in administrative fees for routine corporate actions including services relating to Natuzzi’s annual general meeting of
shareholders.
ii) Fees to be paid in the future — The Company does not have any agreements in place with the Depositary for the
payment or reimbursement of fees or other direct or indirect payments by the Depositary to the Company in connection with its ADS
program.
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
None.
PART II
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
None.
68
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures — Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act) required by Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b), our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of the end of the
period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as a result of the material weakness in our
internal control over financial reporting discussed below.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — Management is responsible for
establishing and maintaining adequate “internal control over financial reporting”, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under
the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS) and includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems
determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that
there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected
on a timely basis.
Our management, including our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting. Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission as of December 31, 2018.
Based on its evaluation, our management identified the following control deficiency: ineffective design, implementation,
operation and documentation of the management review control over the significant unusual transaction (“SUT”) we completed in
2018 as part of a joint venture agreement with Kuka Furniture (Ningbo) Co., Ltd. (“Kuka”), specifically with respect to (i) the
appropriate accounting under IFRS of the recognition of the revenue from the licensing of Natuzzi’s trademarks to the joint venture
Natuzzi Trading Shanghai (IFRS 15 B58) and (ii) the appropriate classification under IFRS of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai as a joint
venture of Natuzzi S.p.A. (IFRS 11).
This control deficiency created a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial
statements would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis, and therefore we concluded that the deficiency represents a
material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as
of December 31, 2018.
We have investigated the cause of this material weakness, and concluded it was due to Company personnel relying on the
work of external experts engaged to assist the Company, without performing the management review control themselves at the level of
precision required to verify the conclusions reached by the external experts in interpretation of accounting standards IFRS 11 and
IFRS 15 B58.
The inappropriate accounting policy was identified and corrected before finalization and publication of our unaudited
consolidated results as at and for the three months and full year ended December 31, 2018.
We have investigated whether the material weakness indicates a more pervasive issue in other components of internal
control and concluded that the material weakness is isolated to the management review control over the SUT.
Remediation Plan.
Management has developed a remediation plan to address the internal control deficiency that led to the material weakness.
69
The remediation plan includes strengthening our control framework over significant unusual transactions (“SUT”) by:
—
—
enhancing our internal procedures on management review controls over SUTs; and
improving documentation standards through the implementation of checklists aimed to facilitate operating effectiveness of SUT-
related management review controls.
In addition, we will include targeted training on IFRS 11 and licensing-related matters described in IFRS 15 (paragraphs
B52 to B62) within the continuous training program for Finance personnel. We intend to remediate this material weakness on a timely
basis in 2019.
(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting — Except for the material weakness described above in
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, there were no changes in our internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal
year that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Company has determined that, because of the existence and nature of its board of statutory auditors, it qualifies for an
exemption provided by Rule 10A-3(c)(3) of the Exchange Act from many of the Rule 10A-3 audit committee requirements. The board
of statutory auditors has determined that each of its members is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form
20-F. For the names of the members of the board of statutory auditors, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—
Statutory Auditors” and Item 16G. Corporate Governance—Audit Committee and Internal Audit Function.”
Each of the audit committee financial experts is independent under the NYSE Independence Standards that would apply to
audit committee members in the absence of our reliance on the exemption in Rule 10A-3(c)(3).
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The Company has adopted a code of ethics, as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act. This code of
ethics applies, among others, to the Company’s CEO and CFO. The Company’s code of ethics is downloadable from its website at
http://www.natuzzigroup.com/pdf/ir/coe_inglese.pdf.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
KPMG S.p.A. (“KPMG”) served as Natuzzi S.p.A.’s principal independent registered public auditor for fiscal years 2018
and 2017, for which it audited the consolidated financial statements for the years-ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 included in this
Annual Report.
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed and billable to the Company by KPMG in Italy and abroad during
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, for audit fees, audit–related fees, tax fees and all other fees for audit.
Audit fees ......................................................................
Audit-related fees ..........................................................
Tax fees .........................................................................
All Other fees ................................................................
Total fees .............................................................
575
—
—
—
575
480
—
—
—
480
2018
2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros)
Audit fees in the above table are the aggregate fees billed and billable in connection with the audit of the Company’s
annual financial statements.
The Company’s board of statutory auditors expressly pre-approves on a case-by-case basis any engagement of our
independent auditors for audit and non-audit services provided to our subsidiaries or to us. All services rendered by our independent
auditors for audit and non-audit services were pre-approved by our board of statutory auditors in accordance with this policy.
70
At the Company’s annual general shareholders’ meeting on April 29, 2019, the Company appointed KPMG as Natuzzi
S.p.A.’s principal independent registered public auditor for fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.
The Company is relying on the exemption from listing standards for audit committees provided by Exchange Act Rule
10A-3(c)(3). The basis for this reliance is that the Company’s board of statutory auditors meets the following requirements set forth in
Exchange Act Rule 10A-3(c)(3):
—
—
—
—
—
the board of statutory auditors is established and selected pursuant to Italian law expressly permitting such a board;
the board of statutory auditors is required under Italian law to be separate from the Company’s board of directors;
the board of statutory auditors is not elected by management of the Company and no executive officer of the Company is a
member of the board of statutory auditors;
Italian law provides for standards for the independence of the board of statutory auditors from the Company and its
management;
the board of statutory auditors, in accordance with applicable Italian law and the Company’s governing documents, is
responsible, to the extent permitted by Italian law, for the appointment, retention and oversight of the work (including, to the
extent permitted by law, the resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting) of
any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit,
review or attest services for the Company, and
—
to the extent permitted by Italian law, the audit committee requirements of paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4) and (b)(5) of Rule 10A-3
apply to the board of statutory auditors.
The Company’s reliance on Rule 10A-3(c)(3) does not, in its opinion, materially adversely affect the ability of its board of
statutory auditors to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of Rule 10A-3.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
On November 6, 2014, INVEST 2003 s.r.l. completed the purchase of 250,000 ADSs, each representing one Ordinary
Share, at a price of U.S.$2.00 per ADS. The purchase was privately negotiated with a single individual and was effected through an
escrow arrangement with BNY Mellon. On July 30, 2014, INVEST 2003 s.r.l. completed the purchase of 500,000 ADSs, each
representing one Ordinary Share, at a price of U.S.$2.75 per ADS. The purchase was privately negotiated with a single individual and
was effected through an escrow arrangement with BNY Mellon. For more information, refer to Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 2),
filed with the SEC on September 14, 2014, that amends and supplements the Schedule 13D, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2008 (as
amended by Amendment No. 1 filed on April 8, 2013).
From January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2018, no purchases were made by or on behalf of the Company or any other
affiliated purchaser of the Company’s Ordinary Shares or ADSs.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
None.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Under NYSE rules, the Company is permitted, as a listed foreign private issuer, to adhere to the corporate governance
rules of our home country in lieu of certain NYSE corporate governance rules.
Corporate governance rules for Italian stock corporations (società per azioni) like the Company, whose shares are not
listed on a regulated market in the European Union, are set forth in the Civil Code. As described in more detail below, the Italian
corporate governance rules set forth in the Civil Code differ in a number of ways from those applicable to U.S. domestic companies
under NYSE listing standards, as set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual.
As a general rule, Company’s main corporate bodies are governed by the Civil Code and are assigned specific powers and
duties that are legally binding and cannot be derogated from. The Company follows the traditional Italian corporate governance
system, with a board of directors (consiglio di amministrazione) and a separate board of statutory auditors (collegio sindacale) with
supervisory functions. The two boards are separate and no individual may be a member of both boards. Both the members of the board
of directors and the members of the board of statutory auditors owe duties of loyalty and care to the Company. As required by Italian
71
law, an external auditing firm (società di revisione) is in charge of auditing the Company’s financial statements. The members of the
Company’s board of directors and board of statutory auditors, as well as the external auditor, are directly and separately appointed by
shareholder resolution at the shareholders’ meetings. This system differs from the unitary system envisaged for U.S. domestic
companies by the NYSE listing standards, which contemplate the board of directors serving as the sole governing body.
Below is a summary of the significant differences between Italian corporate governance rules and practices, as the
Company has implemented them, and those applicable to U.S. issuers under NYSE listing standards, as set forth in the NYSE Listed
Company Manual.
Independent Directors
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — The NYSE listing standards applicable to U.S. companies provide that
“independent” directors must comprise a majority of the board. In order for a director to be considered “independent,” the board of
directors must affirmatively determine that the director has no “material” direct or indirect relationship with the company. These
relationships “can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationship (among
others).”
More specifically, a director is not independent if, inter alia, such director or his/her immediate family members has
certain specified relationships with the company, its parent, its consolidated subsidiaries, their internal or external auditors, or
companies that have significant business relationships with the company, its parent or its consolidated subsidiaries. Ownership of a
significant amount of stock, by itself, is not a per se bar to independence.
Our Practice — The presence of a prescribed number of independent directors on the Company’s board is neither
mandated by any Italian law applicable to the Company nor required by the Company’s By-laws.
However, Italian law sets forth certain independence requirements applicable to the Company’s statutory
auditors. Statutory auditors’ independence is assessed on the basis of the following rules: a person who (i) is a director, or the spouse
or a close relative of a director, of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) has an employment or a regular consulting or similar
relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or (iii) has an economic relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates
which might compromise his/her independence, cannot be appointed to the Company’s board of statutory auditors. The law sets forth
certain principles aimed at ensuring that any member of the board of statutory auditors who is a chartered public accountant (iscritto
nel registro dei revisori contabili) be substantively independent from the company subject to audit and not be in any way involved in
the company’s decision-making process. The Civil Code mandates that at least one standing and one alternative member of the board
of statutory auditors be a chartered public accountant. Each of the current members of the board of statutory auditors is a chartered
public accountant.
Executive Sessions
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — Non-executive directors of U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must meet
regularly in executive sessions, and independent directors should meet alone in an executive session at least once a year.
Our Practice — Under the laws of Italy, neither non-executive directors nor independent directors are required to meet in
executive sessions. The members of the Company’s board of statutory auditors are required to meet at least every 90 days.
Audit Committee and Internal Audit Function
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — U.S. companies listed on the NYSE are required to have an audit committee that
satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and certain additional requirements set by the NYSE. In particular,
all members of this committee must be independent and the committee must adopt a written charter. The committee’s prescribed
responsibilities include (i) the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the external auditors; (ii) establishing procedures
for the handling of “whistle blower” complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; (iii) engaging
independent counsel and other advisers, as it determines necessary to carry out its duties and (v) determine appropriate funding for
payments to the external auditor, advisors employed by the audit committee and other necessary administrative expenses of the audit
committee. A company must also have an internal audit function, which may be outsourced, except to the independent auditor.
Our Practice — Rule 10A-3(c)(3) of the Exchange Act provides that foreign private issuers with a board of statutory
auditors established in accordance with local law or listing requirements and meeting specified requirements with regard to
independence and responsibilities (including the performance of most of the specific tasks assigned to audit committees by Rule 10A-
3, to the extent permitted by local law) (the “Statutory Auditor Requirements”) are exempt from the audit committee requirements
established by the rule. The Company is relying on this exemption on the basis of its separate board of statutory auditors, which is
permitted by the Civil Code and which satisfies the Statutory Auditor Requirements. Nevertheless our board of statutory auditors,
72
consisting of independent and highly professional experts, complies with the requirements indicated at points (i), (iii) and (iv) of the
preceding paragraph. The Company also has an internal audit function, which has not been outsourced.
Compensation Committee
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — U.S. companies listed on the NYSE are required to have a compensation
committee (or equivalent) comprised solely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing certain corporate
governance matters. The compensation committee must approved the compensation of the CEO and make recommendations to the
board of directors with regard to the compensation of other officers, incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans. Disclosure
of individual management compensation information for these companies is mandated by the Exchange Act’s proxy rules, from which
foreign private issuers are generally exempt.
Our Practice — The Company has not established a compensation committee. As a matter of Italian law applicable to
Italian stock corporations whose shares are not listed on a regulated market in the European Union and under our By-laws, the
compensation of executive directors, including the CEO, is determined by the board of directors, after consultation with the board of
statutory auditors, within a maximum amount established by the Company’s shareholders, while the Company’s shareholders
determine the base compensation for all members of the board of directors, including non-executive directors. Compensation of the
Company’s executive officers is determined by the CEO. The Company does not produce a compensation report. However, the
Company discloses aggregate compensation of all of its directors and officers as well as individual compensation of each director in
Item 6 of its Annual Report.
Nominating Committee
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — Under NYSE standards, a domestic company must have a nominating/corporate
governance committee (or equivalent) comprised solely of independent directors, which is responsible for nominating directors, and a
written charter addressing certain corporate governance matters.
Our Practice — As allowed by Italian laws, the Company has not established a nominating/corporate governance
committee (or equivalent) responsible for nominating its directors. Directors may be designated by any of the Company’s shareholders
but shall be appointed by the shareholders’ meeting. If, during the term of the appointment, one or more directors of the Company
ends its directorship, the other directors shall replace them by a resolution approved by the board of statutory auditors, provided that
the majority is still made up of directors appointed by the shareholders. Replacement directors remain in office until the next
shareholders’ meeting. If at any time more than half of the members of the board of directors appointed by the shareholders’ meeting
resigns, such resignation is ineffective until the majority of the new board of directors has been appointed. In such a case, the
remaining members of the board of directors (or the board of statutory auditors if all the members of the board of directors have
resigned or ceased to be directors) must promptly call an ordinary shareholders’ meeting to appoint the new directors. Invest 2003
s.r.l., a company controlled by Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, by virtue of owning a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company,
controls the Company and the appointment of its board of directors.
Corporate Governance and Code of Ethics
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — Under NYSE standards, a company must adopt governance guidelines and a code
of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees. A company must also publish these items on its website and
provide printed copies on request. Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires a company to disclose whether it has adopted a
code of ethics for senior financial officers, and if not, the reasons why it has not done so. The NYSE listing standards applicable to
U.S. companies provide that codes of conduct and ethics should address, at a minimum, conflicts of interest; corporate opportunities;
confidentiality; fair dealing; protection and use of company assets; legal compliance; and reporting of illegal and unethical
behavior. Corporate governance guidelines must address, at a minimum, directors’ qualifications, responsibilities and compensation;
access to management and independent advisers; management succession; director orientation and continuing education; and annual
performance evaluation of the board.
Our Practice — In January 2011, the Company’s board of directors approved the adoption of a compliance program to
prevent certain criminal offenses, according to the Italian Decree 231/2001. The task of supervising the application of the compliance
program requested by the above-mentioned Italian Decree has been entrusted to an autonomous supervisory body (“Organismo di
Vigilanza”) that consists of two (they were three until September 21, 2018) independent and qualified members. In February 2016, the
board of directors approved a new code of ethics that applies to all employees and officers of the Company, including the board of
directors and the board of statutory auditors, the CEO, the CFO and principal accounting officer. The Company believes that its code
of ethics and the conduct and procedures adopted by the Company address the relevant issues contemplated by the NYSE standards
applicable to U.S. companies noted above. The code of ethics is available on Natuzzi’s website.
Certifications as to Violations of NYSE Standards
73
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — Under NYSE listing standards, the CEO of a U.S. company listed on the NYSE
must certify annually to the NYSE that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of the NYSE corporate governance
standards. The company must disclose this certification, as well as the fact that the CEO/CFO certification required under Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been made in the company’s annual report to shareholders (or, if no annual report to
shareholders is prepared, its annual report). Each listed company on the NYSE, both domestic and foreign issuers, must submit an
annual written affirmation to the NYSE regarding compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards. In addition,
each listed company on the NYSE, both domestic and foreign issuers, must submit interim affirmations to the NYSE upon the
occurrence of specified events. A domestic issuer must file such an interim affirmation whenever the independent status of a director
changes, a director joins or leaves the board, a change occurs to the composition of the audit, nominating/corporate governance, or
compensation committee, or there is a change in the company’s classification as a “controlled company.”
The CEO of both domestic and foreign issuers listed on the NYSE must promptly notify the NYSE in writing if any
executive officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards.
Our Practice — Under the NYSE rules, the Company’s CEO is not required to certify annually to the NYSE whether he
is aware of any violation by the Company of the NYSE corporate governance standards. However, the Company is required to submit
an annual affirmation of compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards to the NYSE within 30 days of the filing
of its annual report on Form 20-F with the SEC. The Company is also required to submit to the NYSE an interim written affirmation
any time it is no longer eligible to rely on, or chooses to no longer rely on, a previously applicable exemption provided by Rule 10A-3,
or if a member of its audit committee ceases to be deemed independent or an audit committee member had been added. Under NYSE
rules, the Company’s CEO must notify the NYSE in writing if any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance
by the Company with NYSE corporate governance standards.
Shareholder Approval of Adoption and Modification of Equity Compensation Plans
NYSE Domestic Company Standards — Shareholders of a U.S. company listed on the NYSE must approve the adoption
of and any material revision to the company’s equity compensation plans, with certain exceptions.
Our Practice — Although the shareholders’ meeting of the Company must authorize (i) the issuance of shares in
connection with capital increases, and (ii) the buy-back of its own shares, the adoption of equity compensation plans does not per se
require prior approval of the shareholders.
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
74
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Item 18 hereof.
PART III
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our audited consolidated financial statements are included in this Annual Report beginning at page F-1.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .........................................................................................................
Page
F-1
Consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 ...........................................
F-2
Consolidated statements of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 .......................................................
F-3
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ......................................
F-4
Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ................................................
F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 ..........................................................
F-6
Notes to consolidated financial statements ...................................................................................................................................
F-7
75
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Natuzzi S.p.A.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Natuzzi S.p.A. and subsidiaries (the Company) as
of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and
cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated
financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the
two-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.
Change in Basis of Accounting
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2018 the Company changed its basis of accounting from generally
accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Italy to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG S.p.A.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.
Bari, Italy
April 30, 2019
F-1
Natuzzi S.p.A. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
Note
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment ........................................................
Intangible assets and goodwill ........................................................
Equity-method investees .................................................................
Other non-current receivables .........................................................
Other non-current assets .................................................................
Deferred tax assets ..........................................................................
Total non current assets ...............................................................
Current assets
Inventories ......................................................................................
Trade receivables ............................................................................
Other current receivables ................................................................
Other current assets .........................................................................
Current income tax assets ...............................................................
Gains on derivative financial instruments .......................................
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................
Total current assets .......................................................................
TOTAL ASSETS ...........................................................................
EQUITY
Share capital ....................................................................................
Reserves ..........................................................................................
Retained earnings ............................................................................
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE
COMPANY ...............................................................................
Non-controlling interests ................................................................
TOTAL EQUITY ..........................................................................
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilties
Long-term borrowings ....................................................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement ......................................................
Non-current contract liabilities .......................................................
Provisions .......................................................................................
Deferred income for capital grants ..................................................
Other liabilities ...............................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities.....................................................................
Total non current liabilities ..........................................................
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings .....................................
Current portion of long-term borrowings ........................................
Trade payables ................................................................................
Other payables ................................................................................
Current contract liabilities ...............................................................
Provisions .......................................................................................
Liabilities for current income tax ....................................................
Losses on derivative financial instruments .....................................
Total current liabilities .................................................................
TOTAL LIABILITIES .................................................................
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES .......................................
F-2
111,086
5,892
40,220
4,533
3,359
475
165,565
84,227
40,967
9,507
8,107
1,986
218
62,131
207,143
372,708
54,853
17,198
64,496
136,547
1,634
138,181
10,361
17,181
9,934
14,502
13,002
1,119
42
66,141
35,148
10,582
77,901
26,914
12,165
4,476
880
320
168,386
234,527
372,708
115,190
5,837
79
1,402
2,851
626
125,985
91,077
37,549
12,910
7,232
2,413
339
55,035
206,555
332,540
54,853
16,398
31,244
102,495
2,039
104,534
20,877
18,820
2,560
16,715
13,771
—
320
73,063
25,967
4,840
76,035
27,587
12,973
5,957
1,317
267
154,943
228,006
332,540
8
9
10
11
12
36
13
14
15
12
36
27
16
17
17
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
36
24
18
25
26
20
21
36
27
121,705
3,927
97
2,137
1,323
1,146
130,335
91,014
40,138
18,237
10,243
1,254
223
64,981
226,090
356,425
54,853
24,065
61,636
140,554
3,445
143,999
6,329
19,426
1,652
13,253
14,760
—
1,763
57,183
24,427
11,632
70,457
29,407
10,647
5,687
1,693
1,293
155,243
212,426
356,425
Consolidated statements of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
Revenue ...........................................................................................................................................
Cost of sales .....................................................................................................................................
2018
428,539
(308,250)
2017
Restated (*)
448,880
(318,401)
Note
29
30
Gross Profit ....................................................................................................................................
120,289
130,479
Other income....................................................................................................................................
Selling expenses ...............................................................................................................................
Administrative expenses ..................................................................................................................
Impairment on trade receivables ......................................................................................................
Other expenses .................................................................................................................................
5,944
(114,997)
(35,344)
(745)
(605)
1,650
(118,254)
(36,105)
(1,475)
(250)
Operating loss .................................................................................................................................
(25,458)
(23,955)
Finance income ................................................................................................................................
Finance costs ....................................................................................................................................
Net exchange rate gains (losses) ......................................................................................................
Gain from disposal and loss of control of a subsidiary ....................................................................
Net finance income / (costs) ...........................................................................................................
Share of profit/(loss) of equity-method investees ............................................................................
Profit / (loss) before tax .................................................................................................................
Income tax expense ..........................................................................................................................
Profit / (loss) for the year ...............................................................................................................
Profit / (loss) attributable to:.........................................................................................................
Owners of the Company ..................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests .................................................................................................................
Profit / (loss) per share
Basic loss per share ..........................................................................................................................
Diluted loss per share .......................................................................................................................
379
(5,580)
(3,914)
75,411
66,296
(290)
40,548
(7,429)
33,119
33,289
(170)
0.61
0.61
31
32
33
14
31
34
34
35
10
1,252
(6,289)
1,033
—
(4,004)
—
10
(27,959)
(2,886)
36
(30,845)
(30,392)
(453)
(0.55)
(0.55)
37
37
(*) The Group has initially applied IFRS 9 as at January 1, 2018. Under the transition method chosen, comparative information has
not been restated except for separately presenting impairment losses on trade receivables. See note 5.
F-3
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
Profit / (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income
2018
33,119
2017
(30,845)
Note
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial gains/(losses) on employees’ leaving entitlement ...................................................................
Tax impact ..............................................................................................................................................
573
—
Total ........................................................................................................................................................
573
573
Items that are or maybe reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Exchange rate differences on translation of foreign operations ..............................................................
Tax impact ..............................................................................................................................................
251
—
Total ........................................................................................................................................................
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax ..............................................................
251
824
19
36
(108)
(8)
(116)
(116)
(7,778)
—
(7,778)
(7,894)
17
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year .................................................................................
33,943
(38,739)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the Company .........................................................................................................................
Non-controlling interests ........................................................................................................................
34,089
(146)
(38,059)
(680)
F-4
Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
Share
Capital
amount
Translation
reserve
IAS 19
reserve
Other
reserves
Retained
earnings
Equity
attributable
to owners of
the
Company
Equity
attributable
to owner
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
54,853
—
—
12,606
—
—
—
—
—
11,459
—
—
61,636
—
(30,392)
140,554
—
(30,392)
3,445
(726)
(453)
143,999
(726)
(30,845)
—
(7,551)
(116)
—
—
(7,667)
(227)
(7,894)
54,853
5,055
(116)
11,459
31,244
102,495
2,039
104,534
—
—
—
—
(37)
(37)
—
(37)
Balance as at January 1,
2017..................................
Dividends distribution ...........
Loss for the year ...................
Other comprehensive loss for
the year .............................
Balance as at December 31,
2017..................................
Adjustment on initial
application of IFRS 9, net
of tax ................................
Adjusted balance as at
January 1, 2018 ..............
54,853
5,055
(116)
11,459
31,207
102,458
2,039
104,497
Dividends distribution ...........
Capital contribution ..............
Profit for the year ..................
Other comprehensive
income/(loss) for the year .
Balance as at December 31,
2018..................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
33,289
—
—
33,289
(453)
194
(170)
(453)
194
33,119
—
227
573
—
—
800
24
824
54,853
5,282
457
11,459
64,496
136,547
1,634
138,181
F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Profit / (loss) for the period........................................................................................................
33,119
(30,845)
2018
2017
Note
Adjustments for: .........................................................................................................................
Depreciation ........................................................................................................................
Amortization .......................................................................................................................
Interest expenses .................................................................................................................
Share of (profit) loss of equity-method investees, net of tax ..............................................
(Gain) from loss of control in a former subsidiary .............................................................
(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment .........................................................
Unrealized foreign exchange (gains) losses ........................................................................
Deferred income for capital grants ......................................................................................
Tax expense ........................................................................................................................
Total adjustment ..........................................................................................
10,154
910
3,796
290
(75,411)
(171)
174
(769)
7,429
(53,598)
Changes in:..................................................................................................................................
Inventories ..........................................................................................................................
Trade and other receivables ................................................................................................
Other assets .........................................................................................................................
Trade and other payables ....................................................................................................
Contract liabilities ...............................................................................................................
Provisions ...........................................................................................................................
Other liabilities ...................................................................................................................
One-time termination benefit payments ..............................................................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement ..........................................................................................
Total changes ..............................................................................................
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities .............................................................
5,999
(3,678)
(1,675)
7,365
12,317
(3,694)
1,119
(1,411)
(1,066)
15,276
(5,203)
Interest paid ........................................................................................................................
Income taxes paid ...............................................................................................................
Net cash used in operating activities...................................................................................................
(3,033)
(3,112)
(11,348)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Property, plant and equipment: ...........................................................................................
Additions ...................................................................................................................
Disposals ...................................................................................................................
Intangible assets ..................................................................................................................
Purchase of business, net of cash acquired .........................................................................
Disposal of a business, net of cash disposed off .................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ............................................................................
Cash flows from financing activities:
Long-term borrowings: .......................................................................................................
Proceeds ....................................................................................................................
Repayments ...............................................................................................................
Short-term borrowings ........................................................................................................
Dividends distribution to non-controlling interests .............................................................
Net cash provided by financing activities...........................................................................................
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents as at January 1 (*) ....................................................................
Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held..........................................................
Cash and cash equivalents as at December 31 (*) .............................................................................
(7,283)
572
(878)
—
22,156
14,567
—
(4,774)
7,419
(453)
2,192
5,411
55,035
(77)
60,369
8
9
10
10
10,861
1,569
4,639
(18)
—
73
(1,141)
(989)
2,886
17,880
(1,387)
5,723
1,484
11,854
3,235
3,732
—
(8,272)
(606)
15,763
2,798
(2,821)
(4,878)
(4,901)
(6,708)
760
(845)
(3,558)
—
(10,351)
10
12,500
(4,744)
5,956
(1,349)
12,363
(2,889)
60,565
(2,641)
55,035 16
(*) As at December 31, 2018 and 2017 cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts of 1,762 and nil, respectively, that are
repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
F-6
Notes to consolidated financial statements
(Expressed in thousands of euros except as otherwise indicated)
1
Introduction
The consolidated financial statements of the Natuzzi S.p.A. as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the consolidated statement
of financial position as at January 1, 2017 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations
Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements as at December 31,
2018 are the Group’s first set of consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and IFRS 1 “First-time
Adoption of International Financial Reporting” has been applied.
Being a first-time adopter, the Group restated the 2017 consolidated financial statements for comparative purposes, in order to
present the effect of the adoption of the IFRS. Note 43 describes the effects of the transition from the generally accepted
accounting principles in the Republic of Italy (“Italian GAAP”) to the IFRS and presents the related reconciliation schedules.
The Group’s date of transition to the IFRS is January 1, 2017 and its first set of consolidated financial statements prepared in
accordance with the IFRS is that as at and for the year ended December 31, 2018.
In order to present the effects of the transition to the IFRS and meet the related disclosure requirements of IFRS 1, the Group
adopted the example provided in IFRS 1.IG.63 and presented the following in note 43:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of financial position prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statements of financial position prepared in accordance with IFRS as at January 1, 2017 and December 31,
2017;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31,
2017;
the reconciliation of equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, loss and other comprehensive loss for the year
ended December 31, 2017 between Italian GAAP and IFRS;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of changes in equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017
between Italian GAAP and IFRS;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017;
the accounting policies setting out the IFRS application rules and the selected standards;
comments on the above reconciliation schedule.
Natuzzi S.pA., as first time adopter, has not presented the consolidated statement of profit or loss, comprehensive income,
changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 restated under the IFRS based on the “one time
accommodation” available for the first time IFRS implementers and included in the general instruction G(a) to Form 20-F.
During 2018 and 2017 no significant non-recurring events or unusual transactions have occurred other than that described in
note 10. All transactions performed by the Group during 2018 and 2017 are part of the Group’s ordinary business.
2
Description of the business and Group composition
Natuzzi S.p.A. (“Natuzzi”, the “Company” or the “Parent”) is domiciled in Italy. The Company’s registered office is at via
Iazzitello 47, 70029 Santeramo in Colle (Bari). These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Natuzzi S.p.A
and of its subsidiaries (together with the Company, the “Group”). The Group’s primary activity is the design, manufacture and
marketing of contemporary and traditional leather and fabric upholstered furniture (see note 6 on operating segment).
The financial statements utilized for the consolidation are the financial statements of each Group company as at December 31,
2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017. The 2018 and 2017 financial statements have been adopted by the respective Boards of
Directors of the relevant companies. The financial statements of subsidiaries are adjusted, where necessary, to conform to
Natuzzi’s accounting principles and policies (see note 4), which are consistent with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under
IFRS (see note 3(a)).
F-7
The consolidated financial statements of the Group as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the related opening consolidated
financial statements as at January 1, 2017 (date of transition to IFRS) have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors
(the Board) on April 10, 2019 and authorised on April 29, 2019.
The subsidiaries included in the consolidation as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, together with the related
percentages of ownership and other information, are as follows:
Name
Italsofa Nordeste S/A ...........
Natuzzi (China) Ltd .............
Italsofa Romania S.r.l. .........
Natco S.p.A. .........................
I.M.P.E. S.p.A. .....................
Nacon S.p.A. ........................
Lagene S.r.l. .........................
Natuzzi Americas Inc. ..........
Natuzzi Iberica S.A. .............
Natuzzi Switzerland AG ......
Natuzzi Benelux S.A. ...........
Natuzzi Germany Gmbh ......
Natuzzi Japan KK ................
Natuzzi Services Limited .....
Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd ...........................
Natuzzi Russia OOO ............
Natuzzi India Furniture PVT
Ltd ...................................
Natuzzi Florida LLC ............
Natmex S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V ..
Natuzzi France S.a.s. ............
Softaly (Furniture) Shanghai
Co. Ltd ............................
Natuzzi Netherlands Holding
........................................
New Comfort S.r.l. ...............
Italsofa Shanghai Ltd ...........
Natuzzi Trade Service S.r.l. .
Natuzzi Oceania PTI Ltd .....
Percentage of
31/12/2018
Percentage of
31/12/2017
Percentage of
01/01/2017
Share/quota
capital
Ownership
registered office
Activity
100.00
100.00
100.00
99.99
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
—
100.00
100.00
100.00
—
100.00
100.00
51.00
99.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
99.99
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
51.00
99.00
100.00
4,420,000 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
1,000,000 Bari, Italy
2,800,000 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
10,000 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
100.00 BRL 157,654,283 Salvador de Bahia, Brazil
100.00 CNY 106,414,300 Shanghai, China
100.00 RON 109,271,750 Baia Mare, Romania
99.99 EUR
100.00 EUR
100.00 EUR
100.00 EUR
100.00 USD
100.00 EUR
100.00 CHF
100.00 EUR
100.00 EUR
100.00 JPY
100.00 GBP
2,000,000 Dietikon, Switzerland
312,000 Herentals, Belgium
25,000 Köln, Germany
28,000,000 Tokyo, Japan
25,349,353 London, UK
386,255 Madrid, Spain
89 High Point, N. Carolina, USA
100.00 CNY
100.00 RUB
13,891,783 Shanghai, China
109,138 Moscow, Russia
100.00 INR
51.00 USD
— MXN
100.00 EUR
16,200,000 New Delhi, India
4,155,186 High Point, N. Carolina, USA
69,195,993 Mexico City, Mexico
200,100 Paris, France
96.50
96.50
96.50 CNY
100,000 Shanghai, China
100.00
100.00
96.50
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
96.50
100.00
100.00
34,605,000 Amsterdam, Holland
100.00 EUR
100.00 EUR
96.50 CNY 124,154,580 Shanghai, China
100.00 EUR
100.00 AUD
320,002 Sydney, Australia
14,000,000 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
20,000 Santeramo in Colle, Italy
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(6)
(6)
(6)
Intragroup leather dyeing and finishing
(1) Manufacture and distribution
(2)
(3) Production and distribution of polyurethane foam
(4) Services and distribution
(5)
Investment holding
(6) Dormant
As at December 31, 2018 the consolidation area changed due to: (a) the deconsolidation of Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
occurred on July 27, 2018 as a consequence of the loss of control (see note 10); (b) the sale of Natuzzi Benelux.
3
General principles for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements
(a) Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated financial statements of the Natuzzi Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to
companies reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
F-8
The consolidated financial statement as at December 31, 2018 is the Group’s first consolidated financial statements prepared in
accordance with IFRS and IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting” has been applied. An explanation
of how the transition from Italian GAAP to IFRS has affected the reported financial position, financial performance and cash
flows of the Group is provided in note 43.
Details of Group’s accounting policies are included in note 4.
(b) Historical cost convention
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial assets and
liabilities (including derivative instruments) measured at fair value.
(c) Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements consist of the consolidated statement of financial position, the consolidated statement of
profit or loss, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income or loss, consolidated statement of changes in equity,
consolidated statement of cash flows and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The consolidated statement of financial position has been prepared based on the nature of the transactions, distinguishing:
(a) current assets from non-current assets, where current assets are intended as the assets that should be realised, sold or used
during the normal operating cycle, or the assets owned with the aim of being sold in the short term (within 12 months); (b)
current liabilities from non-current liabilities, where current liabilities are intended as the liabilities that should be paid during
the normal operating cycle, or over the 12-month period subsequent to the reporting date.
The consolidated statement of profit or loss has been prepared based on the function of the expenses.
The consolidated statement of cash flows has been prepared using the indirect method.
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro (the Group’s presentation currency) and all amounts are rounded to
the nearest thousands of Euro, unless otherwise stated. They also present comparative information in respect to the previous
period.
(d) Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro, which is the Natuzzi S.p.A’s functional currency. All amounts
have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated.
(e) Use of estimates and judgement
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates. Actual results may differ from
these estimates. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies.
This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and of items which are
susceptible to adjustment in the event actual results are materially different than the estimates. Detailed information about each
of these estimates and judgements is included in other notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each
affected line item in the consolidated financial statements.
The areas involving significant estimates or judgements are:
(a)
impairment of property, plant and equipment, note 8;
(b)
estimated goodwill impairment, note 9;
(c)
estimation of fair value of the investment in a joint venture recorded as such after loss of control, note 10;
(d)
impairment of trade receivables, note 4;
(e)
estimation of provision for warranty claims, note 21;
(f)
estimation of fair values of contingent liabilities, notes 21 and 40;
(g)
estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments, notes 27 and 28;
(h)
recognition of deferred tax asset, note 36.
F-9
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors, including
expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances.
4
Summary of significant accounting policies
This note provides a list of the significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial
statements. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented and in preparing the opening IFRS statement
of financial position as at January 1, 2017 for the purposes of the transition to IFRSs, unless otherwise indicated. The accounting
policies have been applied consistently by Group entities.
(a) Basis of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to
direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.
They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies
of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated statement of financial
position, consolidated statement of profit or loss, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity, respectively. Non-controlling interests are measured initially at their proportionate share of the fair value
acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the date of acquisition. Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a
loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.
(ii) Associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control or joint control. This is generally the
case where the Group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the
equity method of accounting (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost.
(iii) Joint arrangements
Under IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements” investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures.
The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint
arrangement.
(iv) Joint ventures
Interests in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost in the
consolidated statement of financial position. Natuzzi S.p.A. has only one joint venture as at December 31, 2018 (see Note 10).
(v) Equity method
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the
Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in
other comprehensive income of the investee. Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised
as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment.
When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any
other unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made
payments on behalf of the other entity.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the
Group’s interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an
impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity accounted investees have been changed where necessary to
ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
F-10
The carrying amount of equity-accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance with the policy described in note 4
(i).
(vi) Changes in ownership interests
The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity
owners of the Group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of the controlling
and non-controlling interests to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount of the
adjustment to non-controlling interests and any consideration paid or received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity
attributable to owners of Natuzzi S.p.A..
When the Group ceases to consolidate or equity account for an investment because of a loss of control or significant influence,
any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss.
This fair value becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an
associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in
respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This may mean
that amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.
If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate
share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.
(b) Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision
maker.
(c) Group Companies
(i) Foreign operations that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency
The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that
have a functional currency different from the presentation currency (Euro) are translated into the presentation currency as
follows: (a) assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of
that statement of financial position; (b) revenues and expenses for each statement of profit or loss and statement of
comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative
effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case revenues and expenses are translated at the dates of the
transactions); (c) and all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.
Since January 1, 2017, the Group’s date of transition to IFRSs, such differences have been recognised in the translation reserve
(see note 43.4 (a)).
When a foreign operation is sold, the associated exchange differences are reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the gain or loss
on sale.
(ii) Foreign operations that have a functional currency that is the presentation currency
Two foreign subsidiaries are considered to be an integral part of Natuzzi S.p.A. (the parent company) due to the primary and
secondary indicators reported in IAS 21 paragraph 9 and 10. Therefore, the functional currency for these foreign subsidiaries is
the functional currency of the Parent, namely the Euro. As a result, all monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured, at the end
of each reporting period, using Euro and the resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. For all non monetary assets and
liabilities, share capital, reserves and retained earnings historical exchange rates are used. The average exchange rates during the
year are used to translate non-Euro denominated revenues and expenses, except for those non-Euro denominated revenues and
expenses related to assets and liabilities which are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting exchange differences on
translation are recognised in profit or loss.
(d) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the
transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the
exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are
translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses are recognised in profit
or loss and presented within finance income and costs.
F-11
(e) Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost, which includes capitalised borrowing costs, less accumulated
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The cost of certain buildings as at January 1, 2018, the Group’s date of
transition to IFRS, was determined with reference to its deemed cost at that date (see note 43.4 (a)).
If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, then they are accounted for as
separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit or loss.
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will
flow to the Group.
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognised in profit or loss. Land is not depreciated.
The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows: (a) buildings 10-
50 years; (b) plant and equipment, 4–10 years; (c) fixtures and fittings, 5–10 years (see note 8).
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
(f) Leases
At inception of an arrangement, the Group determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease.
At inception or on reassessment of an arrangement that contains a lease, the Group separates payments and other consideration
required by the arrangement into those for the lease and those for other elements on the basis of their relative fair values. If the
Group concludes for a finance lease that it is impracticable to separate the payments reliably, then an asset and a liability are
recognised at an amount equal to the fair value of the underlying asset; subsequently, the liability is reduced as payments are
made and an imputed finance cost on the liability is recognised using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.
Leases of property, plant and equipment that transfer to the Group substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are
classified as finance leases. The leased assets are measured initially at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the
present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are accounted for in accordance with
the accounting policy applicable to that asset.
Assets held under other leases are classified as operating leases and are not recognised in the Group’s statement of financial
position.
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease
incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.
Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the
outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
(g) Business combinations
(i) Acquisitions on or after January 1, 2017
The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group (see
4(a)(i)). The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets
acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment (see 4 (i)). Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in
profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.
The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are
generally recognised in profit or loss.
Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. If an obligation to pay contingent consideration
that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for
within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent
changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.
F-12
(ii) Acquisitions prior to January 1, 2017
As part of its transition to IFRS, the Group elected to restate only those business combinations that occurred on or after
January 1, 2017. In respect of acquisitions prior to January 1, 2017, goodwill represents the amount recognised under the
Group’s previous accounting framework, Italian GAAP. Such goodwill has been tested for impairment at the transition date
January 1, 2017.
(h)
Intangible assets and goodwill
Expenditure on research activities is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Development expenditure is capitalised only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically
and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to
complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial
recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment
losses.
Other intangible assets, including software, trademarks and patents, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives
are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of
acquisitions prior to January 1, 2017, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents the amount recorded
under previous GAAP (see note 43.4 (b)).
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible
asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised
in profit or loss as incurred.
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values using the straight-line
method over their estimated useful lives, and is recognised in profit or loss. Goodwill is not amortised.
The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows: software 3-5 years, trademarks and patents 3–5
years, others 2–5 years.
Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
(i)
Impairment of non-financial assets
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its non-financial assets (other than inventories and deferred
tax assets) to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable
amount is estimated. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment.
For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing
use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or Cash Generating Units (hereinafter also CGUs). Goodwill
arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of
the combination.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is
based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.
An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill
allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that
the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or
amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
(j)
Interests in equity-accounted investees
The Group’s interests in equity accounted investees comprise interests in associates and a joint venture. Associates are those
entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A
joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the
arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.
F-13
Interests in associates and the joint venture are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost,
which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s
share of the profit or loss and OCI of equity accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control
ceases.
(k)
Inventories
Raw materials are stated at the lower of cost (determined under the specific cost method for leather hides and under the
weighted-average method for other raw materials) and net realizable value. Goods in process and finished goods are valued at
the lower of production cost and net realizable value. Production cost includes direct production costs and production overhead
costs. The production overhead costs are allocated to inventory based on the manufacturing facility’s normal capacity.
The provision for slow moving and obsolete raw materials and finished goods is based on the estimated realizable value net of
the costs of disposal.
(l)
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest method, less allowance.
In particular, trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of
business. They are generally due for settlement within 90 days and therefore are all classified as current. Trade receivables are
recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional unless they contain significant financing components,
when they are recognised at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash
flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s
impairment policies and the calculation of the loss allowance are provided in note n(i).
The Group derecognises trade receivables when the contractual rights to the cash flows from such financial asset expire, or it
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of
ownership of such financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks
and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of such financial asset.
(m) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand,
deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in
value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within bank overdrafts and short-term borrowings in current liabilities in
the statement of financial position.
Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at their nominal amount as it substantially coincides with the fair value.
Cash and cash equivalents are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 and the identified impairment loss is
immaterial.
(n)
Impairment of financial assets
The Group has the following types of financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model: (a) trade receivables for
sales of goods and services; (b) other receivables carried at amortised cost.
(i) Trade receivables
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss
allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared
credit risk characteristics and the days past due. In particular, the Group adopted the practical expedient to use a provision
matrix that it is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward looking factors specific to the debtors and the
economic environment.
The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before December 31, 2018 or
January 1, 2018, respectively, and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss
rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the
customers to settle the receivables.
F-14
Trade receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable
expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the Group, and a
failure to make contractual payments for a period of greater than 120 days past due.
Impairment losses on trade receivables are presented as net impairment losses within operating profit. Subsequent recoveries of
amounts previously written off are credited against the same line item.
(ii) Previous accounting policy for impairment of trade receivables
As at December 31 2017 and January 1, 2017, under the previous accounting policy Italian GAAP (see note 5) the impairment
of trade receivables was assessed based on the incurred loss model. The Group estimated the losses using consistent methods
that took into consideration, in particular, insurance coverage in place, the creditworthiness of its customers, historical trends
and general economic conditions.
Individual receivables which were known to be uncollectible were written off by reducing the carrying amount directly. The
other receivables were assessed collectively to determine whether there was objective evidence that an impairment had been
incurred but not yet been identified. For these receivables, the estimated impairment losses were recognised in a separate
provision for impairment. The Group considered that there was evidence of impairment if any of the following indicators were
present: (a) significant financial difficulties of the debtor; (b) probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial
reorganisation; and (c) default or late payments.
Receivables for which an impairment provision was recognised were written off against the provision when there was no
expectation of recovering additional cash.
(iii) Other receivables at amortised cost
Other receivables at amortised cost are considered to have low credit risk, and the loss allowance recognised during the period
was therefore limited to 12 months expected losses. Management consider to be “low credit risk” the other receivables that have
a low risk of default and the counterparty has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.
(o) Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are
unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 90 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented
as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their
fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The Group derecognises trade and
other payables when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expired.
(p) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at
amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit
or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are
recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In
this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of
the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the
facility to which it relates.
Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged,
cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or
transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is
recognised in profit or loss as finance income or finance costs.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for
at least 12 months after the reporting period.
Further, general and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a
qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or
sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale.
Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is
deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.
Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.
F-15
(q) Employees’ leaving entitlement
The Group provides its Italian employees with benefits on the termination of their employment. The benefits fall under the
definition of defined benefit plans whose existence and amount is certain but whose date is not. The liability is calculated as the
present value of the obligation at the reporting date, in compliance with applicable regulations and adjusted to take into account
actuarial gains/losses. The amount of the obligation is calculated annually based on the “projected unit credit” method. Actuarial
gains and losses are recorded in full during the relevant period. Actuarial gains/(losses) are stated under “Other comprehensive
income” in accordance with IAS 19.
(r) Provisions
Provisions for legal and tax claims, service warranties and one time termination benefits for certain employees are recognised
when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for
future operating losses.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by
considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to
any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present
obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to
the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.
(s) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivatives financial instruments are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9, except for hedging activities that are treated in
accordance with IAS 39 (see note 5).
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured
to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether
the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain
derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets (trade receivables) and highly
probable forecast transactions (sales orders) (cash flow hedges).
At inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments and
hedged items including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash
flows of hedged items (trade receivables and/or sales orders). The Group documents its risk management objective and strategy
for undertaking its hedge transactions.
The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the
hedged item is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged
item is less than 12 months.
(i) Cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised
in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in
profit or loss, within other gains/(losses).
When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Group generally designates only the change in fair value of
the forward contract related to the spot component as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of
the change in the spot component of the forward contracts are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The
change in the forward element of the contract that relates to the hedged item (“aligned forward element”) is recognised within
OCI in the costs of hedging reserve within equity. In some cases, the Group may designate the full change in fair value of the
forward contract (including forward points) as the hedging instrument. In such cases, the gains or losses relating to the effective
portion of the change in fair value of the entire forward contract are recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity.
Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss.
F-16
When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting,
any cumulative deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast
transaction occurs, resulting in the recognition of a non-financial asset such as inventory. When the forecast transaction is no
longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately
reclassified to profit or loss.
(ii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that
does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss and are included in net exchange rate gains
(losses). The fair value of derivative instruments is disclosed in note 28.
(iii) Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting – Policy applicable before January 1, 2018
The policy applied in the comparative information presented as at December 31, 2017 and January 1, 2017 is in accordance with
the previous Italian GAAP. For additional details refers to note 5.
(t) Revenues from contracts with customers
The Group has adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, effective for reporting periods starting from
January 1, 2018, using the full retrospective approach, without any of the practical expedients indicated by IFRS 15 C5. See
note 43 for additional details.
(i) Sale of upholstered furniture and home furnishings accessories – wholesale
The Group sells a wide range of upholstered furniture (upholstered sofas and beds) and home furnishing accessories (for
instance coffee tables, lamps, rugs, wall units) in the wholesale market (Natuzzi branded products and private label products).
The upholstered sofas (leather and fabric sofas) are manufactured in the plants located in Italy, Romania, China and Brazil.
Sales are recognised when control of the products has transferred, being when the products are delivered to the wholesaler, the
wholesaler has full discretion over the channel and price to sell the products, and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could
affect the wholesaler’s acceptance of the products. Delivery occurs when the products have been shipped to the specific
location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the wholesaler, and either the wholesaler has accepted the
products in accordance with the sales contract, the acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the Group has objective evidence that
all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.
The goods are often sold with retrospective volume discounts based on aggregate sales over a 12 months period. Revenue from
these sales is recognised based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated volume discounts. Accumulated
historical experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts, using the expected value method, and revenue is only
recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. A refund liability (included in other
payables) is recognised for expected volume discounts payable to customers in relation to sales made until the end of the
reporting period. No element of financing is deemed present as the sales are made with a credit term of 60-90 days, which is
consistent with market practice. The Group’s obligation to repair or replace faulty products under the standard assurance
warranty terms is recognised as a provision, see note 21.
A receivable is recognised when the goods are delivered as this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional
because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due.
It is the Group’s policy not to sell its products to the wholesaler with a right of return.
(ii) Sale of upholstered furniture and home furnishings accessories - retail
The Group operates a chain of retail stores (Natuzzi Italia stores, Natuzzi Edition stores and Divani & Divani by Natuzzi stores)
selling a wide range of upholstered furniture (upholstered sofas and beds) and home furnishing accessories (for instance coffee
tables, lamps, rugs, wall units). The upholstered sofas (leather and fabric sofas) are manufactured in the plants located in Italy,
Romania, China and Brazil.
Revenue from the sale of the goods is recognised when the products are delivered and have been accepted by the customer in
store or at its premise.
Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the customer purchases the furniture. The Group’s obligation to repair
or replace faulty products under the standard assurance warranty terms is recognised as a provision (see note 21).
It is the Group’s policy not to sell its products to the end customer with a right of return.
F-17
(iii) Sale of polyurethane foam and leather by-products – wholesale
The Group sells polyurethane foam, because the facility’s production is in excess of the Group’s needs, and leather by-products
in the wholesale market. Such sales are recognised when control of the products has transferred, being when the products are
delivered to the wholesaler, the wholesaler has full discretion over the channel and price to sell the products, and there is no
unfulfilled obligation that could affect the wholesaler’s acceptance of the products. Delivery occurs when the products have
been shipped to the specific location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the wholesaler, and either the
wholesaler has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, the acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the Group
has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.
Revenue from these sales is recognised based on the price specified in the contract. No element of financing is deemed present
as the sales are made with a credit term of 60-90 days, which is consistent with market practice. The Group’s obligation to repair
or replace faulty products under the standard assurance warranty terms is recognised as a provision (see note 21).
A receivable is recognised when the goods are delivered as this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional
because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due.
It is the Group’s policy not to sell these products to the wholesaler with a right of return.
(iv) Sale of Natuzzi Display System and related slotting fees
The Group sells the Natuzzi Display System (NDS) to retailers, used to set up their stores. Revenue from such sales is
recognised over time based on the length of the distribution contract signed with the retailer. Revenue is accounted based on the
price specified in the contract. No element of financing is deemed present as the sales are made with a credit term of 60-90 days,
which is consistent with market practice. The deferred revenue for the sales of Natuzzi Display System is included under
contract liability.
The Group recognize to retailers slotting fees as contributions to prepare the retailer’s system to accept and sell the Group’s
products. Slotting fees are recognised over time based on the length of the contract signed with the retailers and are treated as a
reduction of revenue. Deferred slotting fees are included under other assets.
(v) Service type warranty
Customers who purchase the Group’s upholstered furniture may require a service type warranty. The Group allocates a portion
of the consideration received to the service type warranty. This allocation is based on the relative stand-alone selling price. The
amount allocated to the service type warranty is deferred, and is recognised as revenue over time based on the validity period of
such warranty. The deferred revenue is included in contract liabilities.
(vi) Financing components
The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or services to the
customer and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction
prices for the time value of money.
(u) Cost of sales, selling expenses and administrative expenses
Cost of sales consist of the following expenses: the change in opening and closing inventories, purchases of raw materials, labor
costs (included one time termination benefit accruals), third party manufacturing costs, depreciation expense of property, plant
and equipment used in the production of finished goods, impairment of property, plant and equipment, energy and water
expenses (for instance light and power expenses), expenses for maintenance and repairs of production facilities, distribution
network costs (including inbound freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other logistic costs involved in
the production cycle), rentals and security costs for production facilities, small-tools replacement costs, insurance costs and
other minor expenses.
Selling expenses consist of the following expenses: shipping and handling costs incurred for transporting finished products to
customers, advertising costs, labor costs for sales personnel, rental expense for stores, commissions to sales representatives and
related costs, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment used in the selling activities, amortization of intangible
assets that, based on their usage, are allocated to selling expenses, impairment of property, plant and equipment, sales catalogue
and related expenses, exhibition and trade-fair costs, advisory fees for sales and marketing of finished products, expenses for
maintenance and repair of stores and other trade buildings, insurance costs for trade receivables and other miscellaneous
expenses.
F-18
Administrative expenses consist of the following expenses: costs for administrative personnel, advisory fees for accounting and
information-technology services, traveling expenses for management and other personnel, depreciation expense related to
property, plant and equipment used in the administrative activities, amortization of intangible assets that, based on their usage,
are allocated to administrative expense, impairment of property, plant and equipment, postage and telephone costs, stationery
and other office supplies costs, expenses for maintenance and repair of administrative facilities, statutory auditors and external
auditors fees and other miscellaneous expenses. As noted above, the costs of the Group’s distributions network, which include
inbound freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other logistic costs involved in the production cycle, are
classified under the “cost of sales” line item.
(v) Shipping and handling costs
Shipping and handling costs incurred to transport products to customers are expensed in the periods incurred and are included in
selling expenses. Under IFRS 15 shipping and handling costs related to activities before the customer obtains control of the
finished goods, are accounted as fulfillment costs under the caption “other assets” of the consolidated statement of financial
position. Such costs are recognised in profit or loss consistent with the pattern of transfer of the finished goods. Shipping and
handling expenses recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, were 40,765 and 40,952, respectively (see note
32).
(w) Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed in the periods incurred and are included in selling expenses. Advertising expenses recorded for
the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were 12,687 and 15,407, respectively (see note 32).
(x) Commission expense
Commissions payable to sales representatives and the related expenses are recorded at the time revenue from sale of products
are recognised and are included in selling expenses. Commissions are not paid until payment for the related sale’s invoice is
remitted to the Group by the customer. Under IFRS 15 sale commissions are considered costs of obtaining a contract. Therefore,
the Group has elected to apply the practical expedient under which such costs are expensed as the amortisation period is less
than one year.
(y) Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value when it is a virtually certain reasonable assurance that the grant
will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred and
recognised in the profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.
Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are included in non-current liabilities as deferred
income and are credited to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assets. The amortisation of
the grant is treated as reduction of cost of sales (see note 30).
(z) Finance income and finance costs
The Group’s finance income and finance costs include: interest income, interest expense, dividend income; the net gain or loss
on derivative financial instruments; the foreign currency gain or loss on financial assets and financial liabilities; the gain on the
remeasurement to fair value of interest in an associate and a joint venture as a consequence of the lost of control; hedge
ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss.
Interest income or expense is recognised using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised in profit or loss on
the date on which the Group’s right to receive payment is established.
The “effective interest rate” is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected
life of the financial instrument to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset or the amortised cost of the financial liability.
In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when
the asset is not credit-impaired) or to the amortised cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit-
impaired subsequent to initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised
cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest income reverts to the gross
basis.
F-19
(aa) Income tax
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a
business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.
The Group has determined that interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax treatments, do not meet the
definition of income taxes, and therefore accounted for them under IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
Assets”.
(i) Current tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to
the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate of
the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any. It is measured using tax
rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
(ii) Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for: (a) temporary differences on
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit or loss; (b) temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements
(mainly unremitted earnings and withholding taxes) to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of
the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and (c) taxable temporary
differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Future taxable profits are
determined based on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is
insufficient to recognise a deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary
differences, are considered, based on the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be
realised; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and recognised to the extent that it has become probable
that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax
rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects,
at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities
and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where
the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the
liability simultaneously.
(ab) Operating profit
Operating profit is the result generated from the continuing principal revenue-producing activities of the Group as well as other
income and expenses related to operating activities. Operating profit excludes net finance costs, share of profit of equity-
accounted investees and income taxes.
(ac) Fair value measurement
“Fair value” is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date in the principal or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group
has access at that date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both financial and non-
financial assets and liabilities.
When one is available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that
instrument. A market is regarded as “active” if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and
volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
F-20
If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant
observable inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors
that market participants would take into account in pricing a transaction.
If an asset or a liability measured at fair value has a bid price and an ask price, then the Group measures assets and long
positions at a bid price and liabilities and short positions at an ask price.
The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price – i.e. the fair
value of the consideration given or received. If the Group determines that the fair value on initial recognition differs from the
transaction price and the fair value is evidenced neither by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability
nor based on a valuation technique for which any unobservable inputs are judged to be insignificant in relation to the
measurement, then the financial instrument is initially measured at fair value, adjusted to defer the difference between the fair
value on initial recognition and the transaction price. Subsequently, that difference is recognised in profit or loss on an
appropriate basis over the life of the instrument but no later than when the valuation is wholly supported by observable market
data or the transaction is closed out.
(ad) Earnings per share
(i) Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of
servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial
year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares.
(ii) Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after
income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, and the weighted
average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential
ordinary shares.
(ae) Standards issued but not yet effective
A number of new standards are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2019 and earlier application is permitted;
however, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements.
Of those standards that are not yet effective, IFRS 16 is expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated
financial statements in the period of initial application.
(A) IFRS 16 “Leases”
The Group is required to adopt IFRS 16 “Leases” from January 1, 2019. The Group has assessed the estimated impact that
initial application of IFRS 16 will have on its consolidated financial statements, as described below. The Group has completed
the implementation process as at the date of these consolidated financial statements, except for the finalisation of the testing and
assessment of controls over its new IT systems.
IFRS 16 introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees. A lessee recognises a right-of-use asset
representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. There
are recognition exemptions for short-term leases and leases of low-value items. Lessor accounting remains similar to the current
standard – i.e. lessors continue to classify leases as finance or operating leases.
IFRS 16 replaces existing leases guidance, including IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains
a Lease”, SIC-15 “Operating Leases – Incentives” and SIC-27 “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal
Form of a Lease”.
F-21
(i) Leases in which the Group is a lessee
The Group will recognise new assets and liabilities for its operating leases that mainly comprise factory facilities and stores. The
nature of expenses related to those leases will now change because the Group will recognise a depreciation charge for right-of-
use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities.
Previously, the Group recognised operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, and recognised
assets and liabilities only to the extent that there was a timing difference between actual lease payments and the expense
recognised.
In addition, the Group will no longer recognise provisions for operating leases that it assesses to be onerous. Instead, the Group
will include the payments due under the lease in its lease liability.
No significant impact is expected for the Group’s finance leases.
Based on the information currently available, after considering the exemptions mentioned above, the Group has non-cancellable
operating lease commitments of approximately 80,000 as of January 1, 2019. Of these commitments, the Group expects to
recognize right-of-use assets (after adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments recognised as at December 31,
2018) and related lease liabilities of approximately 62,000.
The Group expects no significant impact from the application of the new standard on net profit and cash flows from operating
activities, nor on its ability to comply with loan covenants.
(ii) Leases in which the Group is a lessor
No significant impact is expected for leases in which the Group is a lessor.
(iii) Transition
The Group plans to apply IFRS 16 initially on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Therefore, the
cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at
January 1, 2019, with no restatement of comparative information.
The Group plans to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the definition of a lease on transition. This means that it will
apply IFRS 16 to all contracts entered into before January 1, 2019 and identified as leases in accordance with IAS 17 and IFRIC
4.
In addition, the Group will elect to use the exemptions proposed by the standard for which the lease term ends within 12 months
as of the date of initial application, and lease contracts for which the underlying asset is of low value. The Group has leases of
certain office equipment (e.g., personal computers, printing and photocopying machines) and company cars that are considered
of low value.
(B) Other standards
The Company is evaluating the provisions of the following standards, but it does not expect adoption to have a significant
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements:
•
•
•
•
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Tax Treatments;
Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19);
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015–2017 Cycle – various standards;
Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards.
Whereas, the Company is still evaluating the provisions of the following standards, but it does not expect the adoption will be
applicable to the Company:
•
•
•
Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9);
Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments to IAS 28);
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts.
F-22
5
Changes in significant accounting policies
IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” sets out requirements for recognising and measuring financial assets, financial liabilities and
some contracts to buy or sell non-financial items. This standard replaces IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement”.
The Group has applied this new standard from January 1, 2018 (date of initial application), but has elected not to restate
comparative information, which continues to be reported under previous Italian GAAP (see note 43.2 (iii)(b)), and not to apply
the new requirements for hedging accounting. Therefore, the cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 9 has been recognised as an
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018.
As a result of the adoption of IFRS 9, the Group has adopted consequential amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial
Statements”, which require impairment of financial assets to be presented in a separate line item in the statement of profit or loss
and OCI. Previously, the Group’s approach was to include the impairment of trade receivables in selling expenses.
Consequently, the Group reclassified impairment losses amounting to 1,475, recognised under previous Italian GAAP, from
“selling expenses” to “impairment loss on trade receivables” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended
December 31, 2017.
Further, as a result of the adoption of IFRS 9, the Group has recognised additional impairment on the Group’s trade receivables
of 37, which resulted in a decrease for the same amount in trade receivables and retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 (tax
effect has been considered and it is nil).
Additionally, the Group has adopted consequential amendments to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” that are applied
to disclosures about 2018 but have not been generally applied to comparative information.
(i) Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities
IFRS 9 contains three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value to other
comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value to profit and loss (FVTPL). The classification of financial assets under IFRS 9 is
generally based on the business model in which a financial asset is managed and its contractual cash flow characteristics. IFRS 9
eliminates the previous IAS 39 categories of held to maturity, loans and receivables and available for sale. Under IFRS 9,
derivatives embedded in contracts where the host is a financial asset in the scope of the standard are never separated. Instead,
the hybrid financial instrument as a whole is assessed for classification. IFRS 9 largely retains the existing requirements in IAS
39 for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities.
The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a significant effect on the Group’s accounting policies related to financial liabilities and
derivative financial instruments.
For an explanation of how the Group classifies and measures financial instruments and accounts for related gains and losses
under IFRS 9, see notes 4 (l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p) and 4(s).
The following table shows the original measurement categories under previous Italian GAAP and the new measurement
categories under IFRS 9 for each class of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at January 1, 2018.
Original
classification
under previsious
GAAP
New
classification
under
IFRS 9
Original
carrying
amount under
previous GAAP
New
carrying
amount under
IFRS 9
Financial assets
Other non-current receivables .................... Amortised cost
Trade receivables ........................................ Amortised cost
Other current receivables ............................ Amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents .......................... Amortised cost
Gains on derivative financial instruments .. FVTPL
Total financial assets
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
FVTPL
1,402
37,549
12,910
55,035
339
1,402
37,512
12,910
55,035
339
107,235
107,198
F-23
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings ................................................ Amortised cost
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ................ Amortised cost
Trade payables............................................................ Amortised cost
Other payables ............................................................ Amortised cost
Losses on derivative financial instruments ................. FVTPL
Total financial liabilities
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
FVTPL
25,717
25,967
76,035
27,587
267
25,717
25,967
76,035
27,587
267
155,573
155,573
As shown in the above table, the only effect of adopting IFRS 9 is on the carrying amount of trade receivables as at January 1,
2018, due solely to the new impairment requirements.
(ii) Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9 replaces the “incurred loss” model in IAS 39 with an “expected credit loss” (ECL) model. The new impairment model
applies to financial assets measured at amortised cost, contract assets and debt investments at FVOCI, but not to investments in
equity instruments. Under IFRS 9, credit losses are recognised earlier than under IAS 39 (see note 4(n)). For assets in the scope
of the IFRS 9 impairment model, impairment losses are generally expected to increase and become more volatile.
The Group has determined that the application of IFRS 9’s impairment requirements as at January 1, 2018 results in an
additional accrual of 37 for impairment of the trade receivables. Therefore, the allowance for impairment of trade receivables
has changed from 10,775 to 10,812 as at January 1, 2018.
(iii) Hedge accounting
At the date of initial application, all of the Group’s existing forward exchange contracts were not eligible to be treated as
hedging relationships, since hedge effectiveness is not constantly monitored (see note 27). This approach is consistent with
previous Italian GAAP. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are therefore recognised in profit or loss.
6
Operating segment
The Group operates in two operating segments, “Natuzzi brand” and “Softaly/Private label”. The Natuzzi brand segment
includes net sales from the “Natuzzi Italia”, “Natuzzi Re-vive” and “Natuzzi Editions” product lines. Segment disclosure is
rendered by aggregating the operating segments into one reporting segment, that is the design, manufacture and marketing of
contemporary traditional leather and fabric upholstered furniture. It offers a wide range of upholstered furniture for sale,
manufactured in production facilities located in Italy and abroad (Romania, Brazil and China).
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision
maker.
Reference should be made to note 29 “Revenue” for details on revenue streams and disaggregation of revenue from contracts
with customer by types of finished goods, geographical markets, geographical location of customers, distribution channels,
brands and timing of revenue recognisation.
7
Business combinations
(i) Business combinations occurred in 2018
No business combinations have occurred in 2018.
F-24
(ii) Business combinations occurred in 2017
In January 2017 Natmex S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V. acquired 100% of a business composed by the three “Natuzzi” stores and twelve
“Natuzzi” point of sales, located in Mexico, for a cash consideration of 4,123. This business was operating as a Natuzzi
franchisee. At the date of the acquisition, the franchise agreements between Natuzzi and the original business were terminated.
The primary reason for this acquisition was the opportunity to maintain the market presence in Mexico. The main factor that
contributed to the determination of the purchase price was the presence of the stores and point of sales in key locations. The
acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, in accordance with IFRS 3, and it resulted in the
recognition of goodwill of Euro 2,041, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at date of
acquisition.
Inventory................................................................................
Other assets ............................................................................
Total identifiable net assets acquired
Goodwill arising on acquisition .............................................
Consideration transferred
1,895
187
2,082
2,041
4,123
The goodwill is attributable mainly to the presence of the stores and points of sale in key locations. The results of this business
acquisition have been included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss from the date of the acquisition.
8
Property, plant and equipment
Changes in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation for the years ended
December 31, 2018 and 2017 are analysed as follows:
Land
and
industrial
buildings
Machinery
and
equipment
Office
furniture
and
equipment
Retail
gallery
and store
furnishing
Leasehold
improvements
Constr.
in
progress
Total
373,834
6,457
(4,816)
(6,242)
369,233
7,160
(29,903)
130
336
—
(32)
(32)
272
660
—
(20)
912
346,620
Cost as at January 1, 2017
Additions ..........................................
Disposals ..........................................
Effect of translation adj. ...................
174,134
682
(1,595)
(3,948)
Cost as at December 31, 2017
Additions ..........................................
Disposals ..........................................
Effect of translation adj. ...................
169,273
646
(27)
153
131,759
2,327
(732)
(1,114)
132,240
2,320
(7,905)
(301)
Cost as at December 31, 2018
170,045
126,354
15,519
377
(233)
(251)
15,412
365
(725)
27
15,079
33,490
430
(251)
(1,083)
32,586
881
(20,329)
356
13,494
18,596
2,641
(1,973)
186
19,450
2,288
(917)
(85)
20,736
F-25
Accumulated depreciation as at
January 1, 2017
Depreciation .................................
Disposals ......................................
Effect of traslation adj. .................
Accumulated depreciation as at
December 31, 2017
Depreciation .................................
Disposals ......................................
Effect of traslation adj. .................
Accumulated depreciation as at
December 31, 2018
Net book value as at January 1,
2017
Net book value as at
December 31, 2017
Net book value as at
December 31, 2018
Annual rate of depreciation for
2018 and 2017
(80,416)
(3,570)
348
1,750
(111,659)
(4,090)
234
1,030
(14,731)
(478)
573
384
(33,032)
(1,619)
1,556
1,274
(12,291)
(1,104)
1,362
436
—
—
—
—
(252,129)
(10,861)
4,073
4,874
(81,888)
(114,485)
(14,252)
(31,821)
(11,597)
—
(254,043)
(4,018)
23
(100)
(3,381)
7,588
484
(204)
369
4
(140)
20,060
(357)
(2,411)
501
91
—
—
—
(10,154)
28,541
122
(85,983)
(109,794)
(14,083)
(12,258)
(13,416)
—
(235,534)
93,718
20,100
788
87,385
17,755
1,160
458
765
6,305
336
121,705
7,853
272
115,190
84,062
16,560
996
1,236
7,320
912
111,086
0%-10%
10%-25%
10%-20%
25%-35%
10%-20%
—
The following table shows property, plant and equipment by country:
Italy ..........................................................................................
Romania ...................................................................................
United States of America .........................................................
Brazil ........................................................................................
China ........................................................................................
Europe ......................................................................................
Other countries .........................................................................
Total .........................................................................................
31/12/18
61,271
23,406
17,830
4,552
2,562
1,463
2
31/12/17
64,117
24,157
16,440
5,009
4,908
555
4
111,086
115,190
As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment not in use is of 16,011 and 14,914,
respectively. The increase against last year is due to one additional Italian plant which was idled during 2018. The Company
plans to sell such assets in the next years.
In 2018 and 2017, the Company performed an impairment test in accordance with its accounting policy over those property,
plant and equipment for which events and changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount of certain assets or CGU
may not be recoverable.
For property, plant and equipment in use, the Company determined the recoverable amount as value in use using the discounted
cash flow method, at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are independent of other cash flows, and compared it
with the carrying value. Cash flow projections have been derived from the budget approved by the Board of Directors .
Forecasts have been developed taking into consideration the track records of actual results reported by the Company.
For property, plant and equipment not in use, the fair value less costs to sell was estimated through independent third-party
appraisals, which assessed the fair value of land using the comparable market method and assessed the fair value of machinery
and equipment using the depreciated replacement cost method, adjusted for an obsolescence rate and a marketability rate.
As a result of the 2018 and 2017 impairment review of the Company’s property, plant and equipment, no impairment losses
have emerged.
F-26
9
Intangibles assets and goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets, goodwill, and accumulated amortization for the years ended December 31,
2018 and 2017 are analysed as follows:
Cost as at January 1, 2017
Additions .......................................................................................
Disposals .......................................................................................
Effect of traslation adj. ..................................................................
Cost as at December 31, 2017
Additions .......................................................................................
Disposals .......................................................................................
Effect of traslation adj. ..................................................................
Cost as at December 31, 2018
Accumulated amortization as at January 1, 2017
Amortisation ..................................................................................
Disposals .......................................................................................
Effect of traslation adj. ..................................................................
Accumulated amortization as at December 31, 2017
Amortisation ..................................................................................
Disposals .......................................................................................
Effect of traslation adj. ..................................................................
Accumulated amortization as at December 31, 2018
Net book value as at January 1, 2017
Net book value as at December 31, 2017
Net book value as at December 31, 2018
Trademarks
patents and
other
Software
Goodwill
Total
13,715
—
(8)
189
13,896
169
(3)
(41)
14,021
(13,150)
(563)
8
126
(13,579)
(158)
1
27
(13,709)
565
317
312
27,687
1,239
—
—
28,926
711
(42)
22
29,617
(26,246)
(1,006)
—
—
(27,252)
(752)
42
(22)
(27,984)
1,441
1,674
1,633
1,921
2,041
—
(116)
3,846
—
—
101
3,947
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,921
3,846
3,947
43,323
3,280
(8)
73
46,668
880
(45)
82
47,585
(39,396)
(1,569)
8
126
(40,831)
(910)
43
4
(41,693)
3,927
5,837
5,892
Goodwill in the amount of 2,026 is related to the 2017 acquisition of a Natuzzi Mexico franchisee by the subsidiary Natmex
S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V., as previously commented, and additionally in the amount of 1,921 is related to the 2016 acquisition of four
“Divani&Divani by Natuzzi” stores, located in the North East of Italy. The latter acquisition was performed with a related party
at arm’s length conditions.
Impairment tests have been performed on goodwill in 2018 and 2017. No impairment loss has been recorded as a result of the
tests performed.
The key inputs and assumptions that were used in performing the 2018 and 2017 impairment tests for goodwill are as follows:
December, 2018
CGU
Italy – retail stores
Mexico – retail stores
Total goodwill
December, 2017
CGU
Italy – retail stores
Mexico – retail stores
Total goodwill
Net book value
after impairment test
Growth
rate
WACC
Sales CAGR
2019-2022
1,921
2,026
3,947
0.5%
0.5%
11%
18%
6%
8.5%
Net book value
after impairment test
Growth
rate
WACC
Sales CAGR
2018-2022
1,921
1,925
3,846
0.5%
0.5%
10%
17%
5%
8.5%
Further, the cash flows included specific estimates for five years and a terminal growth rate thereafter. The estimated
recoverable amount of each CGU significantly exceeded its carrying amount.
F-27
10 Equity method investees
Changes in the carrying amount of equity method investees for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are analysed as
follows:
Balance as at January 1, 2017
Share of profit/(loss) for the year ........................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017
Acquisition of non-controlling interests..............................................................
Elimination of intercompany profit .....................................................................
Share of profit/(loss) for the year ........................................................................
Share of other comprehensive income ................................................................
Effect of translation adjustments .........................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2018
Natuzzi
Trading
Shanghai
Nars
Miami
LLC
Selena
S.r.l.
Other
Total
—
—
—
48,024
(7,350)
(295)
(246)
—
40,133
63
(18)
45
—
—
39
—
3
—
34
— —
—
34
— —
— —
—
(34)
— —
— —
97
(18)
79
48,024
7,350
(290)
(246)
3
87
— —
40,220
As at December 31, 2018 equity method investees mainly include: (a) the 49% remaining stake in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai for
40,133; (b) the 49% interest in Salena S.r.l., whose carrying value was totally impaired in 2014 in consideration of some legal
disputes among shareholders; (c) the 49% of Nars Miami LLCC for 87.
All such investments are accounted for using the equity method.
(i) Disclosures on Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., Joint Venture of Natuzzi S.p.A.
On March 22, 2018, the Company signed a Joint Venture Agreement and a Share Purchase Agreement with Kuka Group
(Kuka), a leading distributor of upholstered furniture in China. Such agreements, which aim to expand the Company’s retail
network on the Chinese market, provide for an investment by Kuka in the Group of 65,000, of which: (a) a 35,000 capital
injection into the subsidiary Natuzzi Trading (Shanghai) CO. Ltd. (Natuzzi Trading Shanghai), increasing the share capital of
the latter, in exchange for a 27.46% interest; and (b) 30,000 for the purchase of an additional 23.54% interest in the subsidiary,
Natuzzi Trading Shanghai, which is owned by Natuzzi.
Such agreements were finally completed on July 27, 2018, after obtaining the necessary authorizations and approvals. Following
such agreements, the Company and Kuka own, respectively, a 49% and a 51% interest in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai.
Both the Joint Venture Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement incorporated some conditions precedent, including:
(a) the stipulation of a license contract between Natuzzi and Kuka for the use of the exclusive and permanent rights to Natuzzi
trademarks, for a total consideration of 15,000; (b) the stipulation of the distribution contracts between Natuzzi and Kuka, in
accordance with which Natuzzi Trading Shanghai is to exclusively distribute Natuzzi Italia and Natuzzi Editions branded
products, to be purchased mainly by Natuzzi Group, through a network of directly-operated single-brand stores and franchises in
China, as well as through online stores. Such contract was signed on March 22, 2018 and became effective on July 27, 2018.
Following the transaction, Natuzzi lost control over its former subsidiary Natuzzi Trading Shanghai, reducing its shareholding to
49%. At the date of loss of control, July 27, 2018, based on IFRS 10 paragraph 25 and paragraph B98 of the Application
Guidance, the Company has:
•
•
•
•
•
derecognised assets and liabilities of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai at their carrying amounts (net assets amounted to 2,613) at
the date of loss of control;
recognised the fair value of the consideration received from Kuka of 30,000 for the transfer of a 23.54% interest in
Natuzzi Trading Shanghai;
recognised the 49% retained interest in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai at its fair value, amounting to 48,024, at the date of the
loss of control;
reclassified to profit or loss all the amounts recognised in other comprehensive income of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai;
recognised the resulting difference as a gain in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, in the amount of 75,411.
The fair value of the retained interest in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai, amounting to 48,024, has been estimated by applying a
discounted earnings technique, and is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market (level 3). The fair value
estimate is based on an assumed discount rate of 14.25% and a terminal value, calculated assuming a nil growth rate.
F-28
The cash consideration paid by Kuka Group, amounting to 65,000, for the acquisition of the 51% stake in Natuzzi Trading
Shanghai reflects the strategic factors associated with applicable synergies in relation to market, products and distribution for
such counterparty. Since those factors were deemed to be specific to the counterparty, the Company has determined appropriate
to estimate the fair value of the retained investment in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai upon the results of a third-party independent
appraisal. The fair value was estimated in the amount of 48,024 and has appropriately taken into consideration the sensitivity
factors included in the appraisal.
The fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai as at the date control was lost are the
following:
Assets
Property, plant and equipment ...........................................
Intangible assets .................................................................
Other non-current assets ....................................................
Deferred tax assets .............................................................
Inventories .........................................................................
Trade receivables ...............................................................
Other current receivables ...................................................
Restricted cash for capital contribution .............................
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................
541
9,397
271
167
851
243
388
35,000
4,886
Total assets (a) ...................................................................
51,744
Liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities .......................................................
Trade payables ...................................................................
Other payables ...................................................................
Liabilities for current income tax ......................................
Total liabilities (b) .............................................................
Total identifiable net assets at fair value c (a-b)
49% interest measured at fair value (c x 49%) ..................
Goodwill arising on the transaction ...................................
Fair value of the retained 49% interest
2,349
992
3,710
31
7,082
44,662
21,884
26,140
48,024
Details of the net cash flows deriving from the transaction are as follows:
Cash received for the disposal of the 23.54% interest .
Chinese withholding tax ..............................................
Cash and cash equivalents of Natuzzi Trading
Shanghai .................................................................
Net cash flows as per cash flows statement .................
30,000
(2,958)
(4,886)
22,156
Until the date control was lost, Natuzzi Trading Shanghai contributed 13,500 of revenue and 1,603 to profit before tax of the
Group.
As at December 31, 2018, the investment retained by Natuzzi in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai was therefore accounted for using
the equity method.
F-29
The following table shows the reconciliation of the fair value of the retained interest in Trading Shanghai at the date of loss of
control with the carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 included in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Fair value at the date of loss of control .....................................
Elimination of intercompany profit from licensing Natuzzi
trademarks ............................................................................
Group’s share of profit for the year ...........................................
Elimination of amortisation of Natuzzi trademark ....................
Elimination of intercompany profit on inventories ...................
Amortisation of intangibles assets .............................................
Reversal of deferred tax liabilities.............................................
Group’s share of loss for the year, net of equity method
adjustments ...........................................................................
Group’s share of other comprehensive income .........................
Carrying amount as at December 31, 2018 ...............................
311
153
(597)
(216)
54
(295)
48,024
(7,350)
(295)
(246)
40,133
The elimination of the intercompany profit from licencing Natuzzi trademarks’ refers to the stipulation of a license contract
between the Company and Natuzzi Trading Shanghai for the use of the exclusive and perpetual rights to Natuzzi trademarks for
a cash consideration of 15,000. The Company concluded that such revenue from licensing its trademarks to Natuzzi Trading
Shanghai has to be recognised over time as the transaction satisfies all the criteria in IFRS 15 B58 (“license with the right to
access”) and to the extent of the unrelated investor’s (i.e., KUKA’s) interest in Natuzzi Trading Shanghai. Therefore, the
Company while applying the equity method has eliminated the 49% intercompany profit arising from this transaction, in the
amount of 7,350.
Further, the Company has recorded the deferred revenue of 7,650 under contract liabilities (see note 20) and such amount will
be recognised in profit or loss over the useful life of the licensed trademarks.
Summarized financial information of the Joint Venture Natuzzi Trading Shanghai, based on its IFRS financial statements, and
reconciliation with the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements are set out below.
Summarized statement of financial position of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai as at December 31, 2018
Current assets ...........................................................................
Non-current assets ...................................................................
Current liabilities .....................................................................
Non-current liabilities ..............................................................
Equity .....................................................................................
Group’s share in equity – 49% .............................................
Intangible assets .......................................................................
Goodwill ..................................................................................
Elimination of intercompany profit from licensing Natuzzi
trademarks ...........................................................................
Elimination of intercompany profit on inventories ..................
Deferred tax liabilities .............................................................
42,288
15,785
(20,328)
—
37,745
18,495
4,389
26,140
(7,197)
(597)
(1,097)
Group’s carrying amount of the investment .......................
40,133
As at December 31, 2018 cash and cash equivalents and non current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and
provisions) amount to 32,845 and 360, respectively.
F-30
Summarized statement of profit or loss of Natuzzi Trading Shanghai for the period July 27, 2018 – December 31, 2018
Revenue .................................................................................
Cost of sale ............................................................................
Other income and expenses, net ............................................
Selling expenses ....................................................................
Administrative expenses ........................................................
Net finance income ................................................................
Profit before tax .....................................................................
Income tax expense ...............................................................
Profit for the period .............................................................
Other comprehensive loss ......................................................
Total comprehensive profit for the period.........................
Group’s share of profit for the period – 49%
Elimination of amortisation of Natuzzi trademarks ........
Elimination of intercompany profit on inventories .........
Amortisation of intangible assets ....................................
Deferred tax liabilities ....................................................
Group’s share of loss for the period, net of equity
method adj.
Group’s share of other comprehensive loss for the
period .........................................................................
Group’s share of total comprehensive loss for the
period
13,836
(8,197)
919
(5,141)
(632)
350
1,135
(500)
635
(503)
132
311
153
(597)
(216)
54
(295)
(246)
(541)
For the 5 months period ended as at December 31, 2018 depreciation and amortisation, interest income, interest expense and
income tax expense amount to 427, 356, 13 and 500, respectively.
11 Other non-current receivables
Other non-current receivables consist of the following:
Security deposits for lease contracts ..............................................
Receivable from extraordinary disposal ........................................
Other ..............................................................................................
31/12/18
3,984
549
—
Total ...............................................................................................
4,533
31/12/17
641
761
—
1,402
01/01/17
852
986
299
2,137
The receivable from extraordinary disposal is the long-term portion of receivables derived from the sale of the security and
doorkeeping services branch to a third-party which occurred in 2014.
F-31
12 Other assets (non-current and current)
Other assets are analysed as follows:
Advances to suppliers ...................................................................
Deferred costs for Natuzzi Display System ..................................
Deferred costs for slotting fees .....................................................
Delivery and commission costs for sales derecognised ................
Deferred costs for Service-Type Warranty ...................................
Prepaid expenses and accrued income ..........................................
31/12/18
3,471
2,617
1,922
1,839
452
1,165
Total other assets ..........................................................................
Less current portion ......................................................................
11,466
(8,107)
Non-current portion ......................................................................
3,359
31/12/17
3,369
2,031
1,399
1,730
519
1,035
10,083
(7,232)
2,851
01/01/17
6,132
1,229
204
2,230
330
1,441
11,566
(10,243)
1,323
“Advances to suppliers” represent advance payments for raw materials, services and general expenses.
“Deferred costs for Natuzzi Display System” refers to the deferred costs incurred by the Company to purchase store fittings,
which are then sold to retailers and used to set up their stores (“Natuzzi Display System” – NDS). Such costs are recognised
over the life of the distribution contract signed with the retailer (usually five years).
“Deferred costs for slotting fees” refers to contributions made by the Company to retailers to prepare the retailer’s system to
accept and sell the Group’s products. Such fees are recognised over the life of the contract signed with the retailers (usually five
years).
“Delivery and commission costs for sales derecognised” are related to the deferral of shipping and handling costs and
commission expenses for finished goods that had not been delivered as at year-end.
“Deferred costs for Service-Type Warranty” refers to the deferral of costs incurred by the Company for the sale of a service-type
warranty to end customers, considering that this insurance is provided by a third-party. Such costs are recognised over the life of
the contractual insurance period, which is five years.
“Prepaid expenses and accrued income” primarily include advance rent payments on factory buildings.
13
Inventories
Inventories are analysed as follows:
Leather and other raw materials .....................................................
Goods in process ............................................................................
Finished products ...........................................................................
31/12/18
34,735
6,648
42,844
Total ...............................................................................................
84,227
31/12/17
45,105
6,387
39,585
91,077
01/01/17
45,151
6,383
39,480
91,014
The following table summarises the changes to the provision for slow moving and obsolete raw materials and finished products
included in inventories for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Balance as at January 1, 2017 ................................................
Additions ...............................................................................
Reductions .............................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 ..........................................
Additions ...............................................................................
Reductions .............................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2018 ..........................................
9,172
212
(920)
8,464
1,564
(687)
9,341
F-32
There are no pledged inventories that could be limited in their availability.
14 Trade receivables
Trade receivables are analysed as follows:
Domestic customers ......................................................................
European Customers .....................................................................
Chinese customers ........................................................................
North American customers ...........................................................
Other foreign customers................................................................
31/12/18
20,247
7,815
7,233
3,573
11,726
Total trade receivables ..................................................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..................................................
50,594
(9,627)
Total trade receivables ..................................................................
40,967
31/12/17
22,399
9,232
618
4,374
11,701
48,324
(10,775)
37,549
01/01/17
22,332
12,652
374
2,562
11,762
49,682
(9,544)
40,138
Trade receivables are due primarily from major retailers who sell directly to end customers.
Trade receivables due from related parties amount to 9,333 as at December 31, 2018 (1,407 as at December 31, 2017 and 1,589
as at January 1, 2017). Transactions with related parties were conducted at arm’s length (see note 41).
As at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each year of the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, the Company had
customers who exceeded 5% of trade receivables as follows:
Trade receivables
2018
2017
No. of customers
2
3
% of trade receivables
21%
18%
In 2018 and 2017 no customer has exceeded 5% of revenue.
The Company insures the collections risk related to a significant portion of its trade receivables with a third party insurer. The
Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the insurance in place, the credit worthiness of its customers,
historical trends, as well as general economic conditions.
The following table provides the movements in the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Balance, beginning of year ...................................................
Effect of the adoption of IFRS 9 (see note 5) .......................
Charges – bad debt expense .................................................
Reductions – write off of uncollectible amounts ..................
Balance, end of year .............................................................
31/12/18
10,775
37
745
(1,930)
9,627
31/12/17
9,544
—
1,475
(244)
10,775
Trade receivables denominated in foreign currencies as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 totaled 26,490, 16,991
and 18,145, respectively. These receivables consist of the following:
Chinese Yuan .................................................................................
Brasilian Reais ...............................................................................
British pounds ................................................................................
U.S. dollars ....................................................................................
Canadian dollars ............................................................................
Other currencies .............................................................................
31/12/18
7,233
5,893
2,823
2,183
2,124
6,234
Balance, end of year ......................................................................
26,490
31/12/17
618
4,620
3,215
3,736
2,232
2,570
16,991
01/01/17
374
4,461
5,298
5,694
466
1,852
18,145
F-33
15 Other current receivables
Other current receivables are analysed as follows:
VAT ...............................................................................................
Receivable from National Institute for Social Security .................
Other ..............................................................................................
31/12/18
4,217
1,533
3,757
Total ...............................................................................................
9,507
31/12/17
4,987
1,048
6,875
12,910
01/01/17
2,876
8,701
6,660
18,237
The “VAT” receivables include value added taxes and related interest reimbursable to the various companies of the Group.
While currently due as of the balance sheet date, the collection of the VAT receivable may extend over a maximum period of up
to two years.
The “receivable from National Institute for Social Security” represents the amount anticipated by the Company on behalf the
governmental institute related to salaries for those employees subject to temporary work force reduction.
The “Other” caption primarily includes certain receivables related to green incentives for photovoltaic investment.
16 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are analysed as follows:
Cash on hand .................................................................................
Bank accounts ................................................................................
31/12/18
439
61,692
Total ...............................................................................................
62,131
31/12/17
219
54,816
55,035
The following table shows the Group’s cash and cash equivalents broken-down by country/region:
Europe ............................................................................................
China ..............................................................................................
North America ...............................................................................
South America ...............................................................................
Others.............................................................................................
31/12/18
40,479
18,290
2,857
318
187
Total ...............................................................................................
62,131
31/12/17
30,984
20,724
2,703
551
73
55,035
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:
01/01/17
100
64,881
64,981
01/01/17
21,635
40,174
2,608
374
190
64,981
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position ..
Bank overdrafts repayable on demand ...........................................
31/12/18
62,131
(1,762)
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows .............
60,369
31/12/17
55,035
—
55,035
01/01/17
64,981
(4,416)
60,565
Bank overdrafts repayable on demand form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
F-34
17
Share Capital and reserves
As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 the equity attributable to owners of the Company is analysed as follows:
Share capital .............................................................................
Reserves ....................................................................................
Retained earnings ......................................................................
31/12/18
54,853
17,198
64,496
Total ..........................................................................................
136,547
31/12/17
54,853
16,398
31,244
102,495
01/01/17
54,853
24,065
61,636
140,554
As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s share capital, which is totally authorized and issued, is composed of
54,853,045 ordinary shares with par value of Euro 1 each, for a total of 54,853.
Ordinary shareholders have the right to receive dividends, as approved by shareholders’ meetings, and to express one vote per
each share owned.
Share capital is owned, as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, as follows:
Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi .....................................................................
Mrs. Anna Maria Natuzzi ..............................................................
Mrs. Annunziata Natuzzi ...............................................................
Other investors ...............................................................................
56.5%
2.6%
2.5%
38.4%
56.5%
2.6%
2.5%
38.4%
56.5%
2.6%
2.5%
38.4%
Total ...............................................................................................
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
An analysis of “Reserves” is as follows:
Legal reserve ..................................................................................
Majority shareholder capital contribution ......................................
Foreign operations translation reserve ...........................................
Remeasurement of defined benefit plan.........................................
31/12/18
10,971
488
5,282
457
Total ...............................................................................................
17,198
31/12/17
10,971
488
5,055
(116)
16,398
01/01/17
10,971
488
12,606
—
24,065
The “Legal reserve” is connected to the requirements of the Italian law, which provide that 5% of net income of the parent
company is retained as a legal reserve, until such reserve is 20% of the issued share capital of each respective company. The
legal reserve may be utilized to offset losses; any portion which exceeds 20% of the issued share capital is distributable as
dividends. The legal reserve totaled 10,971 as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
The “Majority shareholder capital contribution” is one of the parent company’s reserves, which is restricted for capital grants
received.
The “Foreign operations translation reserve” relates to the translation of foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements for those
subsidiaries which have assessed their functional currency being different from Euro.
The “remeasurement of defined benefit plan” refers to the calculation of the present value of the employees’ leaving entitlement
at each reporting date, in compliance with applicable regulations and adjusted to take into account actuarial gains or losses. In
particular, such actuarial gains or losses are reported in OCI (see note 4 (q)).
F-35
The disaggregation of changes of OCI by each type of reserve in equity is shown in the tables below.
Year ended December 31, 2018
Foreign operations
translation reserve
Remeasurement of
defined benefit plan
Total
Exchange difference on translation of foreign
operations ...........................................................
Share of OCI of equity-method investees ...............
Actuarial gains on employees’ leaving entitlement
Total ........................................................................
497
(246)
—
251
—
—
573
573
497
(246)
573
824
Year ended December 31, 2017
Foreign operations
translation reserve
Remeasurement of
defined benefit plan
Total
Exchange difference on translation of foreign
operations .......................................................
Actuarial gains on employees’ leaving
entitlement .....................................................
Total ....................................................................
(7,778)
—
(7,778)
—
(7,778)
(116)
(116)
(116)
(7,894)
18 Long-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 consist of the following:
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
0.74% long-term debt payable in annual installments with final
payment due April 2018
6-months Euribor (360) plus a 2.5% spread long-term debt with
final payment due August 2019
6-months Euribor (360) plus a 3.9% spread long-term debt with
final payment due August 2019
3-months Euribor (360) plus a 4% spread long-term debt with
final payment due August 2019
6-months Euribor (360) plus a 2.9% spread long-term debt with
final payment due December 2020
3-months Euribor (360) plus a 3,5% spread long-term debt with
final payment due March 2022
—
6,631
893
2,500
83
520
7,533
2,186
3,500
123
1,625
2,063
3-months Euribor (360) plus a 2.2% spread long-term debt with
final payment due February 2022
3-months Euribor (360) plus a 1.9% spread long-term debt with
final payment due November 2022
2.3% long-term debt with final payment due June 2025 ..............
628
1,583
7,000
Total long-term debt .....................................................................
Less current installments ..............................................................
20,943
(10,582)
Long-term borrowings, excluding current installments ................
10,361
824
1,968
7,000
25,717
(4,840)
20,877
1,035
8,838
3,426
4,500
162
—
—
—
—
17,961
(11,632)
6,329
A loan of nominal 10,000 was incurred in 2015 by the Romanian subsidiary. The loan was payable on a monthly basis starting
from August 2015 and ending in August 2017. In August 2017, the subsidiary negotiated a rescheduling of the loan’s repayment
with the bank. In particular, the loan, remaining at year-end in the amount of 6,631 is due by August 2019, and the new
amortization schedule provides for 11 monthly installments of 225 and a lump sum repayment of 5,050, due on maturity. The
loan is guaranteed by a mortgage on the Romanian plant for an amount of 16,628, and is subject to the following covenants:
•
•
Cash receipts >= 60% turnover
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) >= 4.5%
F-36
•
•
Net debt/EBITDA <= 3
Debt Service Cover Ratio >= 1.35
In August 2014, the Company incurred long-term debt for a 5,000 nominal amount with installments payable on a monthly basis
and with final payments due August 2019. This loan, of which 893 remains at year-end, is collateralized by a mortgage on the
plants located in Matera, for an amount of 10,000.
In 2015 the Company incurred long-term debt for nominal amount of 5,000 with installments payable on a monthly basis and
with final payments due August 2019. This long-term floating-rate debt, of which 2,500 remains at year-end, is collateralised by
a mortgage on some Italian buildings for an amount of 10,000 and provides variable installments depending on the 3-months
Euribor (360) plus a 4% spread. This loan is subject to financial covenants, which were measured at year-end as follows:
•
•
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) >= 3,000
Net Financial Position / Net Equity <= 0.25
In 2015, one of the Italian subsidiaries incurred long-term debt for a 200 nominal amount with installments payable on a
monthly basis and with final payments due December 2020. The interest rate is based on the 6-month Euribor (360) plus a 2.9%
spread. This loan, of which 83 remains at year-end, is guaranteed by a mortgage on some Italian plants for a total amount of
300.
In January 2017, the Company incurred long-term debt for a 2,500 nominal amount with installments payable on a quarterly
basis and with final payments due March 2022. This long-term floating-rate debt, of which 1,625 remains at year-end, provides
variable installments depending on the 3-months Euribor (360) plus a 3.5% spread, and is assisted by a third party warranty by
750.
In 2017, one of the Italian subsidiaries incurred long-term debt for a 1,000 nominal amount, with installments payable on a
monthly basis and with final payments due February 2022. This long-term floating-rate debt, of which 628 remains at year-end,
provides variable installments depending on the 3-months Euribor (360) plus a 2.2% spread.
In November 2017 the Company incurred long-term debt for a 2,000 nominal amount with installments payable on a quarterly
basis and with final payments due November 2022. This long-term floating-rate debt, of which 1,583 remains at year-end,
provides variable installments depending on the 3-months Euribor (360) plus a 1.9% spread.
In July 2017 the Company incurred long-term fixed rate debt for a 7,000 nominal amount with installments payable on a
monthly basis and with final payments due June 2025. This loan, of which 7,000 remains at year-end, is assisted by a mortgage
on the plants located in Matera, for an amount of 14,000.
During 2018 and 2017, the Company made all installment payments related to the aforementioned long-term borrowings.
As at December 31, 2018 long-term borrowings denominated in foreign currency amounted to 6,631 and pertained entirely to
the Romanian subsidiary.
Interest expense related to long-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 636 and 738,
respectively. Interest due is paid with the related installment (quarterly, semi-annual or annual).
19 Employees’ leaving entitlement
Changes to employees’ leaving entitlement occurring during 2018 and 2017 are analysed as follows:
Balance as at January 1, 2017 .........................................
Current service cost ........................................................
Interest expense ..............................................................
Benefits paid ...................................................................
Actuarial losses ...............................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 ...................................
Current service cost ........................................................
Interest expense ..............................................................
Benefits paid ...................................................................
Actuarial gains ................................................................
19,426
119
247
(1,080)
108
18,820
148
235
(1,449)
(573)
Balance as at December 31, 2018 ...................................
17,181
F-37
The employees’ leaving entitlement refers to a defined benefit plan provided for by the Italian legislation due and payable upon
termination of employment, assuming immediate separation (see note 4 (q)).
The principal assumptions used in determining the present value of such defined benefit obligation (“DBO”) related to the
employee benefit obligation are reported as follows:
Annual discount rate ................
Annual future salary increase
rate ......................................
Annual inflation rate ................
Annual DBO increase rate .......
Mortality ..................................
Inability ....................................
Retirement ...............................
Annual frequency of turnover ..
Annual frequency of DBO
advances ..............................
31/12/18
1.57%
0.00%
1.50%
2.625%
31/12/17
1.30%
0.00%
1.50%
2.625%
01/01/17
1.31%
0.00%
1.50%
2.625%
RG48 mortality tables published by the General State Accounting
National Institute for Social Security tables, by age and sex
100% upon achievement of AGO requisites
4.00%
2.00%
4.00%
2.00%
4.00%
2.00%
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions impacting the DBO as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is reported
as follows:
+1% on turnover rate ............................................................
-1% on turnover rate .............................................................
+0.25% on annual inflation rate ...........................................
-0.25% on annual inflation rate ............................................
+0.25% on annual discount rate ...........................................
-0.25% on annual discount rate ............................................
31/12/18
(68)
75
259
(256)
(402)
417
31/12/17
(118)
132
298
(292)
(461)
479
The sensitivity analysis above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit
obligation as a result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period. The sensitivity
analysis is based on a change in a significant assumption, keeping all other assumptions constant. Such analysis may not be
representative of an actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that changes in assumptions would occur in
isolation from one another.
The following are the expected payments or contributions to the defined benefit plan in future years:
Within 1 year ........................................................................
Between 2 and 5 years ..........................................................
31/12/18
1,065
4,181
31/12/17
1,199
4,441
The average duration of the defined benefit plan as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is 10.63 years and 11.19 years, respectively.
20 Contract liabilities (non-current and current)
Contract liabilities as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 consisted of the following:
Advance payments from customers ...............................................
Deferred income from licencing of Natuzzi trademarks ................
Deferred revenue for Natuzzi Display System ..............................
Deferred revenue for Service-Type Warranty ...............................
31/12/18
10,312
7,491
3,399
897
Total contract liabilities .................................................................
Less non-current portion ................................................................
22,099
(9,934)
Current portion...............................................................................
12,165
31/12/17
11,937
—
2,636
960
15,533
(2,560)
12,973
01/01/17
10,096
—
1,594
609
12,299
(1,652)
10,647
F-38
“Advance payments from customers” are related to considerations received by the Group upon sale of the Group’s products, and
before their delivery to end customers.
“Deferred income from licensing Natuzzi trademarks” refers to the deferral of revenue deriving from Natuzzi Trademarks to the
former subsidiary Natuzzi Trading Shanghai, as part of the transaction with Kuka previously described in note 10. Such
revenue, in the amount of 7,491 (net of the elimination of intercompany profit on the transaction), has been deferred over the
useful life (20 years) of the licensed trademarks (see note 10).
“Deferred revenue for the Natuzzi Display System” refers to the deferral of revenue deriving from the sale of store fittings to
retailers, which are used to set up their stores (“Natuzzi Display System” – NDS). Such revenue is recognised over time based
on the length of the distribution contract signed with the retailer (usually five years).
“Deferred revenue for Service-Type Warranty” refers to the deferral of revenue deriving from the sale of a service-type
warranty to end customers, which is recognised over time based on the contractual length of the insurance period (five years).
The amount of revenue recognised for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 that was included in the opening contract
liabilities balance amounts to 12,973 and 10,647, respectively.
21 Provisions (non-current and current)
Provisions at December 31, 2018 and 2017 and January 1, 2017 consist of the following:
Provision for legal claims ..............................................................
Provision for tax claims .................................................................
Provision for warranties .................................................................
Termination indemnities for sales agents.......................................
Other provisions.............................................................................
31/12/18
10,926
1,098
4,476
1,141
1,337
Total provisions .............................................................................
Less current portion .......................................................................
18,978
(4,476)
Non-current portion .......................................................................
14,502
31/12/17
13,008
1,912
5,957
1,196
599
22,672
(5,957)
16,715
01/01/17
8,062
3,123
5,687
1,132
936
18,940
(5,687)
13,253
The provision for legal claims include the amounts accrued by the Company for the probable contingent liability related to legal
procedures initiated by several third parties as result of past events.
The provision for tax claims refers to the amounts accrued by the Company for the probable liability that will be paid to settle
some tax claims. As at December 31, 2018 such provision includes an amount related to income taxes for 439 (476 as at
December 31, 2017) and an amount related to other taxes for 659 (1,436 as at December 31, 2017).
The provision for warranties includes the estimated liabilities for the Group’s obligation to repair or replace faulty products
under the standard assurance warranty terms (see note 4(t)). The warranty claims for the finished product sold are estimated
based on past experience of the level of repairs, faulty products and disputes with customers. The Company expects that these
costs will be incurred mainly in the next financial year. Main assumptions used to calculate the provision for such assurance
type warranty are the warranty period for all products sold, current sales levels and current information available about repairs,
faulty products and dispute with customers.
The termination indemnities for sales agents refers to termination indemnities, provided for by Italian law, due to the Group’s
agents upon termination of their agreement with the Company or relevant subsidiary.
Changes in the above provisions for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 analysed as follows.
Provision
for legal
claims
Provision
for tax
claims
Provision
for
warranties
Termination
indmennities
for sales
agents
Other
Provisions
Balance as at January 1, 2017 .................................
Increase ......................................................................
Reductions .................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 ............................
Increase ......................................................................
Reductions .................................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2018 ............................
8,062
9,980
(5,034)
13,008
1,225
(3,307)
10,926
3,123
—
(1,211)
1,912
—
(814)
1,098
5,687
2,630
(2,360)
5,957
1,180
(2,661)
4,476
1,132
203
(139)
1,196
177
(232)
1,141
936
—
(337)
599
1,792
(1,054)
1,337
Total
18,940
12,813
(9,081)
22,672
4,374
(8,068)
18,978
F-39
As at December 31, 2018, the provision for legal claims refers for 9,287 (9,300 as at December 31, 2017) to the probable
contingent legal liability related to legal procedures initiated by 141 workers against the Company for the misapplication of the
social security procedure “CIGS—Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria”. According to the “CIGS” procedure, the
Company pays a reduced salary to the worker for a certain period of time based on formal agreements signed with the Trade
Unions and other Public Social parties. In particular, these 141 workers are claiming in the legal procedures that the Company
applied the “CIGS” during the period from 2004 to 2016 without foreseeing any time rotation. In May 2017, the Company
received from the Italian Supreme Court of Justice (“Corte di Cassazione”) an adverse verdict for the above litigation related
only to two workers. Based on this unfavorable verdict, the Company, with the support of its legal counsel, has assessed that the
liability for legal procedures initiated by all the 141 workers is 9,287.
22 Deferred income for capital grants
Capital grants are related to benefits the Group obtained in previous years from the Italian government connected to incentive
programs for under-industrialized regions in Southern Italy. They have been received for the purchase of certain items of
property, plant and equipment. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies attached to these grants. Deferred income
for such capital grants are credited to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assets.
Changes in the carrying amount of deferred income for capital grants for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are
analised as follows:
Balance as at January 1, 2017 ..............................................
Additions .............................................................................
Charges to profit or loss .......................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 ........................................
Additions .............................................................................
Charges to profit or loss .......................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2018 ........................................
14,760
79
(1,068)
13,771
292
(1,061)
13,002
23 Other liabilities
Other liabilities as at December 31, 2018 are analysed as follows:
Landlords’ contributions .............................................................
Total ............................................................................................
31/12/18
1,119
1,119
Other liabilities are represented by landlords’ contributions obtained by one of the Group’s subsidiaries for the maintenance of
leased buildings, which are credited to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the length of the lease contracts.
24 Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are analysed as follows:
Bank overdraft ...............................................................................
Borrowings secured over trade receivables ...................................
Borrowings unsecured ...................................................................
31/12/18
1,762
29,992
3,394
Total ...............................................................................................
35,148
31/12/17
—
23,791
2,176
25,967
01/01/17
4,416
17,311
2,700
24,427
F-40
The weighted average interest rates on the bank overdraft and short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2018,
2017 are as follows:
Bank overdraft ..............................................................................
Borrowings ...................................................................................
2018
4.35%
2.69%
2017
3.48%
3.28%
As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 credit facilities available to the Group amounted to 138,220, 147,720 and
117,773, respectively. The unused portion of these facilities, for which no commitment fees are due, amounted to 24,010,
33,103 and 34,451, as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
25 Trade payables
Trade payables as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 are analysed as follows:
Invoices received ...........................................................................
Invoices to be received ..................................................................
31/12/18
57,325
20,576
Total ...............................................................................................
77,901
31/12/17
63,165
12,870
76,035
01/01/17
61,282
9,175
70,457
Trade payables mainly represent amounts payable for purchases of goods and services in Italy and abroad, and include 27,443 as
at December 31, 2018 denominated in foreign currencies (21,197 as at December 31, 2017 and 22,151 as at January 1, 2017).
Trade payables include amounts due to related parties amounting to 1,004, 8 and nil, respectively as at December 31, 2018,
2017 and January 1, 2017 (see note 41).
26 Other payables
Other payables as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 are analysed as follows:
Salaries and wages .........................................................................
Social security contributions ..........................................................
Vacation accrual ............................................................................
Withholding taxes on payroll and on others ..................................
Other accounts payable ..................................................................
31/12/18
5,085
6,901
6,408
2,379
6,141
Total ...............................................................................................
26,914
31/12/17
3,864
5,826
6,036
2,557
9,304
27,587
01/01/17
10,989
4,081
4,350
2,747
7,240
29,407
27 Derivative financial instruments
A significant portion of the Group’s net sales and costs are denominated in currencies other than the euro, in particular the U.S.
dollar. The remaining costs of the Group are denominated principally in euros. Consequently, a significant portion of the
Group’s revenue is exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates between the euro and other currencies. The Group uses forward
exchange contracts (known in Italy as domestic currency swaps) to reduce its exposure to the risks of short-term declines in the
value of its foreign currency denominated revenue. The Group uses such derivative instruments to protect the value of its
foreign currency denominated revenue, and not for speculative or trading purposes. Despite being entered into such domestic
currency swaps with the intent to reduce the foreign currency exposure risk for trade receivables and expected sales, the Group’s
derivative financial instruments do not qualify for being accounted for as hedging instruments according to IAS 39 and, also, to
former applicable Italian GAAP. Therefore, the Company reflects the positive or negative changes in the fair value of those
derivatives through profit or loss in the captions “Net exchange rate gains (losses)”.
F-41
The table below summarizes in euro equivalent the contractual amounts of forward exchange contracts used to hedge principally
future cash flows from trade receivables and sale orders as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
U.S. dollars ....................................................................................
Euro ...............................................................................................
British pounds ................................................................................
Japanese yen ..................................................................................
Australian dollars ...........................................................................
Canadian dollars ............................................................................
Danish kroner.................................................................................
Swedish kroner ..............................................................................
31/12/18
14,528
11,407
10,612
2,318
2,129
1,300
1,086
265
Total ...............................................................................................
43,645
31/12/17
21,979
10,226
11,137
1,692
2,294
1,338
713
248
49,627
01/01/17
26,670
13,925
15,860
2,117
2,964
4,965
618
421
67,540
The following table presents information regarding the contract amount in euro equivalent amounts and the estimated fair value
of all of the Group’s forward exchange contracts. Contracts with net unrealized gains are presented as ‘assets’ and contracts with
net unrealized losses are presented as ‘liabilities’.
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Contract
amount
Unrealised
gains (losses)
Contract
amount
Unrealised
gains (losses)
Contract
amount
Unrealised
gains (losses)
Assets ........................................................................
Liabilities ..................................................................
27,459
16,186
Total ..........................................................................
43,645
218
(320)
31,089
18,538
(102)
49,627
339
(267)
25,698
41,842
72
67,540
223
(1,293)
(1,070)
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the exchange derivative instruments contracts had a net unrealized expense of 102 and a net
unrealized gain of 72, respectively. These amounts are recorded in net exchange rate gains (losses), in the consolidated
statements of profit or loss (see note 35).
28
Financial Instruments – Fair values and risk management
The effect of initially applying IFRS 9 on the Group’s financial instruments is described in note 5. Due to the transition method
chosen, comparative information has not been restated to reflect the new requirements.
A. Accounting classification
The following table shows the classification and carrying amounts of Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at
December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
Financial assets
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Financial assets at amortised cost
Other non-current receivables .................................................................
Trade receivables ....................................................................................
Other current receivables ........................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................................................
4,533
40,967
9,507
62,131
1,402
37,549
12,910
55,035
2,137
40,138
18,237
64,981
Total (a) ..................................................................................................
117,138
106,896
125,493
Financial assets at fair value
Forward exchange contracts ...................................................................
Total (b) ..................................................................................................
218
218
339
339
223
223
Total financial assets (a+b)...................................................................
117,356
107,235
125,716
F-42
Financial assets at amortised cost include trade receivables, other receivables and cash and cash equivalent. Financial assets at
fair value reflect the positive change in fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts that are not designated as hedge
relationships, but are, nevertheless, intended to reduce the level of foreign currency risk for future cash flows from accounts
receivables and sale orders.
Financial liabilities
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Long-term borrowings ............................................................................
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings .............................................
Trade payables ........................................................................................
Other payables ........................................................................................
20,943
35,148
77,901
26,914
25,717
25,967
76,035
27,587
17,961
24,427
70,457
29,407
Total (a) ..................................................................................................
160,906
155,306
142,252
Financial liabilities at fair value
Forward exchange contracts .....................................................
Total (b) ....................................................................................
320
320
267
267
1,293
1,293
Total financial liabilities (a+b) ...............................................
161,226
155,573
143,545
For the details on “Long-term borrowings” and “Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings”, reference should be made to note
18 and 24.
Financial liabilities reflect the negative change in fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts that are not designated as
hedge relationships, but are, nevertheless, intended to reduce the level of foreign currency risk for expected future cash flows
from trade receivables and sale orders.
B. Fair value and measurement of fair values
Management has assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables,
bank overdraft and short-term borrowings approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these
instruments.
The following table shows the carrying amount and fair value of Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at
December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, other than those with carrying amount that are reasonable approximation of fair
value.
Financial assets
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Carrying
amount
Fair
value
Carrying
amount
Fair
value
Carrying
amount
Fair
value
Forward exchange contracts..........................................................
218
218
339
339
223
223
Financial liabilities
Floating-rate borrowings ...............................................................
Fixed rate borrowings ...................................................................
13,943
7,000
13,943
7,000
18,197 18,197
7.520
7,520
16,926
1,035
16,926
1,035
Total long-term borrowings ..........................................................
20,943
20,943
25,717 25,717
17,961
17,961
Forward exchange contracts..........................................................
320
320
267
267
1,293
1,293
As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, the fair value measurement hierarchy of the forward exchange contracts
and long-term borrowings is “significant observable inputs” (level 2).
There were no transfers between level 1 (quoted prices in active markets) and level 2 during 2018 and 2017. There were no level
3 (significant unobservable inputs) fair values estimated as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
The following methods and assumptions are used to estimate the fair values.
Foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using valuation techniques, which employ the use of market observable inputs.
The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing using present value calculations. The models
incorporate various inputs, including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, yield curves
F-43
of the respective currencies, currency basis spreads between the respective currencies, interest rate curves and forward rate
curves of the underlying commodity.
The fair values of the Group’s interest-bearing borrowings are determined using the discounted cash flow method. The discount
rate used reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period. The own non-performance risk as at
December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017 was determined to be insignificant.
C. Financial risk management
The main financial risks which the Group is exposed to are reported in the following.
The Group’s principal financial liabilities, other than derivatives, comprise of long-term borrowings, bank overdraft and short-
term borrowings, trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Group’s operations.
The Group’s principal financial assets include trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents that derive directly from
operations. The Group also enters into derivative transactions, namely forward exchange contracts, to protect the value of its
foreign currency denominated revenue, not for speculative or trading purposes.
(i) Risk management framework
The Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. The management of these risks is performed on the basis of
guidelines set by the Group’s senior management. The main purpose of these guidelines is to balance the Group’s liabilities and
assets, in order to ensure an adequate capital viability. The main financial sources of the Group are represented by a mix of
equity and financial liabilities, including long-term borrowings used to finance investments, bank overdrafts, short-term
borrowings and a non-recourse factoring agreement used to finance the Group’s working capital.
(ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading
to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily trade receivables).
The Group’s customers are mainly represented by small and large distributors, small retailers and end customers. Customer
credit risk is managed on the basis of the Group’s established policies, procedures and controls relating to customer credit risk
management. Credit quality of a customer is assessed based on an extensive credit rating scorecard and individual credit limits
are defined in accordance with this assessment.
Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored to prevent losses. The Company insures the collections risk related to
a significant portion of trade receivables (about 80%), with a third party insurer and, in case of insolvency, the insurance
company has to refund 85% of uncollected outstanding balances. The insolvency risk was assessed by the insurance company as
remote.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is, therefore, estimated by the Company based on the insurance in place, the credit
worthiness of its customers, historical trends, as well as general economic conditions.
An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date, starting from year-end 2018, using a provision matrix to measure
expected credit losses. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar
loss patterns (i.e., by customer type and rating, and coverage by credit insurance). The calculation reflects the probability-
weighted outcome based on reasonable and supportable information available at the reporting date about past events, current
conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial assets disclosed in this
note.
The Group evaluates the concentration of risk with respect to trade receivables as low, as its customers are located in several
jurisdictions and industries and operate in largely independent markets (see note 14).
In addition, in July 2015 the Company signed a non-recourse factoring agreement with a major Italian bank. Under this
agreement, the Company assigns certain customer receivables to the bank in exchange for short-term credit, for a maximum
amount of 35,000, extended to 55,000 in June 2016.
Given the considerations above, the credit risk is full for non-insured trade receivables, in the limit of 15% for insured
receivables and nil for receivables included in the non-recourse factoring agreement.
F-44
Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s trade receivables using a provision matrix as at
December 31, 2018 and January 1, 2018, further to the adoption of IFRS 9.
December 31, 2018
Trade receivables
<30 days
30-60 days
61-90 days
> 91 days
Total
Days past due
Outstanding trade receivables ......................................................
Trade receivables subject to specific valuation ............................
Total gross carrying amount ........................................................
Default rate ..................................................................................
Expected credit loss .....................................................................
9,288
1,323
88
669
11,368
39,226
50,594
0.10%
9
0,99%
13
2.90%
3
5.80%
39
64
January 1, 2018
Trade receivables
<30 days
30-60 days
61-90 days
> 91 days
Total
Days past due
Outstanding trade receivables ......................................................
Trade receivables subject to specific valuation ............................
Total gross carrying amount ........................................................
Default rate ..................................................................................
Expected credit loss .....................................................................
11,661
651
254
173
12,739
35,585
48,324
0.11%
13
1.04%
7
2.99%
8
5.33%
9
37
Up to December 31, 2017, before the adoption of IFRS 9, the impairment of trade receivables was assessed based on the
incurred loss model. Individual receivables which were known to be uncollectible were written off by reducing the carrying
amount directly. The other receivables were assessed collectively to determine whether there was objective evidence that an
impairment had been incurred but not yet been identified. For these receivables, the estimated impairment losses were
recognised in a separate provision for impairment. The Group considered that there was evidence of impairment if any of the
following indicators were present: (a) significant financial difficulties of the debtor; (b) probability that the debtor entered
bankruptcy or financial reorganization; and (c) default or late payments.
(iii) Liquidity risk
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts,
short-term borrowings, long-term borrowings and a non-recourse factoring agreement of export-related financial receivables. In
particular, the latter agreement provides for a maximum amount of receivables to sell (on a revolving basis and with a non-
recourse clause) of 55,000 performing receivables.
F-45
The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments
as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
December 31, 2018
Less than
2 months
2 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
More than
5 years
Total
Long-term borrowings ..............................................................
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ...............................
Trade and other payables ..........................................................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ...............................
860
35,148
26,914
320
9,722
—
77,901
—
3,177
—
—
—
5,381
—
—
—
1,803
—
—
—
20,943
35,148
104,815
320
Total financial liabilities ...........................................................
63,242
87,623
3,177
5,381
1,803
161,226
December 31, 2017
Less than
2 months
2 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
More than
5 years
Total
Long-term borrowings ..............................................................
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ...............................
Trade and other payables ..........................................................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ...............................
314
25,967
27,587
267
4,526
—
76,035
—
10,576
—
—
—
7,455
—
—
—
2,846
—
—
—
25,717
25,967
103,622
267
Total financial liabilities ...........................................................
54,135
80,561
10,576
7,455
2,846
155,573
January 1, 2017
Less than
2 months
2 to 12
months
1 to 2
years
2 to 5
years
More than
5 years
Long-term borrowings ..............................................................
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ...............................
Trade and other payables ..........................................................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ...............................
659
24,427
29,407
1,293
10,973
—
70,457
—
2,853
—
—
—
3,476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
17,961
24,427
99,864
1,293
Total financial liabilities ...........................................................
55,786
81,430
2,853
3,476
—
143,545
In addition, the following is to be considered.
•
•
•
•
•
•
As at December 31, 2018, the Group had unused credit lines of 24,010 (33,103 and 34,451 as at December 31, 2017 and
January 1 2017, respectively), see note 24.
The Group holds cash at foreign subsidiaries, that can be withdrawn by the Company subject to the approval of a dividend
distribution. Some of these dividends are subject to withholding taxes.
The Company can use the credit facilities of its subsidiaries adhering to the cash pooling contract in place. From time to
time, the Company evaluates the adequacy of such credit facilities, requesting additional facilities as needed.
The Company can apply for long-term borrowings to sustain long-term investments.
In 2015, the Company signed a non-recourse factoring agreement that provides for the sale of performing receivables up
to an amount of 55,000.
There are no significant liquidity risk concentrations, both on financial assets and on financial liabilities.
(iv) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in
market prices. Market risk, mainly, depends on the trend of the demand for furniture and other finished products, the trend in
raw materials and energy prices, the fluctuation of interest rates and foreign currencies.
The market demand risk is managed by way of a constant monitoring of markets, performed by the commercial division of the
Group, and a product diversification in the different brands.
In order to manage the raw materials and energy price risk, the Group constantly monitors procurement policies and attempts to
diversify suppliers while respecting the quality standards expected by the market.
F-46
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in
market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-
term borrowings obligations with floating interest rates. The Group manages its interest rate risk by having a portfolio of fixed
and variable rate borrowings. As at December 31, 2018, approximately 33% of the Group’s borrowings were at a fixed rate of
interest (2017: 29%). No derivative financial instruments were entered into by the Group to manage the cash flow risk on
floating interest-rate borrowings.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and
borrowings affected. With all other variables held constant, the Group’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on
floating rate borrowings as follows:
2018
2018
2017
2017
Increase/decrease
in basis points
Effect on profit
before tax
+ 45
- 45
- 45
- 45
(71)
71
(90)
78
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in
foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s
operating activities (when revenue or expense is denominated in a foreign currency) and the Group’s net investments in foreign
subsidiaries. In particular, the Group purchases raw materials and goods in U.S. Dollars, and sells a significant amount of
finished products in Euro. As a consequence, the Group is exposed to a foreign currency risk, which is managed by forward
exchange contracts.
When a derivative is entered into for the purpose of being a hedge, the Group negotiates the terms of the derivative to match the
terms of the hedged exposure. For hedges of forecast transactions, the derivative covers the period of exposure from the point
the cash flows of the transactions are forecasted up to the point of settlement of the resulting receivable that is denominated in
the foreign currency.
The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates, with all other
variables held constant.
2018
2018
2017
2017
Change in
foreign exchange rates
Effect on profit
before tax
+5%
-5%
+5%
-5%
2,776
(3,183)
3,023
(3,449)
As at December 31, 2018 the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities denominated in foreign currency (Group’s
exposure to currency risk) are as follows: trade receivables 26,490 (16,991 as at December 31, 2017), cash and cash equivalents
23,822 (26,711 as at December 31, 2017), gains on derivative financial instruments 143 (339 as at December 31, 2017), long-
term borrowings 6,631 (7,533 as at December 31, 2017), short-term borrowings 7,184 (6,770 as at December 31, 2017), trade
payables 27,443 (21,197 as at December 31, 2017), losses on derivative financial instruments 320 (142 as at December 31,
2017).
F-47
(v) Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
The following tables show the changes in liabilities arising from financing activities for the two years ended as at December 31,
2018.
December 31, 2018
Jan 1, 2018
Cash flows
Changes in
fair value
Dec 31, 2018
Long-term borrowings ...........................................................
Bank overdraft and short term borrowings ............................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ............................
Total liabilities from financing activities...............................
25,717
25,967
267
51,951
(4,774)
9,181
—
4,407
—
—
53
53
20,943
35,148
320
56,411
December 31, 2017
Jan 1, 2017
Cash flows
Changes in
fair value
Dec 31, 2017
Long-term borrowings ...........................................................
Bank overdraft and short term borrowings ............................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ............................
Total liabilities from financing activities...............................
17,961
24,427
1,293
43,681
7,756
1,540
—
9,296
—
—
(1,026)
(1,026)
25,717
25,967
267
51,951
29 Revenue
(i) Revenue streams
The Group generates revenue primarily from the sale of contemporary traditional leather and fabric upholstered furniture and
home furnishing accessories to its customers. Other sources of revenue include sale of polyurethane foam, sale of leather-by
products, sale of Natuzzi Display System and sale of Service Type Warranty.
Therefore, all the Group’s revenue is related to revenue from contracts with customers.
(ii) Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers
In the following table, revenue from contracts with customers is disaggregated by types of goods, primary geographical markets,
geographical location of customers, distribution channels, brands and timing of revenue recognition.
Types of goods
Sale of upholstery furniture ................................................
Sale of home furnishing accessories ..................................
Sale of polyurethane foam..................................................
Sale of other goods .............................................................
2018
2017
365,346
41,733
14,958
6,502
428,539
389,528
33,560
15,501
10,291
448,880
F-48
The sale of upholstery furniture includes the following categories: stationary furniture (sofas, loveseats and armchairs), sectional
furniture, motion furniture, sofa beds and occasional chairs, including recliners and massage chairs.
Geographical markets
Europe, Middle East and Africa ...............................................
Americas ..................................................................................
Asia-Pacific ..............................................................................
2018
2017
212,481
137,452
78,606
428,539
218,896
153,647
76,337
448,880
2018
2017
Geographical location of customers
United States of America .........................................................
Italy ..........................................................................................
China ........................................................................................
United Kingdom .......................................................................
Canada ......................................................................................
Spain ........................................................................................
Brazil ........................................................................................
Germany ...................................................................................
France .......................................................................................
Australia ...................................................................................
Belgium ....................................................................................
Korea ........................................................................................
Other countries (none greater than 5%) ...................................
Total
94,393
53,261
47,099
43,501
17,371
17,334
16,332
11,455
11,179
9,903
8,682
8,232
89,797
428,539
107,262
55,379
41,369
48,266
20,030
17,077
16,182
12,462
9,999
9,738
8,214
9,847
93,055
448,880
Distribution channels
Wholesale .................................................................................
Retail ........................................................................................
Brands
Natuzzi Editions ...................................................................
Natuzzi Italia ........................................................................
Softaly ..................................................................................
Unbranded ............................................................................
2018
2017
365,499
63,040
428,539
392,332
56,548
448,880
2018
2017
167,925
144,953
94,201
21,460
428,539
183,838
134,740
104,509
25,793
448,880
2018
2017
Timing of revenue recognition
Goods transferred at a point in time .....................................
Goods and services transferred over time ............................
427,493
1,046
Subtotal ................................................................................
428,539
448,206
674
448,880
F-49
(iii) Contract balances
The following table provides information about receivables and contract liabilities from contracts with customers.
Trade receivables .................................................................
Contract liabilities ................................................................
40,967
22,099
37,549
15,533
31/12/18
31/12/17
Reference should be made to note 14 “Trade receivables” and note 20 “Contract liabilities (non current and current) for details
about such contract balances.
(iv) Performance obligations and revenue recognition policies
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in the customer contract. The Group recognizes revenue when it
transfers control over a good or service to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to
be entitled in exchange for goods or services. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue
arrangements, because it controls the goods or services before transferring them to the customer.
In determining the transaction price for its contracts with customers, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration
and the existence of significant financing components.
The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a
portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. The allocation of the transaction price to the Group’s performance
obligation is performed using the relative stand-alone selling price method.
For information about the nature and timing of the satisfaction of performance obligations in contracts with customers, including
significant payment terms, and the related revenue recognition policies see note 4(t).
The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (partially unsatisfied) as at December 31, 2018 and
2017 as follows:
31/12/18
31/12/17
Sale of Natuzzi Display System
Within a year .............................................................................
More than a year........................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................
Sale of Service-Type Warranties
Within a year .............................................................................
More than a year........................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................
Sale of the licence-for Natuzzi trademarks
Within a year .............................................................................
More than a year........................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................
1,138
2,261
3,399
332
565
897
383
7,108
7,491
758
1,878
2,636
278
682
960
—
—
—
(v) Variable considerations
If the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, the Group estimates the amount of consideration to which it will be
entitled in exchange for transferring the goods to the customer. The variable consideration is estimated at contract inception and
constrained until it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will
not occur when the associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Some contracts for the sale
of furniture provide customers with volume rebates, which give rise to variable consideration.
F-50
In particular, the Group provides retrospective volume rebates to certain customers once the quantity of products purchased
during the period exceeds a threshold specified in the contract. Rebates are offset against amounts payable by the customer.
Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the rebates, using the expected value method. A refund liability
(included in other payables) is recognised for expected volume discounts payable to customers in relation to sales made until the
end of the reporting period.
(vi) Financing components
For information about financing components, reference should be made to note 4(r).
(vii) Warranty obligations
The Group typically provides warranties for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale, as required by law. These
assurance-type warranties are accounted for under IAS 37. Refer to the accounting policy on warranty provisions in note 4(r).
Customers who purchase the Group’s upholstered furniture may require a service type warranty. As disclosed in note 4(r), the
Group allocates a portion of the consideration received to the service type warranty, based on the relative stand-alone selling
price. The amount allocated to the service type warranty is deferred, and is recognised as revenue over the time based on the
validity period of such warranty.
(viii) Cost to obtain a contract
The Group pays sales commission to its agents for each contract that they obtain. For information about the accounting policy
elected by the Group on sales commissions, reference should be made to note 4(x).
30 Cost of sales
Cost of sales is analysed as follows:
Opening inventories ................................................................
Purchases .................................................................................
Labor .......................................................................................
Third party manufacturers .......................................................
Other manufacturing costs ......................................................
Amortization charge of capital grants .....................................
Closing inventoires ..................................................................
Total ........................................................................................
2018
91,077
177,591
89,827
6,039
29,004
(1,061)
(84,227)
308,250
2017
91,014
180,872
92,330
8,725
37,605
(1,068)
(91,077)
318,401
The line item “Other manufacturing costs” includes the depreciation expenses of property plant and equipment used in the
production of finished goods. The depreciation expense amounted to 7,489 and 8,638 for the years ended December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively.
31 Other income and other expenses
Other income is analysed as follows:
Release of provisions for contingent liabilities ..............................
VAT relief ......................................................................................
Extraordinary contingent assets......................................................
Extraordinary reimbursement .........................................................
Other ..............................................................................................
2018
1,700
1,392
609
—
2,243
Total ...............................................................................................
5,944
2017
—
—
—
1,650
—
1,650
During 2018, the Company released provisions for legal claims by 1,700, further to the positive settlement of some legal
disputes with suppliers. Also, during 2018 the Brazilian subsidiary obtained a VAT relief of 1,392 connected to local provisions
on VAT payments.
F-51
During 2017, the Company recorded a refund of 1,650 related to the positive outcome of litigation started in previous years and
fully settled in 2017.
Other expenses include some minor costs incurred by the Group and not related to cost of sales, selling an administrative
expenses.
32
Selling expenses
Selling expenses are analysed as follows:
Shipping and handling costs .....................................................
Salaries .....................................................................................
Advertising ...............................................................................
Rent ..........................................................................................
Commissions ............................................................................
Utilities .....................................................................................
Fairs ..........................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization .................................................
Samples ....................................................................................
Promotion .................................................................................
Consultancy ..............................................................................
Credit insurance cost ................................................................
Other commercial insurance cost .............................................
Other ........................................................................................
2018
40,765
24,772
12,687
12,553
10,225
2,394
2,308
2,274
995
920
630
579
532
3,363
2017
40,952
26,210
15,407
11,946
9,512
2,301
2,896
2,124
1,295
1,252
1,020
563
496
2,280
Total .........................................................................................
114,997
118,254
33 Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses are analysed as follows:
Salaries .......................................................................................
Consultancy ................................................................................
Travel expenses ..........................................................................
Non deductibles and indirect taxes .............................................
Depreciation and amortization ...................................................
Mail & Phone .............................................................................
Directors and auditors—fees ......................................................
Cars cost .....................................................................................
Printing & Stationery .................................................................
Electronic data processing ..........................................................
Other ..........................................................................................
2018
20,023
4,076
2,712
2,022
1,301
675
801
487
457
96
2,694
35,344
2017
19,364
4,089
3,210
2,331
1,668
745
734
507
500
118
2,839
36,105
F-52
34 Finance income and costs
Finance income
Finance income is analysed as follows:
Interest income from financial institutions .......................................
Other interest income .......................................................................
Total .................................................................................................
2018
191
188
379
2017
325
927
1,252
Finance costs
Finance costs is analysed as follows:
Interest expenses due to financial institutions ................................
Other interest expenses ..................................................................
Financial institution commissions ..................................................
2018
3,298
498
1,784
Total ...............................................................................................
5,580
2017
3,140
1,499
1,650
6,289
35 Net exchange rate gains (losses)
Net exchange rate gains (losses) are analysed as follows:
Net realised gains (losses) on derivative instruments .............
Net realised gains (losses) on accounts receivable and
payable ..............................................................................
Total net realised gains (a) .....................................................
Net unrealised gains (losses) on derivative instruments .........
Net unrealised gains (losses) on accounts receivable and
payable ..............................................................................
Net unrealised gains (losses) on non-monetary assets ............
2018
(906)
3,353
2,447
(57)
(5,437)
(867)
Total net unrealised losses (b) ................................................
(6,361)
Total realised and unrealised exchange rate gains (losses)
(a+b) ..................................................................................
(3,914)
2017
1,912
445
2,357
943
(48)
(2,219)
(1,324)
1,033
“Net unrealised gains (losses) on non-monetary assets” refers to the remeasurement of non-monetary assets of the subsidiaries
Italsofa Romania and Natuzzi China, since such entities have the same functional currency of the Parent, namely the Euro (see
note 43.4 (a) (ii)).
36
Income tax expense
Italian companies are subject to two enacted income taxes at the following rates:
IRES (state tax) .........................................................................
IRAP (regional tax) ...................................................................
2018
24.00%
4.82%
2017
24.00%
4.82%
F-53
IRES is a state tax and is calculated on the taxable income determined on the income before taxes modified to reflect all
temporary and permanent differences regulated by the tax law. The 2016 budget law (Law n. 208 of 28 December 2015) was
passed by the Italian Parliament on December 22, 2015 with significant changes relating to Italy’s corporate income tax. In fact,
the Italian tax rate has been reduced from 27.5% to 24.0% starting from fiscal year 2017.
IRAP is a regional tax and each Italian region has the power to increase the current rate of 3.90% by a maximum of 0.92%. In
general, the taxable base of IRAP is a form of gross profit determined as the difference between gross revenues (excluding
interest and dividend income) and direct production costs (excluding interest expense and other financial costs). The enacted
IRAP tax rate due in Puglia region for 2018 and 2017 is 4.82% (3.90% plus 0.92%).
Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are allocated as follows:
2018
2017
Current:
- Domestic ..............................................................................
- Foreign .................................................................................
(4,504)
(3,052)
Total (a) ..................................................................................
(7,556)
Deferred:
- Domestic ..............................................................................
- Foreign .................................................................................
Total (b)..................................................................................
270
(143)
127
Total (a + b)............................................................................
(7,429)
(40)
(3,777)
(3,817)
(310)
1,241
931
(2,886)
Consolidated profit (loss) before income taxes and non-controlling interest of the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the
years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, is analysed as follows:
Domestic ...................................................................................
Foreign ......................................................................................
Total ..........................................................................................
2018
40,822
(274)
40,548
2017
(28,358)
399
(27,959)
The effective income taxes differ from the expected income tax expense (computed by applying the IRES state tax, which is
24% for 2018 and 2017, to income before income taxes and non-controlling interest) as follows:
Expected tax benefit (expense) at statutory tax rates .............
Effect of:
- Tax exempt income ..............................................................
- Aggregate effect of different tax rates in foreign
jurisdictions .......................................................................
- Italian regional tax ...............................................................
- Non-deductible expenses .....................................................
- Tax effect on unremitted earnings .......................................
- Non taxable gain from disposal and loss of control of a
subsidiary ..........................................................................
- Chinese withholding tax on income not recoverable ...........
- Tax audit settlement for other taxes .....................................
- Effect of net change in deferred tax assets unrecognised
2018
(9,732)
1,665
208
(46)
(2,667)
(1,252)
17,193
(4,458)
—
(8,340)
Actual tax charge....................................................................
(7,429)
2017
6,710
952
25
(39)
(1,972)
(1,998)
—
—
930
(7,494)
(2,886)
The effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were 18.32% and 10.32%, respectively.
The income tax payable recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is 880 and 1,317, respectively. Whereas, the
current income tax receivable recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is 1,986 and 2,413, respectively.
F-54
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as at December 31, 2018,
2017 and January 1, 2017 are presented below:
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Deferred tax assets
Intercompany profit on inventories ................................................
Provision for contingent liabilities .................................................
Inventories obsolescence ...............................................................
Deferred revenues and costs (IFRS 15) .........................................
Tax loss carry-forwards .................................................................
Other temporary differences ..........................................................
Total deferred tax assets ................................................................
1,162
621
152
—
—
92
2,027
885
314
166
759
172
360
344
506
—
459
852
396
2,656
2,557
Deferred tax liabilities .................................................................
Unrealised net gains on foreign exchange rate ..............................
Deferred revenues and costs (IFRS 15) .........................................
Withholding tax on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries ................
Other temporary differences ..........................................................
(735)
(716)
—
(143)
Total deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................
(1,594)
(1,271)
(989)
—
(90)
(2,350)
(998)
(413)
(1,720)
(43)
(3,174)
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
The following table shows the reconciliation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities with the balances included in the
consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017.
Deferred tax assets .........................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities compensated ..............................................
Net deferred tax assets ...................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ...................................................................
31/12/18
2,027
(1,552)
475
(42)
31/12/17
2,656
(2,030)
626
(320)
01/01/17
2,557
(1,411)
1,146
(1,763)
Movements in deferred tax balances occurred during 2018 and 2017 are analysed as follows:
Balance as at January 1, 2017 ..........................................
Recognised in profit or loss .............................................
Recognised in OCI ...........................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 ....................................
Recognised in profit or loss .............................................
Recognised in OCI ...........................................................
Balance as at December 31, 2018 ....................................
Def. tax assets
2,557
99
—
Def. tax liabilities
(3,174)
832
(8)
Total
(617)
931
(8)
2,656
(629)
—
2,027
(2,350)
756
—
(1,594)
306
127
—
433
The deferred taxes reported above have been calculated considering the tax rate reduction from 27.5% to 24.0% approved by the
Italian Parliament and starting from 2017. Therefore, the tax rate applied to calculate each of the Italian deferred tax assets and
liabilities has been set considering the estimated period in which each of the related temporary differences will be reversed.
Deferred tax assets recognized are mainly related to intercompany profit on inventories recorded by the Company and
provisions for contingent liabilities and inventories obsolescence recorded by Natuzzi China Ltd.
In assessing the realisability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is probable that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realised. The ultimate realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future
taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and the tax loss carry-forwards are
utilised.
Given the cumulative loss position of the domestic companies and of some of foreign subsidiaries as at December 31, 2018 and
2017, management has considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies, in making their
assessment. After an analysis as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, management has not identified any relevant tax planning
strategies prudent and feasible available to increase the recognition of the deferred tax assets. Therefore, as at December 31,
2018 and 2017 the realisation of the deferred tax assets is primarily based on the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities,
except in certain historically profitable jurisdictions.
F-55
Based upon this analysis, management believes that the Natuzzi Group will realise the benefits related to these deductible
differences and net operating losses carry-forwards as at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items, because it is not probable that future taxable
profit will be available against which the Group can use the benefits therefrom.
31/12/18
31/12/17
01/01/17
Unrecognised deferred tax assets ..........................................
Tax loss carry-forwards ............................................................
Provision for contingent liabilities ............................................
Inventories obsolescence ..........................................................
Intercompany profit on inventories ...........................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..............................................
Provision for warranties ............................................................
Impairment of property, plant and equipment ..........................
Goodwill and intangible assets .................................................
Deferred revenues and costs (IFRS 15) ....................................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement ...............
Other temporary differences .....................................................
99,133
3,234
2,055
1,040
2,145
1,343
1,228
569
541
470
1,304
95,912
4,085
1,924
817
2,434
1,757
1,425
912
—
357
1,836
94,556
2,223
2,078
947
2,121
1,649
1,521
981
—
392
2,699
Total unrecognised deferred tax assets .....................................
113,062
111,459
109,167
As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, taxes that will be due on the distribution of the portion of shareholders’
equity equal to unremitted earnings of some subsidiaries are 1,708, 3,812 and 5,603, respectively. The Group has not provided
for such taxes as at likelihood of distribution is not probable.
As at December 31, 2018 the tax losses carried-forward of the Group total 393,630 and expire as follows:
2019 ...........................................................................................
2020 ...........................................................................................
2021 ...........................................................................................
2022 ...........................................................................................
2023 ...........................................................................................
Thereafter ..................................................................................
No expiration .............................................................................
2,833
5,368
6,586
4,051
6,809
39,333
328,650
Total ...........................................................................................
393,630
Starting from 2014, in Italy, all tax losses carried-forward no longer expire, with the only limitation being that such tax losses
carried-forward can be utilised to off-set a maximum of 80% of the taxable income in each following year. The new tax rule is
applicable also to tax losses carried-forward from previous periods.
The Company operates in many foreign jurisdictions. The Company and its major subsidiaries located in Romania and China
are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities for years prior to 2014.
37 Earnings (losses) per share
Basic and diluted earnings (losses) per share is following analysed:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares ............
54,853,045
Basic earnings (losses) per share ................................
Diluted earnings (losses) per share .............................
0.61
0.61
2018
2017
54,853,045
(0.55)
(0.55)
Basic earnings (losses) per share is calculated by dividing earnings (losses) for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of
the Parent Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
The weighted-average number of ordinary shares equals the number of ordinary shares issued as at December 31, 2018 and
2017 since there have been no transactions involving ordinary shares both in 2018 and 2017.
F-56
Diluted earnings (losses) per share as at December 31, 2018 and 2017 equals the basic losses per share since the Parent
Company has not issued any financial instruments convertible to ordinary shares, and there are therefore no dilutive impacts.
On February 8, 2019 the Company has announced a change in the ratio of its American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) to ordinary
shares, from 1 ADR representing 1 share to 1 ADR representing 5 shares. The effective date of the ratio change is February 21,
2019. No new shares have been issued in connection with the ratio change.
38 Expenses by nature
The following table shows the expenses by nature as required by IAS 1.104.
Changes in inventories ...........................................................
Raw materials and consumables.............................................
Services ..................................................................................
Employee benefits expense ....................................................
Depreciation and amortization, net of government grants .....
Other ......................................................................................
Total cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses ........
2018
6,850
177,905
107,074
137,425
10,003
19,334
458,591
2017
(63)
181,574
118,681
141,433
11,361
19,774
472,760
The following table shows in which caption is included the depreciation and amortization.
2018
2017
Included in cost of sales
Depreciation ...........................................................................
Amortisation ...........................................................................
Government grants .................................................................
7,455
34
(1,061)
Total (a) ..................................................................................
6,428
Included in selling expenses
Depreciation ...........................................................................
Amortisation ...........................................................................
2,274
—
Total (b)..................................................................................
2,274
Included in administrative expenses
Depreciation ...........................................................................
Amortisation ...........................................................................
425
876
Total (c) ..................................................................................
1,301
Total depreciation and amortization (a+b+c) .........................
10,003
8,564
74
(1,068)
7,570
1,818
306
2,124
478
1,190
1,668
11,362
F-57
The following table shows in which caption is included the employee benefits expense.
2018
2017
Included in cost of sales
Salary and wages ................................................................
Social security costs ...........................................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement .........................................
Other costs ..........................................................................
Total (a) ..............................................................................
Included in selling expenses
Salary and wages ................................................................
Social security costs ...........................................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement .........................................
Other costs ..........................................................................
Total (b)..............................................................................
Included in admnistrative expenses
Salary and wages ................................................................
Social security costs ...........................................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement .........................................
Other costs ..........................................................................
Total (c) ..............................................................................
62,815
18,310
3,827
4,881
89,833
19,754
4,019
350
3,472
27,595
14,585
3,638
635
1,139
19,997
57,401
18,854
3,710
12,342
92,307
20,475
4,376
660
1,064
26,575
13,843
3,570
831
4,307
22,551
Total (a+b+c)......................................................................
137,425
141,433
39 Adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (Adjusted EBITDA)
Management has supplementally presented the performance measure Adjusted EBITDA because it monitors this performance
measure at a consolidated level and it believes that this measure is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s financial
performance. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adjusting profit from continuing operations to exclude the impact of taxation,
net finance costs, depreciation, amortisation, government grants related to depreciation and share of profit of equity method
investees.
Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined performance measure in IFRS. The Group’s definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be
comparable with similarly titled performance measures and disclosures by other entities.
The following table shows the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and
2017.
Profit (Loss) for the year .................................................
Income tax expense ............................................................
Profit (Loss) before tax ....................................................
Adjustments for:
- Net finance income (costs) ...............................................
- Share of profit (loss) of equity-method investees ............
- Depreciation .....................................................................
- Amortisation ....................................................................
- Government grants ...........................................................
Adjusted EBITDA ............................................................
2018
33,119
7,429
40,548
(66,296)
290
10,154
910
(1,061)
(15,455)
2017
(30,845)
2,886
(27,959)
4,004
—
10,861
1,569
(1,068)
(12,593)
40 Commitments and contingent liabilities
Several companies of the Group lease manufacturing facilities and stores under non-cancellable operating lease agreements with
expiry dates through 2023. Rental expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was 17,218 and 16,707,
respectively. As at December 31, 2018, the minimum annual rental commitments are as follows:
F-58
2019 .............................................................................................
2020 .............................................................................................
2021 .............................................................................................
2022 .............................................................................................
2023 .............................................................................................
Thereafter ....................................................................................
13,503
12,823
11,673
11,090
9,848
21,803
Total .............................................................................................
80,740
Certain banks have provided guarantees as at December 31, 2018 to secure payments to third parties amounting to 1,620 (1,737
as at December 31, 2017). These guarantees are unsecured and have various maturities extending through December 31, 2019.
The Group is involved in a number of certain and probable claims (including tax claims) and legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters, after the provision accrued, will not
have a material adverse effect on the Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations (see note 21).
41 Related parties
Related parties of the Group are considered to be associates and joint ventures of the Group and the Group’s key management
personnel.
The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties for the relevant
financial year.
(i) Compensation of key management personnel of the Group
The compensation of key management personnel of the Group is analysed as follows:
Directors’ fee ..................................................................................
Short-term employee benefits ........................................................
Social security contributions and defined contribution plans .........
Employee Benefit Obligations .......................................................
2018
387
1,875
500
110
Total ...............................................................................................
2,872
2017
270
1,853
500
133
2,756
The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting period related to key
management personnel. No loans and/or guarantees have been provided for or agreed to with key management personnel.
F-59
(ii) Transactions with associates, joint ventures and other related parties
The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with such related parties for the
relevant financial year. Such transactions have been conducted at arm’s length.
December 31, 2018
Sales
Expenses
Amounts owed by
related parties
Amounts due to
related parties
Natuzzi Trading Shanghai Co, Ltd. ................
Nars Miami LLCC ..........................................
Natuzzi Design S.a.s. ......................................
Natuzzi Arredamenti S.r.l. ..............................
Natuzzi Sofa S.r.l. ...........................................
NA.FO. S.r.l. ...................................................
Natuzzi Store S.r.l. ..........................................
Total ................................................................
12,589
776
1,750
1,010
291
—
—
16,416
1,001
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,001
7,383
191
1,338
343
78
—
—
9,333
1,001
—
—
—
—
3
—
1,004
December 31, 2017
Sales
Expenses
Amounts owed by
related parties
Amounts due to
related parties
Nars Miami LLCC ..........................................
Natuzzi Design S.a.s. ......................................
Natuzzi Arredamenti S.r.l. ..............................
Natuzzi Sofa S.r.l. ...........................................
NA.FO. S.r.l. ...................................................
Natuzzi Store S.r.l. ..........................................
Total ................................................................
742
1,591
946
310
4
—
3,593
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
70
930
329
78
—
—
1,407
—
—
—
—
8
—
8
42
Subsequents events
Between the reporting date and the date of authorization of the financial statements the following events have occurred.
(i) American Depositary Receipts (ADR)-to-share ratio change
On February 8, 2019 the Company has announced a change in the ratio of its ADRs to ordinary shares, from 1 ADR
representing 1 share to 1 ADR representing 5 shares. The effective date of the ratio change is February 21, 2019. Pursuant to the
ratio change, as of the effective date record holders of ADRs have been required to exchange their existing ADRs for new ADRs
on the basis of 1 new ADR for every five 5 existing ADRs surrendered. No new shares have been issued in connection with the
ratio change.
(ii) ADR/share buyback program
On February 8, 2019, the Board of Directors announced its intention to propose an ADR/Share buyback program at the
Company’s next shareholders’ meeting, which is expected to be held by the end of April 2019. If approved by the Company’s
shareholders, the Company will engage a financial institution to act as an agent for the Company and establish a written plan for
repurchases of the Company’s ADRs and/or Shares. The Company would conduct any ADR and/or Share repurchases pursuant
to the buyback program in compliance with the safe harbor provisions of Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (“Rule 10b-18”), and in accordance with Italian corporate law.
The Company would hold any ADRs or shares repurchased pursuant to the Buyback Program in treasury stock for general
corporate purposes, including to service any incentive or retention plans that the Company might adopt for certain employees
and directors.
(iii) Share-based incentive plan
On February 8, 2019, the Board of Directors announced its intention to propose a new multi-year share-based incentive plan for
certain employees and directors of the Company and subsidiaries within the Natuzzi Group at the Company’s next shareholders’
meeting.
As of the date of the aforementioned announcement, the Board intended to propose a capital increase (reserved for employees
and directors) and/or the aforementioned buyback program in order to fund the Incentive Plan.
F-60
As described in the aforementioned announcement, the Incentive Plan would intend to serve as an important tool in retaining the
Natuzzi Group’s senior management over the coming years and as a means of linking the performance of senior management
with the goals set out from time to time by the Natuzzi Group.
43 Explanation of the effects of transition to International Financial Reporting Standards
43.1 Premises
As stated in notes 1 and 3(a), the consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2018 are the Group’s first consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.
The accounting policies set out in note 4 have been applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements as at
December 31, 2018, the comparative information as at December 31, 2017 presented in these consolidated financial statements
and the opening IFRS consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 (the Group’s date of transition), unless
otherwise indicated.
In preparing its opening IFRS consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017, the Group has adjusted
amounts reported previously in its consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP (previous
GAAP). An explanation of how the transition from previous GAAP to IFRS has affected the Group’s financial position,
financial performance and cash flows is set out in the following tables and the notes that accompany the tables.
Further, in order to present the effects of the transition to IFRS and meet the related disclosure requirements of IFRS 1 “First-
time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” (IFRS 1), the Group adopted the example provided in IFRS
1.IG.63. Therefore, this note shows the reconciliation between figures previously prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP and
figures restated in accordance with IFRS, both at the transition date (January 1, 2017) and as at and for the year ended
December 31, 2017, together with illustrative notes explaining the adjustments made. In particular, the following is presented in
this note:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of financial position prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statements of financial position prepared in accordance with IFRS as at January 1, 2017 and December 31,
2017;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31,
2017;
the reconciliation of equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, loss and other comprehensive loss for the year
ended December 31, 2017 between Italian GAAP and IFRS;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of changes in equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017
between Italian GAAP and IFRS;
the reconciliation of the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017;
the accounting policies setting out the IFRS application rules and the selected standards;
comments on the above reconciliation schedules.
Such reconciliations have been prepared only for inclusion in the IFRS first consolidated financial statements of the Group as at
December 31, 2018 and, therefore, do not present comparative figures.
43.2 Basis of preparation of consolidated financial statements restated in accordance with IFRS
(i) Introduction
The restated consolidated financial statements of the Group, prepared in accordance with IFRS, have been derived from
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the Republic of Italy
(Italian GAAP), by making the appropriate IFRS adjustments and reclassifications to reflect the changes in the presentation,
recognition and valuation required by IFRS.
In particular, adjustments have been made to conform with IFRS that are effective as at December 31, 2018 (end of first annual
reporting period) and which have been used for the preparation of the opening consolidated statement of financial position as at
January 1, 2017 (date of transition) and the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as at
December 31, 2017 (comparative period), unless otherwise indicated.
F-61
The effects of the transition to IFRS are the result of changes in accounting principles and, consequently, as required by IFRS 1
are reflected in the opening equity at the date of transition (January 1, 2017). In the transition to IFRS, the estimates previously
formulated in accordance with Italian GAAP have been maintained, unless the estimate and related information under previous
GAAP are no longer relevant because the Group elected a different accounting policy upon adoption of IFRS.
The Group did not depart from any IFRS in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.
(ii) First Time Adoption application rules
The Group prepared its consolidated statement of financial position at the date of transition (January 1, 2017), except for the
mandatory and optional exemptions provided for by IFRS 1 and detailed below, based on the following (IFRS 1, 10):
•
•
•
•
recognizing all assets and liabilities whose recognition is required by IFRS;
derecognizing all assets and liabilities whose recognition is not allowed by IFRS;
reclassifying assets, liabilities and components of equity as required by IFRS;
applying IFRS in measuring all recognized assets and liabilities.
When restating the opening consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and the consolidated financial
statements as at December 31, 2017, the Group made the following elections: (a) assets and liabilities are presented and
classified as current and non-current in the consolidated statement of financial position; (b) expense is presented on the basis of
its function in the consolidated statement of profit or loss; (c) the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is presented
as a separate statement from the consolidated statement of profit or loss; (d) cash flows are presented with the indirect method.
The consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 have been prepared on a
historical cost basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) measured at fair value.
(iii) Application of mandatory exceptions
The Group has considered all mandatory exceptions of IFRS 1, as reported below.
(a) Estimates (IFRS 1, 14-17)
Estimates made by the Group in preparing the consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2017 are consistent with estimates made under previous Italian GAAP, unless the estimate and related
information under previous GAAP are no longer relevant because the Group elected a different accounting policy upon adoption
of IFRS. Therefore, estimates have not been updated for information received at a later date. If changes in estimates are
appropriate, then they have been accounted for prospectively.
(b) Classification and measurement of financial instruments (IFRS 1, B8-B8C), derecognition of financial assets and financial
liabilities (IFRS 1, B2 and B3), impairment of financial assets (IFRS 1, B8D-B8G)
In order to ease the implementation of IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” (IFRS 9), effective for annual periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2018, IFRS 1 has introduced a short-term exemption for comparative information of entities whose first IFRS
reporting period begins before January 1, 2019 (IFRS 1, E1 and E2). In particular, such exemption requires not to restate
comparative information in accordance with IFRS 9, therefore applying the requirements of previous applicable GAAP in place
of the requirements of IFRS 9 and recognizing any adjustments at the beginning of the first IFRS annual reporting period.
The Group has applied such mandatory exemption and thus has applied IFRS 9 prospectively starting from January 1, 2018.
Therefore, the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 prepared in
accordance with IFRS disclose items within the scope of IFRS 9 in accordance with previous Italian GAAP. The effect of the
application of IFRS 9 on opening balances as at January 1, 2018 is reflected in “Retained earnings”.
For details on the application of IFRS 9, refer to information disclosed in note 5.
F-62
(c) Embedded derivatives (IFRS 1, B9)
The Group assessed whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from its host contract and accounted for as a
derivative on the basis of the conditions that existed at the later of the date when the Group first became a party to the contract
and the date of any change in the terms of the contract that significantly modified the cash flows required under the contract.
Based on such assessment, the Group concluded that there are no embedded derivatives that are required to be separated from its
host contracts as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017.
(d) Government loan (IFRS 1, B10-B12)
As at January 1 2017 and December 31, 2017 the Group does not have any government loans. Therefore, such mandatory
exemption is not applicable.
(e) Hedge accounting (IFRS 1, B4-B6)
The Group applied hedge accounting prospectively from the date of transition where the conditions for hedge accounting in
IFRS were met.
(f) Non-controlling interests (IFRS 1, B7)
The Group has elected not to restate all the business combinations before January 1, 2017 (date of first time adoption).
Therefore, the balance of Non-controlling interests (NCI) under previous GAAP has not been changed other than for
adjustments made as part of the transition to IFRS. This means that the following specific requirements of IFRS in relation to
NCI are applied prospectively from the date of transition: (a) the attribution of total comprehensive income between NCI and
the owners of the Parent; (b) the accounting for changes in ownership interests without the loss of control; (c) and the
accounting for the loss of control in a subsidiary.
(g) Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and assets and liabilities of a Parent (IFRS 1, D16 and
D17)
None of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures adopts IFRS in their statutory financial statements. The Parent,
Natuzzi S.p.A., has adopted the IFRS in its “separate financial statements” as at January 1, 2017. Therefore, based on these
reasons, such mandatory exemption is not applicable to the Group.
(h) Investment entities (IFRS 1, 39AD)
The Group is not an investment entity and, therefore, such mandatory exemption is not applicable.
(iv) Application of optional exemptions
The Group has considered all optional exemptions provided by IFRS 1, as reported below.
(a) Business combinations (IFRS 1, C1-C5)
The Group elected not to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to business combinations that occurred before the date of transition of
January 1, 2017. This led to the termination of amortization of goodwill as from that date. Further, the Group accounted for all
business combinations occurring on or after the date of transition in accordance with IFRS 3.
(b) Deemed cost (IFRS 1, D5-D8B)
IFRS 1 permits the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment to be measured at the date of transition based
on deemed cost. In its consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017, the Group only applied the deemed cost
for certain buildings that were revalued under Italian GAAP as this revaluation was broadly comparable to their fair value. The
carrying amount of such revaluation as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 is of 312 and 287, respectively.
F-63
(c) Revenue (IFRS 1, D34 and D35)
The Group has adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (IFRS 15), effective for reporting periods starting
from January 1, 2018, using the full retrospective approach, without any of the practical expedients indicated by IFRS 15 C5.
Therefore, the cumulative effect of the initial application of this standard is reflected in the consolidated statement of financial
position as at January 1, 2017 (the date of transition).
(d) Arrangements containing a lease (IFRS 1, D9-D9A)
The Group has assessed whether an arrangement contains a lease at its inception retrospectively on the basis of all facts and
circumstances at that date. Arrangements are reassessed only if certain criteria are met. Any reassessment is based on the facts
and circumstances at the date of reassessment. Therefore, the Group concluded that, as at January 1, 2017 and December 31,
2017, all its leases are accounted for in compliance with IAS 17 and are operating in nature.
(e) Cumulative translation differences (IFRS 1, D12 and D13)
The Group applied IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates” (IAS 21) retrospectively to determine the
cumulative foreign exchange differences for each foreign operation that is recognised as a separate component of equity at the
date of transition.
(f) Other optional exemptions
After considering the other optional exemption reported in IFRS 1 the Group has concluded that such other optional exemptions
are not applicable to the consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017. In
particularly, such optional exemptions are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Share-Based Transactions (IFRS 1, D2 and D3);
Insurance contracts (IFRS 1, D4);
Deemed cost for oil and gas assets (IFRS 1, D5-D8B);
Deemed cost for rate regulated operations (IFRS 1, D5-D8B);
Compound financial instruments (IFRS 1, D18);
Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments (IFRS 1, D19);
Decommissioning liabilities included in the cost of property, plant and equipment (IFRS 1, D21);
Decommissioning liabilities related to oil and gas assets (IFRS 1, D21);
Service concessions arrangements (IFRS 1, D22);
Borrowing costs (IFRS 1, D23);
Moving from severe hyperinflation (IFRS 1, D26-D30);
Joint arrangements (IFRS 1, D31);
Stripping costs in the production phase of a surface mine (IFRS 1, D32);
Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration (IFRS 1, D36).
43.3 IFRS impact on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 and
consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2017
As a result of the differences between IFRS and Italian GAAP and the decisions made by the Group as part of the accounting
options provided for by IFRS described above in note 43.2, the Group has restated the Italian GAAP financial figures, leading to
the effects on its equity, loss and comprehensive loss summarized in the tables set out below. The IFRS adjustments are detailed
later on in note 43.4.
The consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 and consolidated statements of
profit or loss, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 presented below
show the following for each caption:
•
•
•
the Italian GAAP carrying amount reclassified under IFRS;
the IFRS adjustments;
the IFRS carrying amount.
F-64
(i) Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of financial position prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of financial position prepared in accordance with IFRS as at January 1, 2017
January 1, 2017
Italian GAAP (*)
IFRS adjustments
January 1, 2017
IFRS
Note
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment .............................
Intangible assets and goodwill.............................
Equity-accounted investees .................................
Other non-current receivables .............................
Other non-current assets ......................................
Deferred tax assets ..............................................
Total non current assets ....................................
Current assets
Inventories ...........................................................
Trade receivables .................................................
Other current receivables .....................................
Other current assets .............................................
Current income tax assets ....................................
Gains on derivative financial instruments ...........
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................
Total current assets ...........................................
TOTAL ASSETS ...............................................
EQUITY
Share capital ........................................................
Reserves ..............................................................
Retained earnings ................................................
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS
OF THE COMPANY ...................................
Non-controlling interests .....................................
TOTAL EQUITY ..............................................
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings .........................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement ..........................
Non-current contract liabilities ............................
Provisions ............................................................
Deferred income for capital grants ......................
Deferred tax liabilities .........................................
Total non current liabilities ..............................
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings .........
Current portion of long-term borrowings ............
Trade payables.....................................................
Other payables .....................................................
Current contract liabilities ...................................
Provisions ............................................................
Liabilities for current income tax ........................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ..........
Total current liabilities .....................................
TOTAL LIABILITIES .....................................
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES ...........
115,924
4,233
97
2,137
—
1,100
123,491
78,384
53,087
18,237
7,573
1,254
223
64,981
223,739
347,230
54,853
16,439
77,745
149,037
3,445
152,482
6,329
17,791
—
13,253
7,195
1,763
46,331
18,152
11,632
70,457
29,407
10,096
5,687
1,693
1,293
148,417
194,748
347,230
5,781
(306)
—
—
1,323
46
6,844
12,630
(12,949)
—
2,670
—
—
—
2,351
9,195
—
7,626
(16,109)
(8,483)
—
(8,483)
—
1,635
1,652
—
7,565
—
10,852
6,275
—
—
—
551
—
—
—
6,826
17,678
9,195
43.4 (a)
43.4 (b)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (c)
43.4 (d)
43.4 (e)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (g)
43.4 (h)
43.4 (j)
43.4 (i)
43.4 (c)
43.4 (d)
43.4 (j)
121,705
3,927
97
2,137
1,323
1,146
130,335
91,014
40,138
18,237
10,243
1,254
223
64,981
226,090
356,425
54,853
24,065
61,636
140,554
3,445
143,999
6,329
19,426
1,652
13,253
14,760
1,763
57,183
24,427
11,632
70,457
29,407
10,647
5,687
1,693
1,293
155,243
212,426
356,425
(*) Figures reported reflect some IFRS reclassifications. For details see note 43.4 (k)
F-65
(ii) Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of financial position prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of financial position prepared in accordance with IFRS as at December 31, 2017
December 31, 2017
Italian GAAP (*)
IFRS adjustments
December 31, 2017
IFRS
Note
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment .......................
Intangible assets and goodwill.......................
Equity-accounted investees ...........................
Other non-current receivables .......................
Other non-current assets ................................
Deferred tax assets ........................................
Total non current assets ..............................
Current assets
Inventories .....................................................
Trade receivables ...........................................
Other current receivables ...............................
Other current assets .......................................
Current income tax assets ..............................
Gains on derivative financial instruments .....
Cash and cash equivalents .............................
Total current assets .....................................
TOTAL ASSETS .........................................
EQUITY
Share capital ..................................................
Reserves ........................................................
Retained earnings ..........................................
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO
OWNERS OF THE COMPANY ...........
Non-controlling interests ...............................
TOTAL EQUITY ........................................
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings ...................................
Employees’ leaving entitlement ....................
Non-current contract liabilities ......................
Provisions ......................................................
Deferred income for capital grants ................
Deferred tax liabilities ...................................
Total non current liabilities ........................
Current liabilities
Bank overdraft and short-term borrowings ...
Current portion of long-term borrowings ......
Trade payables...............................................
Other payables ...............................................
Current contract liabilities .............................
Provisions ......................................................
Liabilities for current income tax ..................
Losses on derivative financial instruments ....
Total current liabilities ...............................
TOTAL LIABILITIES ...............................
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES .....
107,917
5,514
79
1,402
—
626
115,538
80,273
46,852
12,910
4,404
2,413
339
55,035
202,226
317,764
54,853
5,247
46,346
106,446
2,039
108,485
20,877
17,210
—
16,715
6,809
48
61,659
19,680
4,840
76,035
27,587
11,937
5,957
1,317
267
147,620
209,279
317,764
7,273
323
—
—
2,851
—
10,447
10,804
(9,303)
—
2,828
—
—
—
4,329
14,776
—
11,151
(15,102)
(3,951)
—
(3,951)
—
1,610
2,560
—
6,962
272
11,404
6,287
—
—
—
1,036
—
—
—
7,323
18,727
14,776
43.4 (a)
43.4 (b)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (c)
43.4 (d)
43.4 (e)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (g)
43.4 (h)
43.4 (j)
43.4 (i)
43.4 (c)
43.4 (d)
43.4 (j)
115,190
5,837
79
1,402
2,851
626
125,985
91,077
37,549
12,910
7,232
2,413
339
55,035
206,555
332,540
54,853
16,398
31,244
102,495
2,039
104,534
20,877
18,820
2,560
16,715
13,771
320
73,063
25,967
4,840
76,035
27,587
12,973
5,957
1,317
267
154,943
228,006
332,540
(*) Figures reported reflect some IFRS reclassifications. For details see note 43.4 (k)
F-66
(iii) Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of profit or loss prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017
2017
Italian GAAP (*)
IFRS adjustments
Revenue .....................................................................
Cost of sales ..............................................................
Gross Profit ..............................................................
Other income .............................................................
Selling expenses ........................................................
Administrative expenses............................................
Other expenses ..........................................................
Operating loss ..........................................................
Finance income .........................................................
Finance costs .............................................................
Net exchange rate gains (losses)................................
Net finance costs ......................................................
Loss before tax .........................................................
Income tax expense ...................................................
Loss for the year ......................................................
Loss attributable to:
Owners of the Company ............................................
Non-controlling interests ...........................................
Loss per share
Basic loss per share ...................................................
Diluted loss per share ................................................
445,444
(318,472)
126,972
1,650
(120,005)
(36,105)
(250)
(27,738)
1,252
(6,042)
3,252
(1,538)
(29,276)
(2,576)
(31,852)
(31,399)
(453)
(0.57)
(0.57)
Note
43.4 (l)
43.4 (m)
43.4 (n)
43.4 (o)
43.4 (p)
2017
IFRS
448,880
(318,401)
130,479
1,650
(119,729)
(36,105)
(250)
(23,955)
1,252
(6,289)
1,033
(4,004)
(27,959)
(2,886)
43.4 (q)
(30,845)
3,436
71
3,507
—
276
—
—
3,783
—
(247)
(2,219)
(2,466)
1,317
(310)
1,007
1,007
—
(30,392)
(453)
(0.55)
(0.55)
(*) Figures reported reflect some IFRS reclassifications. For details see note 43.4 (r)
(iv) Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP
with the consolidated statement of comprehensive income prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended
December 31, 2018
Loss for the year .....................................................................
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial losses on employees’ leaving entitlement .................
Tax impact ................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................
Items that are or maybe reclassified subsequently to profit
or loss
Exchange rate differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax impact ................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax ...............
Total comprehensive loss for the year ..................................
Total comprehensive loss attributable to:
Owners of the Company ...........................................................
Non-controlling interests ..........................................................
F-67
2017
Italian GAAP
(31,852)
IFRS
adjustments
1,007
2017
IFRS
(30,845)
Note
—
—
—
—
(11,419)
—
(11,419)
(11,419)
(43,271)
(42,591)
(680)
43.4 (s)
43.4 (t)
(108)
(8)
(116)
(116)
3,641
—
3,641
3,525
4,532
(108)
(8)
(116)
(116)
(7,778)
—
(7,778)
(7,894)
(38,739)
(38,059)
(680)
(v) Reconciliation of equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, loss and other comprehensive loss for the year
ended December 31, 2017 between Italian GAAP and IFRS
Balance in accordance with Italian Gaap ....................
Attributable to Owners of the Company ..........................
Attributable to Non-controlling interests .........................
IFRS Adjustments
Functional currency adjustment .......................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization included in property,
plant and equipment ....................................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization included in intagible
assets ...........................................................................
Write-off of amortization of goodwill .............................
Revenue of finished goods derecognised .........................
Deferred costs for slotting fees ........................................
Deferred revenues for Natuzzi Display System ...............
Deferred costs for Natuzzi Display System .....................
Deferred revenues for Service Type Warranty ................
Deferred costs for Service Type Warranty .......................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement ......
Government Grants ..........................................................
Tax effects of IFRS adjustments ......................................
Total IFRS adjustments ................................................
Equity
January 1, 2017
152,482
Loss
2017
(31,852)
Other
comprehensive
loss 2017
—
149,037
3,445
(31,399)
(453)
Note
Equity
December 31,
2017
108,485
106,446
2,039
6,180
(2,219)
3,641
7,602
43.4 (a)
(399)
70
(306)
—
(4,364)
204
(1,594)
1,229
(609)
330
(1,635)
(7,565)
46
(8,483)
306
323
1,308
1,195
(1,042)
802
(351)
189
133
603
(310)
1,007
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(108)
—
(8)
3,525
3,525
(329)
43.4 (a)
43.4 (b)
43.4 (b)
43.4 (d)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (j)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (j)
43.4 (f)
43.4 (h)
43.4 (i)
43.4 (c)
—
323
(3,056)
1,399
(2,636)
2,031
(960)
519
(1,610)
(6,962)
(272)
(3,951)
104,534
102,495
2,039
Balance in accordance with IFRS .................................
143,999
(30,845)
Attributable to Owners of the Company ..........................
Attributable to Non-controlling interests .........................
140,554
3,445
(30,392)
(453)
F-68
(vi) Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2017
Share
Capital
amount
Translation
reserve
IAS 19
reserve
Other
reserves
Retained
earnings
Equity attributable
to owners of the
Company
Equity attributable
to owner Non-
controlling interests
Total
equity
Balance as at January
1, 2017 as per
Italian Gaap ...........
IFRS adjustments
for First Time
Adoption ..................
Balance as at
January 1, 2017 as
per IFRS .................
Dividends Distribution .
Loss for the period .......
Other comprehensive
loss for the
period ......................
Balance as at
December 31, 2017
as per
IFRS........................
54,853
4,980
—
11,459
77,745
149,037
3,445
152,482
—
7,626
—
—
(16,109)
(8,483)
—
(8,483)
54,853
12,606
—
11,459
61,636
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(30,392)
140,554
—
(30,392)
3,445
143,999
(726)
(453)
(726)
(30,845)
—
(7,551)
(116)
—
—
(7,667)
(227)
(7,894)
54,853
5,055
(116)
11,459
31,244
102,495
2,039
104,534
F-69
(vii) Reconciliation of the consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP with the
consolidated statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities:
Loss for the period............................................................
(31,852)
1,007
(30,845)
2017
Italian GAAP
IFRS
adjustments
2017
IFRS
Note
Adjustments for: ...............................................................
Depreciation .............................................................
Amortization ............................................................
Interest expenses ......................................................
Share of profit (loss) of equity-accounted investees,
net of tax ..............................................................
(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
.............................................................................
Deferred income taxes ..............................................
Unrealized foreign exchange gains (losses) .............
Deferred income for capital grants ...........................
Tax expense ..............................................................
Total adjustment .............................................
Changes in: .......................................................................
Inventories ................................................................
Trade and other receivables ......................................
Other assets ..............................................................
Trade and other payables ..........................................
Contract liabilities ....................................................
Provisions .................................................................
Liabilities for current income taxes ..........................
Salaries, wages and related liabilities .......................
Other liabilities net ...................................................
One-time termination benefit payments ...................
Employees’ leaving entitlement ...............................
Total changes .................................................
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities ...
Interest paid ..............................................................
Income taxes paid .....................................................
Net cash used in operating activities .........................................
Cash flows from investing activities:
Property, plant and equipment: ..........................................
Additions ..................................................................
Disposals ..................................................................
Intangible assets .................................................................
Purchase of business, net of cash acquired .........................
Dividends distribution to Non-controlling interests ...........
Net cash used in investing activities ..........................................
Cash flows from financing activities:
Long-term borrowings: ......................................................
Proceeds ...................................................................
Repayments ..............................................................
Short-term borrowings .......................................................
Dividends distribution to Non-controlling interests ...........
Net cash provided by financing activities .................................
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents as at January 1, 2017 (*) ..........
Effect of movements in excahnge rates on cash held .........
Cash and cash equivalents as at December 31 (*) ...................
12,823
—
—
—
73
(1,241)
(1,141)
(386)
—
10,128
(3,213)
10,386
407
10,643
—
—
(377)
4,578
3,264
(8,272)
(581)
16,835
(4,889)
—
—
(4,889)
(6,708)
760
(845)
(3,558)
(1,349)
(11,700)
12,500
(4,744)
1,528
—
9,284
(7,305)
64,981
(2,641)
55,035
(1,962)
1,569
4,639
(18)
—
1,241
—
(603)
2,886
7,752
1,826
(4,663)
1,077
1,211
3,235
3,732
377
(4,578)
(3,264)
—
(25)
(1,072)
7,687
(2,821)
(4,878)
(12)
—
—
—
—
1,349
1,349
—
—
4,428
(1,349)
3,079
4,416
(4,416)
—
—
10,861
1,569
4,639
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
(18)
73
—
(1,141)
(989)
2,886
17,880
(1,387)
5,723
1,484
11,854
3,235
3,732
—
—
—
(8,272)
(606)
15,763
2,798
(2,821)
(4,878)
(4,901)
(6,708)
760
(845)
(3,558)
—
(10,351)
12,500
(4,744)
5,956
(1,349)
12,363
(2,889)
60,565
(2,641)
55,035
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
43.4 (u)
(*) As at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts of 4,416 and nil, respectively,
that are repayble on demand and from an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
F-70
43.4 Illustrative notes to the reconciliation schedules
Comments on the IFRS adjustments are provided in the following notes, together with the reference to the adjustments to equity,
loss and other comprehensive loss included in the reconciliation schedules presented above in note 43.3.
The Group has also reclassified certain captions of its consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2017 and of its consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017. For details on
these reclassifications see notes (k) and (r) below.
(i) Consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017
(a) Property, plant and equipment
The following tables show the impacts of the IFRS adjustments for property, plant and equipment:
Balance as per Italian GAAP ............................................
Deemed cost for certain buildings .....................................
Functional currency adjustment ........................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization ...................................
Balance as per IFRS ..........................................................
115,924
—
6,180
(399)
121,705
107,917
—
7,602
(329)
115,190
01/01/2017
31/12/17
(i) Deemed cost
Under Italian GAAP, property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses, except for certain buildings which were revalued in 1983, 1991 and 2000 in accordance with Italian revaluation laws.
Maintenance and repairs are expensed; significant improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the useful life of the
related assets. The cost or valuation of property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets. The related depreciation expense is allocated to cost of sales, selling expenses and
administrative expenses based on the usage of the assets. Depreciation is also calculated for assets not in use.
As reported in note 43.2 (iv(b)), while transitioning to IFRS in its consolidated statements of financial position as at January 1,
2017 and December 31, 2017 the Group applied the deemed cost for certain buildings that were revalued under Italian GAAP as
this revaluation was broadly comparable to their fair value. As at January, 1 2017 and December 31, 2017 the amount of
property, plant and equipment includes such revaluation amounting to 312 and 287, respectively.
(ii) Functional currency adjustment
Under Italian GAAP, the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries expressed in a foreign currency are translated directly into
Euro as follows: (i) year-end exchange rate for assets, liabilities, share capital, reserves and retained earnings and (ii) average
exchange rates during the year for revenues and expenses. The resulting exchange rate differences are recorded as a direct
adjustment to equity.
IAS 21 requires each individual entity to determine its functional currency and measure its results and financial position in that
currency. In consolidated accounts, the functional currency is determined at the level of each entity within a group.
IAS 21 provides guidance on how to determine an entity’s functional currency, because judgement might be required. An
entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. The primary
economic environment is normally the economic environment in which the entity primarily generates and expends cash.
IAS 21 requires entities to consider primary and secondary indicators to determine functional currency. Primary indicators are
closely linked to the primary economic environment in which the entity operates and are given more weight. Secondary
indicators provide supporting evidence to determine an entity’s functional currency.
IAS 21 states that when the primary indicators are mixed and the functional currency is not obvious, management uses its
judgement to determine the functional currency that most faithfully represents the economic effects of the underlying
transactions, events and conditions. As part of this approach, management gives priority to the primary indicators in paragraph 9
of IAS 21 before considering the additional indicators in paragraphs 10 and 11 of IAS 21, which are designed to provide
additional supporting evidence to determine an entity’s functional currency.
The primary indicators reported in paragraph 9 of IAS 21 are as follows: (a) the currency that mainly influences sales prices for
goods and services (this will often be the currency in which sales prices for its goods and services are denominated and settled);
(b) the currency of the country whose competitive forces and regulations mainly determine the sales prices of its goods and
F-71
services; (c) the currency that mainly influences labor, material and other costs of providing goods or services (this will often be
the currency in which such costs are denominated and settled).
The additional indicators reported in paragraph 10 and 11 of IAS 21 are: (a) the currency in which funds from financing
activities are generated; (b) the currency in which receipts from operating activities are usually retained; (c) whether the
activities of the foreign operation are carried out as an extension of the reporting entity, rather than being carried out with a
significant degree of autonomy; (d) whether transactions with the reporting entity are a high or a low proportion of the foreign
operation’s activities; (e) whether cash flows from the activities of the foreign operation directly affect the cash flows of the
reporting entity and are readily available for remittance to it; (f) whether cash flows from the activities of the foreign operation
are sufficient to service existing and normally expected debt obligations without funds being made available by the reporting
entity.
Considering that the Group’s presentation currency is Euro, the Company performed an assessment to determine the functional
currency of each foreign subsidiary. Following such assessment, the Company concluded that: (a) the foreign subsidiaries
Italsofa Romania and Natuzzi China, engaged in the manufacturing the Group’s products, have the same functional currency of
the Parent, namely the Euro, since there is a strong evidence obtained from the results of the analysis of the primary and
additional indicators that the functional currency is the Euro; (b) the other foreign subsidiaries of the Group have as their
functional currency the local currency based only on the strong evidence obtained from the results of the analysis of the primary
indicators.
Therefore, for Italsofa Romania and Natuzzi China, all monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured, at the end of each
reporting period, using the Euro and the resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. For all non-monetary assets and
liabilities, share capital, reserves and retained earnings, historical exchange rates are used. The average exchange rates during
the year are used to translate non-Euro denominated revenues and expenses, except for those non-Euro denominated revenues
and expenses related to assets and liabilities which are translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting exchange differences
on translation are recognised in profit or loss.
For the other entities the financial statements are translated as follows: (a) assets and liabilities of statement of financial position
are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of financial position; (b) revenues and expenses of statement of
profit or loss and statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates of the year (unless this is not a
reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case revenues and
expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); (c) and all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other
comprehensive income.
Based on the above discussion, as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the IFRS difference arises due to the requirement
to use the local currency as the functional currency under Italian GAAP as compared to IFRS, which requires that the functional
currency be determined based on certain indicators which may or may not result in the local currency being determined to be the
functional currency. As already mentioned, the Euro is the functional currency of Italsofa Romania and Natuzzi China, while
that of the Group’s other foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. Consequently, the Company recorded for IFRS: (a) as at
January, 1 2007 and December 31, 2017 an increase in property, plant and equipment and equity of 6,180 and 7,602,
respectively; (b) an exchange rate loss of 2,219 in profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017; (c) an exchange rate gain
of 3,641 in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017.
(iii) Costs not eligible for capitalization
Under Italian GAAP, in certain circumstances start-up costs and advertising costs are recorded with the consent of the board of
statutory auditors, and are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization calculated on the straight-line method over a period of
five years. Under IFRS, costs for starting new operations or launching new products or processes are not eligible for
capitalization.
Therefore, the Group has written off the carrying amount of the advisory costs connected to the launch of the new “Re-vive”
armchair and included under property, plant and equipment.
Consequently, this difference between Italian GAAP and IFRS has determined: (a) a decrease in property, plant and equipment
and equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 of 399 and 329, respectively; (b) a decrease of 70 for amortization
included in selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017; (c) a decrease of 70 in the loss for the year ended
December 31, 2017.
F-72
(b) Intangible assets and goodwill
The following tables show the effects of the IFRS adjustments for intangible assets and goodwill:
Balance as at January 1, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ..............
Write-off of depreciation of goodwill ...................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization ......................................
Balance as at January 1, 2017 as per IFRS ...........................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ........
Write-off of depreciation of goodwill ...................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization ......................................
Balance as at December 31, 2017 as per IFRS .....................
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Total
2,312
—
(306)
2,006
1,991
—
—
1,991
1,921
—
—
1,921
3,523
323
—
3,846
4,233
—
(306)
3,927
5,514
323
—
5,837
(i) Costs not eligible for capitalization
Under Italian GAAP, in certain circumstances start-up costs and advertising costs are recorded with the consent of the board of
statutory auditors, and are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization calculated on the straight-line method over a period of
five years. Under IFRS, costs for starting new operations or launching new products or processes are not eligible for
capitalization.
Therefore, the Group has written off the carrying amount of the advertising costs connected to the launch of the new “Re-vive”
armchair and included under intangible assets. Consequently, the above difference between Italian GAAP and IFRS has
determined: (a) a decrease in intangible assets and equity of 306 and nil, respectively as at January 1, 2017 and December 31,
2017; (b) a decrease of 306 in the amortization included in selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017, as the
carrying amount of such advertising costs were fully amortized in 2017 under Italian GAAP; (c) a decrease of 306 in the loss for
the year ended December 31, 2017.
(ii) Write-off of amortization of goodwill
Under Italian GAAP, goodwill arising from business combinations is amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of ten
years. Under IFRS, goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment at least annually. An impairment loss is recorded when
the value in use of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount. The value in use is calculated by applying the discounted cash
flow (DCF) method, determining therefore the expected cash flows of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill pertains.
The goodwill recorded by the Group is related to acquisition of business finalized in 2016 and 2017.
As reported in note 43.2 (iv(a)), while transitioning to IFRS, the Group has elected to apply IFRS 3 prospectively, without
restating business combinations occurred before the date of transition to IFRS.
Consequently, the above difference between Italian GAAP and IFRS as at December 31, 2017 has determined: (a) an increase of
323 in goodwill and equity as at December 31, 2017; (b) a decrease of 323 in the amortization included in selling expenses for
the year ended December 31, 2017; (c) a decrease of 323 in the loss for the year ended December 31, 2017.
F-73
(c) Deferred tax assets and liabilities
The following tables show the impacts of the IFRS adjustments for deferred assets and liabilities.
January 1, 2017
Italian
GAAP
(a)
IFRS
adjustments
(b)
Deferred tax assets ..................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities compensated .......................................................
Net deferred tax assets ............................................................................
2,098
(998)
1,100
Deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................
(1,763)
459
(413)
46
—
December 31, 2017
Italian
GAAP
(a)
IFRS
adjustments
(b)
Deferred tax assets ..................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities compensated .......................................................
Net deferred tax assets ............................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................
1,897
(1,271)
626
(48)
759
(759)
—
(272)
IFRS
(a+b)
2,557
(1,411)
1,146
(1,763)
IFRS
(a+b)
2,656
(2,030)
626
(320)
Income tax rate applied are disclosed in note 36.
The IFRS adjustments that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as at January 1, 2017 and December 31,
2017 are presented below.
Deferred tax assets
Deferred revenues and costs for Natuzzi Display System ..............................
Net deferred tax assets (a) ..............................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities
Write-off of amortization of goodwill ............................................................
Deferred revenues and costs for Natuzzi Display System ..............................
Deferred costs for slotting fees .......................................................................
IAS 19 adjustment—employees’ leaving entitlement ....................................
Total deferred tax liabilities (b) ......................................................................
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) (a+b) ....................................................
01/01/17
31/12/17
459
459
—
(354)
(59)
—
(413)
46
759
759
(33)
(585)
(404)
(9)
(1,031)
(272)
In assessing the realisability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is probable that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realised. The ultimate realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future
taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and the tax loss carry-forwards are
utilised.
Given the cumulative loss position of the domestic companies and of some of foreign subsidiaries as at January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2017 management has considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies, in
making their assessment. The management after a reasonable analysis as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 has not
identified any relevant tax planning strategies prudent and feasible available to increase the carrying value of the deferred tax
assets recognised. Therefore, at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 the realisation of the deferred tax assets is primarily
based on the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, except in certain historically profitable jurisdictions.
Based upon this analysis, management believes it is probable that Natuzzi Group will realise the benefits of these deductible
differences and net operating losses carry-forwards, as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017.
F-74
Deferred tax assets on IFRS adjustments have not been recognised in respect of the following items, because it is not probable
that future taxable profit will be available against which the Group can use the benefits therefrom.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Revenue of finished goods derecognised ........................................................
Government Grants .........................................................................................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement ......................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization included in property, plant and
equipment ...................................................................................................
Costs not eligible for capitalization included in intangible assets ...................
Deferred revenues and costs for Service Type Warranty ................................
01/01/17
1,258
476
392
31/12/17
881
403
357
115
88
81
95
—
129
Total unrecognised deferred tax assets ............................................................
2,410
1,865
(d) Inventories
The following tables show the impacts of the IFRS adjustments for inventories:
Balance as per Italian GAAP .............................................
Revenue of finished goods derecognised ...........................
01/01/2017
78,384
12,630
Balance as per IFRS ...........................................................
91,014
31/12/17
80,273
10,804
91,077
Under Italian GAAP, the Group recognizes revenues and accrued costs associated with the sales revenue, at the time finished
goods are shipped from its manufacturing facilities located in Italy and abroad. Most of the finished goods are shipped from
factories directly to customers under terms that transfer the risks and ownership to the customer when the customer takes
possession of the goods. These terms are “delivered duty paid”, “delivered at place” and “delivered at terminal”. Delivery to the
customer generally occurs within one to six weeks from the time of shipment.
Under IFRS, an entity shall recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a
promised good or service to a customer. An asset is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that asset.
Indicators of the transfer of control include: (a) the existence of a present right to payment for the asset in favor of the entity;
(b) the customer’s legal title to the asset; (c) the transfer of the physical possession of the asset to customer; (d) the customer
bearing the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the asset; (e) the customer’s acceptance of the asset.
The Group’s overall assessment on the application of IFRS 15 for the accounting of revenue from contracts with customers has
resulted in considering performance obligations related to finished goods (furniture, home furnishing accessories, polyurethane
foam and leather by products) satisfied at the time delivery to the customer occurs (see note 4(t)).
Consequently, the above difference between Italian GAAP and IFRS as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 has
determined the following impacts:
•
•
•
Consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017: (a) increase in inventories of 12,630 and decrease in
trade receivables of 19,224 following the derecognition of revenues for finished goods that had not been delivered as at
January 1, 2017; (b) increase in other assets of 2,230 following the derecognition of shipping and handling costs and
commission expenses for finished goods that had not been delivered as at January 1, 2017; (c) decrease in equity of 4,364.
Consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2017: (a) increase in inventories of 10,804 and decrease
in trade receivables of 15,590 following the derecognition of revenues for finished goods that had not been delivered as at
December 31, 2017; (b) increase in other assets of 1,730 following the derecognition of shipping and handling costs and
commission expenses for finished goods that had not been delivered as at December 31, 2017; (c) decrease in equity of
3,056.
Consolidated statement of profit and loss for the year ended December 31, 2017: (a) increase in revenues of 3,634
following the derecognition of sales of finished goods that had not been delivered as at January 1, 2017 and as at
December 31, 2017; (b) increase in cost of sales of 1,826 following the recognition of inventories in the opening and
closing balances; (c) increase in selling expenses of 500 following the derecognition of shipping and handling costs and
commission expenses for finished goods that had not been delivered as at January 1, 2017 and as at December 31, 2017;
(d) decrease of 1,308 in the loss for the year ended December 31, 2017.
F-75
(e) Trade receivables
The following tables show the impacts of the IFRS adjustments for trade receivables:
Balance as per Italian GAAP ............................................
Recognition of trade receivables .......................................
Revenue of finished goods derecognised ..........................
01/01/2017
53,087
6,275
(19,224)
Balance as per IFRS ..........................................................
40,138
31/12/17
46,852
6,287
(15,590)
37,549
(i) Recognition of trade receivables
Under Italian GAAP the Company derecognised some trade receivables, connected to the non-recourse securitization agreement
signed in July 2015, under which it retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
Under IFRS, an entity derecognises trade receivables when the contractual rights to the cash flows from such financial asset
expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and
rewards of ownership of such financial asset are transferred or in which the entity neither transfers nor retains substantially all of
the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of such financial asset.
Therefore, under IFRS the Group recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position all trade receivables for which it
retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Consequently, such IFRS adjustment as at January 1, 2017 and
December 31, 2017 resulted in an increase in trade receivables and short-term borrowings of 6,275 and 6,287, respectively.
(ii) Revenue of finished goods derecognised
For details on such IFRS adjustments, refer to the comments reported in the note (d) “Inventories”.
(f) Other assets (current and non-current)
Balance as per Italian GAAP .............................................
Delivery costs and commission expenses for sales
derecognized ..................................................................
Deferred costs for Natuzzi Display System........................
Deferred costs for Service Type Warranty .........................
Deferred costs for slotting fees ...........................................
Balance as per IFRS ...........................................................
Less non-current portion as per IFRS.................................
Current portion as per IFRS ...............................................
01/01/2017
7,573
31/12/17
4,404
2,230
1,229
330
204
11,566
(1,323)
10,243
1,730
2,031
519
1,399
10,083
(2,851)
7,232
Reference should be made to note (d) “Inventories” for details about the adjustments to delivery costs and commission expenses
related to derecognised sales. For details of the adjustments to deferred costs for the Natuzzi Display System and the Service
Type Warranty, reference should be made to note (j) “Contract liabilities”. For details of the adjustment to deferred costs for
slotting fees, please refer to the following comment.
The Group recognises to retailers slotting fees as contributions to prepare the retailer’s system to accept and sell the Group’s
products. Under Italian GAAP, slotting fees are expensed as incurred and are included in selling expenses. Under IFRS, slotting
fees are recognised over time based on the length of the contract signed with the retailers and are treated as a reduction of
revenue. Deferred costs for slotting fees are included under other assets.
Consequently, the effects arising from such variance between Italian GAAP and IFRS are summarized as follows: (a) as at
January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 increase in other assets and equity for deferral of slotting fees of 204 and 1,399,
respectively; (b) for the year ended December 31, 2017 increase in revenue of 1,195 and decrease of the same amount in the loss
for the year.
F-76
(g) Equity
The details of IFRS adjustments on the Group’s equity are disclosed in notes from (a) to (j) and are summarized in the schedule
reported in 43.3 (v) that shows a reconciliation of equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the loss and other
comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 under Italian GAAP and IFRS. Further, the schedule reported in 43.3
(vi) sets out the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2017 restated under IFRS.
(h) Employee’s leaving entitlement
The following tables show the effects of the IFRS adjustments for the employee’s leaving entitlement:
Balance as per Italian GAAP .............................................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement .........
01/01/2017
17,791
1,635
Balance as per IFRS ...........................................................
19,426
31/12/17
17,210
1,610
18,820
Leaving entitlements represent amounts accrued for each Italian employee that are due and payable upon termination of
employment, assuming immediate separation, determined in accordance with applicable Italian labor laws.
Under Italian GAAP, the Group accrues the full amount of the employees’ vested benefit obligation as determined by such laws
for leaving entitlements.
Under IFRS, such benefits on the termination of the employment fall under the definition of defined benefit plans whose
existence and amount is certain but whose date is not. The liability is calculated as the present value of the obligation at the
reporting date, in compliance with applicable regulations and adjusted to take into account actuarial gains or losses. The amount
of the obligation is calculated annually based on the “projected unit credit” method. Actuarial gains or losses are recorded in full
during the relevant period without applying the “corridor method”. Actuarial gains or losses are stated under “Other
comprehensive income” in accordance with IAS 19.
Consequently, the above difference between Italian GAAP and IFRS has resulted in: (a) an increase in employee’s leaving
entitlement and a decrease in equity of 1,635 and 1,610, respectively, as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017; (b) a
decrease in cost of sales and selling expenses of 303 and 77, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017; (c) an increase
of finance costs of 247 for the year ended December 31, 2017; (d) a decrease of 133 in the loss for the year ended December 31,
2017; (e) an increase of 108 in comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2017.
(i) Deferred income for capital grants
The following tables show the effects of the IFRS adjustments for deferred income for capital grants:
Balance as per Italian GAAP .............................................
Government Grants ............................................................
01/01/2017
7,195
7,565
Balance as per IFRS ...........................................................
14,760
31/12/17
6,809
6,962
13,771
Under Italian GAAP, up to December 31, 2000 government grants related to capital expenditures were recorded, net of tax,
under equity reserves. Subsequent to that date such grants have been recorded as deferred income and recognised in the
consolidated statement of profit or loss as revenue on a systematic basis over the useful life of the asset.
Under IFRS, such grants, when received, are classified as deferred credit and amortized over the estimated remaining useful
lives of the property, plant and equipment to which the grants relates. The amortization is treated as a reduction of depreciation.
Therefore, under IFRS, the Group has recognised as deferred income all the capital grants recorded under equity reserves up to
December 31, 2000. Consequently, such IFRS adjustment has determined: (a) an increase in deferred income for capital grants
and a decrease in equity of 7,565 and 6,962, respectively, as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017; (b) a decrease of 603 in
the amortization charge in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2017; (c) a decrease of 603 in the loss for the year
ended December 31, 2017.
F-77
(j) Contract liabilities (current and non-current)
The following tables show the effects of the IFRS adjustments for contract liabilities:
Balance as per Italian GAAP .............................................
Deferred revenue for Natuzzi Display System ...................
Deferred revenue for Service Type Warranty ....................
Balance as per IFRS ...........................................................
Less non-current portion as per IFRS.................................
Current portion as per IFRS ...............................................
01/01/2017
10,096
1,594
609
12,299
(1,652)
10,647
31/12/17
11,937
2,636
960
15,533
(2,560)
12,973
Under Italian GAAP, as mentioned earlier, the Group recognizes revenues and accrued costs associated with the sales revenue at
the time finished goods are shipped from its manufacturing facilities located in Italy and abroad. This accounting policy also
applies for the revenue deriving from the sale of the Natuzzi Display System (NDS) to retailers and for the sale of a service type
warranty to the end customers.
Revenue from the sale of NDS to retailers, used to set up their stores, is fully recognised at the time such products are shipped,
disregarding the length of the contracts with retailers (usually five years). At the same time, costs incurred by the Group to
purchase such store fittings are expensed as occurred.
The insurance is provided by a third party and, therefore, the Group recognizes both costs for the service rendered by the third
party and revenue deriving from the sale of the service type warranty to customers. In both instances, costs and revenue are fully
recognised as they occur (i.e. costs are recognized as the third party performs the services and revenue when the products are
shipped), regardless of the contractual length of the insurance period, which is five years.
Under IFRS 15, the entity shall identify all distinct performance obligations included in contracts with customers and shall
determine whether such performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time.
Based on the IFRS 15 assessment, the Group has concluded that the revenue from the sale of NDS and the service type warranty
is a distinct performance obligation to be recognised over time. The same considerations apply for costs incurred by the Group
for NDS and service type warranties.
Under IFRS 15, revenue from the sale of the NDS is recognised over time based on the length of the distribution contract signed
with the retailer. Revenue from such sale is recognised based on the price specified in the contract. The deferred revenue is
included under contract liabilities.
Under IFRS 15, the Group allocates a portion of the consideration received to the service type warranty. This allocation is based
on the relative stand-alone selling price. The amount allocated to the service type warranty is deferred and is recognised as
revenue over time based on the validity period of such warranty. The deferred revenue is included under contract liabilities.
Consequently, the above differences between Italian GAAP and IFRS as at January, 1 2017 and December 31, 2017 has
determined the following effects:
•
•
•
Consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2017: (a) increase in contract liabilities of 2,203 for the
deferral of revenues for NDS products, amounting to 1,594, and for service type warranties, amounting to 609; (b)
increase in other assets of 1,559 for the deferral of costs related to NDS products, amounting to 1,229, and to service type
warranties, amounting to 330; (c) decrease in equity of 644.
Consolidated statement of financial position as at December 31, 2017: (a) increase in contract liabilities of 3,596 for the
deferral of revenues related to NDS products, amounting to 2,636, and to service type warranties, amounting to 960; (b)
increase in other assets of 2,550 for the deferral of costs related to NDS products, amounting to 2,031, and to service type
warranties, amounting to 519; (c) decrease in equity of 1,046.
Consolidated statement of profit and loss for the year ended December 31, 2017: (a) decrease in revenues of 1,042 for
NDS and of 351 for service type warranties; (b) decrease in cost of sales of 802 for NDS and of 189 for service type
warranties; (c) increase in the loss of the year of 402.
F-78
(k) Reclassifications
Under IFRS the Group has also reclassified certain captions and accounts of its consolidated statements of financial position as
at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Such reclassifications are detailed as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, goodwill amounting to 1,921 and 3,523, respectively, included as non-
current assets under Italian GAAP has been reclassified to “Intangible assets and goodwill” under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, “Deferred tax assets” amounting to 1,100 and 626, respectively, reported as
current assets under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to non-current assets under IFRS;
as at January 1 2017 and December 31, 2017, “Deferred tax liabilities” amounting to 1,763 and 48, respectively, reported
as current liabilities under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to non-current liabilities under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, receivables from tax authorities amounting to 1,254 and 2,413,
respectively, included in “Other receivables ” and reported as current assets under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to
“Current income tax assets” under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the entire caption “prepaid expenses and accrued income” amounting to
1,441 and 1,035, respectively, reported as current assets under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “Other current
assets” of current assets under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, advances to suppliers amounting to 6,132 and 3,369, respectively, included
in “Other receivables” and reported as current assets under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “Other current assets”
of current assets under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, provisions amounting to 13,253 and 16,715, respectively, included in
“Other liabilities” of non-current liabilities under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “Provisions” of non-current
liabilities under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the entire caption “salaries, wages and related liabilities” amounting to
19,420 and 15,726, respectively, reported as current liabilities under Italian GAAP has been reclassified to “Other
payables” of current liabilities under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, advances received from customers amounting to 10,096 and 11,938,
respectively, included in “Accounts payable-other” reported as current liabilities under Italian GAAP have been
reclassified to “Contract liabilities” of current liabilities under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, provision for assurance type warranty amounting to 5,687 and 5,957,
respectively, included in “Accounts payable-other” of current liabilities under Italian GAAP has been reclassified to
“Provisions” of current liabilities under IFRS;
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, translation adjustment reserve amounting to a credit of 4,980 and a debit of
6,212, respectively, included in retained earnings under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to translation reserve under
IFRS.
(ii) Consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017
(l) Revenue
The effects of the IFRS adjustments on revenue are indicated below:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP .............
Effects of revenue of finished goods derecognised .........................................
Effects of deferred costs for slotting fees ........................................................
Effects of deferred revenue for Natuzzi Display System .................................
Effects of deferred revenue for Service Type Warranty ..................................
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS...........................
445,444
3,634
1,195
(1,042)
(351)
448,880
F-79
Revenue shows a positive adjustment of 3,436 arising from:
•
•
•
•
increase of 3,634 due to the effects of derecognition of sales for which delivery of finished goods has not yet occurred as
at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (refer to comments reported in note (d) “Inventories”);
increase of 1,195 for the deferred slotting fees (refer to comments reported in note (f) “Other assets”);
decrease of 1,042 due to the effects of the deferral of revenue for NDS products (refer to comments reported in note (j)
“Contract liabilities”);
decrease of 351 due to the effects of the deferral of revenue for the service type warranties (refer to comments reported in
note (j) “Contract liabilities”).
(m) Cost of sales
The effects of the IFRS adjustments on cost of sales are illustrated below:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ......
Effects on inventories for revenue derecognised ......................................
Effects of deferred costs for Natuzzi Display System ..............................
Effects of deferred costs for Service Type Warranty ................................
Amortization charge of capital grants .......................................................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement ...............................
(318,472)
(1,826)
802
189
603
303
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS....................
(318,401)
As reported above, the cost of sales shows a negative adjustment of 71 due to:
•
•
•
•
•
increase of 1,826 due to the effects on the opening and closing balances of inventories related to the derecognition of sales
for which delivery of finished goods has not yet occurred as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (refer to
comments reported in note (d) “Inventories”);
decrease of 802 due to the effects of deferred costs related to NDS store fitting products (refer to comments reported note
(j) “Contract liabilities”);
decrease of 189 due to the effects of deferred costs related to service type warranties (refer to comments reported in note
(j) “Contract liabilities”);
decrease of 603 due to the amortization charge of the deferred income for capital grants (refer to comments reported in
note (i) “Deferred income for capital grants”;
decrease of 303 due to the employee’s leaving entitlement (refer to comments reported in note (h) “Employee’s leaving
entitlement”).
(n) Selling expenses
The effects of the IFRS adjustments on the selling expenses are indicated below:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP .....
Derecognition of shipping and handling costs .........................................
Elimination of amortization of goodwill .................................................
Elimination of amortization of advertising costs .....................................
Elimination of amortization of advisory costs .........................................
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement ..............................
(120,005)
(500)
323
306
70
77
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS...................
(119,729)
As shown above, selling and distribution expenses show a positive adjustment of 276 due to:
•
•
increase of 500 due to the effects of the derecognition of shipping and handling costs for undelivered finished goods as at
January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (refer to comments reported in note (d) “Inventories”);
decrease of 323 due to the elimination of amortization of goodwill recorded for Italian GAAP (refer to comments reported
in note (b) “Intangible assets and goodwill);
F-80
•
•
•
decrease of 306 due to the elimination of amortization of advertising costs that are not eligible for capitalization under
IFRS (refer to comments reported in note (b) “Intangible assets and goodwill”);
decrease of 70 due to the elimination of amortization of advisory costs not eligible for capitalization under property, plant
and equipment (refer to comments reported in note (a) “Property, plant and equipment”);
decrease of 77 due to the employee’s leaving entitlement (refer to comments reported in note (h) “Employee’s leaving
entitlement”).
(o) Finance costs
The effects of the IFRS adjustments on finance costs are indicated below:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ..............
IAS 19 adjustment - employees’ leaving entitlement .......................................
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS............................
(6,042)
(247)
(6,289)
As reported above, finance costs show a negative adjustment of 247 due to interest expenses arisen from the application of IAS
19 to the employee’s leaving entitlement (refer to comments reported in note (h) “Employee’s leaving entitlement”).
(p) Net exchange rate gains (losses)
The effects of the IFRS adjustments on net exchange rate gains (losses) are indicated below:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ..............
Functional currency adjustment ........................................................................
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS............................
3,252
(2,219)
1,033
For comments on such functional currency adjustment, refer to note (a) “Property, plant and equipment”.
(q) Income tax expense
The IFRS adjustments have determined an increase of 310 in the income tax expense (see also note (c) “Deferred tax assets and
liabilities”). Further, total income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 are allocated as follows:
Current:
- Domestic ...................................................................................
- Foreign .....................................................................................
Total (a) ......................................................................................
Deferred:
- Domestic ...................................................................................
- Foreign .....................................................................................
Total (b) ......................................................................................
Italian
GAAP
(a)
(40)
(3,777)
(3,817)
Italian
GAAP
(a)
—
1,241
1,241
Total (a+b) ..................................................................................
(2,576)
IFRS
adjustments
(b)
—
—
—
IFRS
adjustments
(b)
(310)
—
(310)
(310)
IFRS
(a+b)
(40)
(3,777)
(3,817)
IFRS
(a+b)
(310)
1,241
931
(2,886)
F-81
(r) Reclassifications
Under IFRS the Group has also reclassified certain captions and accounts of its consolidated statement of profit or loss for the
year ended December 31, 2017. Such reclassifications are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
advertising contributions to resellers of 2,119 recognized as selling expenses under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to
revenue under IFRS;
slotting fees to retailers of 1,557 recognized as selling expenses under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to revenue
under IFRS;
amortization of deferred income related to grants of 466 recognized as revenue under Italian GAAP has been reclassified
to cost of sales under IFRS;
warranty costs of 7,453 included as components of selling expenses under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to cost of
sales under IFRS;
the Italian GAAP caption “other income (expense), net” of (138) has been reclassified under IFRS to finance income for
1,252, finance costs for 6,042, net exchange rate gains for 3,252, other income for 1,650 and other expenses for 250.
(iii) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2017
(s) Actuarial losses on employee’s leaving entitlement
For comments on actuarial losses reported under other comprehensive income, refer to comments reported in note (h)
“Employee’s leaving entitlement”.
(t) Exchange rate differences on translation of foreign operations
The impact of the IFRS adjustments on the exchange rate differences on translation of the foreign operations is as follows:
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per Italian GAAP ........
Functional currency adjustment ..................................................................
Balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 as per IFRS......................
(11,419)
3,641
(7,778)
For comments on such functional currency adjustment, refer to note (a) “Property, plant and equipment”.
(iv) Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017
(u) Explanation of material IFRS adjustments to the consolidated statement of cash flows
The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects: (a) the IFRS adjustments with an
impact on the consolidated statement of financial position’s captions and equity as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017,
disclosed in notes from “a” to “j”; (b) the IFRS reclassifications that affected the consolidated statement of financial position
prepared in accordance with Italian GAAP as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, disclosed in note “k”.
In particular, the material IFRS adjustments to the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017
are detailed as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, bank overdrafts of 4,416 and nil, respectively, that are repayable on
demand, form an integral part of the Group’s cash management and which were classified as “cash flows from financing
activities” under Italian GAAP, have been reclassified to “cash and cash equivalents” under IFRS;
dividends distribution to “Non-controlling interests” amounting to 1,349 for the year ended December 31, 2017 included
in “cash flows from investing activities” under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “cash flows from financing
activities” under IFRS;
interest paid amounting to 2,821 for the year ended December 31, 2017 recognised as “other disclosures on cash flows”
under Italian GAAP has been recognized as “cash flows used in operating activities”;
income taxes paid amounting to 4,878 for the year ended December 31, 2017 recognised as “other disclosures on cash
flows” under Italian GAAP have been recognised as “cash flows used in operating activities”;
the entire caption “deferred income taxes” amounting to 1,241 for the year ended December 31, 2017 recognised in “cash
flows from operating activities” under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “tax expense” recognized in “cash flows
from operating activities” under IFRS;
F-82
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the entire caption “salaries, wages and related liabilities” amounting to 4,578 for the year ended December 31, 2017
recognised in “cash flows from operating activities” under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “trade and other
payables” recognised in “cash flows from operating activities” under IFRS;
the entire caption “other liabilities, net” amounting to 3,264 for the year ended December 31, 2017 recognised in “cash
flows from operating activities” under Italian GAAP have been reclassified to “provisions” recognised in “cash flows
from operating activities” under IFRS.
amortization of intangibles assets of 1,892 recognised in the caption “Depreciation and amortization” under Italian GAAP
has been reclassified to “Amortization” under IFRS;
the caption “Depreciation” of 10,861 under IFRS reflects the IFRS adjustment of 70 for the elimination of amortization of
advisory costs not eligible for capitalization under property, plant and equipment (see note (a) “Property, plant and
equipment” and note (n) “Selling expenses”);
the caption “Amortization” of 1,569 under IFRS reflects the IFRS adjustment for the elimination of amortization of
goodwill of 323 recorded under Italian GAAP (see note (b) “Intangible assets and goodwill” and note (n) “Selling
expenses”);
the captions “Interest expenses” of 4,639 and “Tax expense” of 2,886 have been disclosed in the cash flows from
operating activities under IFRS;
the caption “Deferred income for capital grants” shows an increase of 603 due to the effects of the amortization of capital
grants recorded under IFRS (see note (i) “Deferred income for capital grants” and note (m) “Cost of sales”);
the caption “Inventories” shows an increase of 1,826 due to the derecognition of sales of finished goods which had not
been delivered as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (see note (d) “Inventories” and note (m) “Cost of sales”);
the caption “Trade and other receivables” shows a negative adjustment of 4,663 mainly due to: (a) decrease of 3,634 for
the derecognition of sales of finished goods which had not been delivered as at January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017
(see note (e) “Trade receivables” and note (l) “Revenue”); (b) decrease of 2,763 for the reclassification of advances from
suppliers from “Other receivables” under Italian GAAP to “Other assets” under IFRS (see note (k) “Reclassifications”);
(c) increase of 1,159 for the reclassification of receivables from tax authorities from “Other receivables” under Italian
GAAP to “Current income tax assets” under IFRS (see note (k) “Reclassifications”);
the caption “Other assets” shows a positive adjustment of 1,077 arising from: (a) decrease of 1,686 for deferred costs
recognized under IFRS (see note (f) “Other assets”); (b) increase of 2,763 due to the reclassification of advance paid to
suppliers (see note (k) “Reclassification”);
the caption “Contract liabilities” shows a positive adjustment of 3,235 arising from: (a) 1,393 increase in deferred income
for NDS products and service type warranties (see note (j) “Contract liabilities” and note (l) “Revenue”); (b) 1,842
increase due to the reclassification of advances received from customers from “Account-payables other” under Italian
GAAP to “Contract liabilities” under IFRS (see note (k) “Reclassifications”;
the caption “Short-term borrowings” shows an increase of 4,428 due to: (a) an increase of 4,416 for bank overdraft
reclassified from “cash flows from financing activities” under Italian GAAP to “cash and cash equivalents” under IFRS
(see first comment above); (b) an increase of 12 for borrowings recognised following the recognition of some trade
receivables under IFRS (see note (e) “Trade receivables”).
There are no other material differences between the consolidated statement of cash flows presented in accordance with IFRS and
the consolidated statement of cash flows presented in accordance with Italian GAAP.
F-83
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
1.1 English translation of the by-laws (Statuto) of the Company, as amended and restated as of January 24, 2008
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities Exchange Commission on
June 30, 2008, file number 001-11854).
2.1* Deposit Agreement dated as of May 15, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 23, 1996 and as of
December 31, 2001, among the Company, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and owners and beneficial owners of ADRs.
4.1 Agreement among the Ministry of Economic Development, Ministry of Labour and Social Policy, INVITALIA, the
Region of Puglia, the Region of Basilicata, Natuzzi S.p.A., Confindustria and the Italian trade union and other entities named therein,
dated as of October 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2014, file number 001-11854).
4.2 Addendum among the Ministry of Economic Development, Confindustria of Bari, Natuzzi S.p.A. and the trade unions
named therein dated as of March 3, 2015, to the agreement dated as of October 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to
the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2015, file number 001-11854).
4.3 Two separate agreements, each among the Ministry of Labor, the Ministry of Economic Development, the Puglia
Region, the Basilicata Region, Natuzzi S.p.A., Confindustria Bari and the Italian trade unions and other entities named therein, each
dated as of March 3, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on April 30, 2015, file number 001-11854).
4.4 English translation of the Memorandum of Understanding between the Ministry of Labor and Social Policy, Natuzzi
S.p.A. and the Italian trade unions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 2016, file number 001-11854).
4.5 English translation of the Framework Agreement for Assignment of Receivables between Natuzzi S.p.A. and Muttley
S.r.l., dated July 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on May 23, 2016, file number 001-11854).
4.6 English translation of the agreement among the individuals named therein, dated as of March 27, 2017 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2017,
file number 001-11854).
4.7 English translation of the agreement among the individuals named therein, dated as of March 27, 2017 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2017,
file number 001-11854).
4.8 English translation of the Joint Venture Contract between Natuzzi S.p.A. and Jason Furniture (Hangzhou) CO., Ltd.,
dated March 22, 2018, portions of which have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Such omitted portions
have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Form 20-F
filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2018, file number 001-11854).
4.9 English translation of the Agreement for the Sale and Purchase and Subscription of Shares in Natuzzi Trading
(Shanghai) Co, Ltd., dated March 22, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Form 20-F filed by Natuzzi S.p.A. with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2018, file number 001-11854).
4.10*† English translation of the agreement among the Company, certain trade unions, Italian authorities and the
individuals therein, dated December 18, 2018.
8.1* List of Significant Subsidiaries.
12.1* Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2* Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1* Certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101†† XBRL Instance Document and related items.
*
Filed herewith.
F-84
†
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10).
Such omitted information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly
disclosed..
†† As permitted by Rule 405(a)(2)(ii) of Regulation S-T, the registrant’s XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting
Language) information will be furnished in an amendment to this Form 20-F that will be filed no more than 30
days after the date hereof. In accordance with Rule 402 of Regulation S-T, such XBRL information will be
furnished and not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the
Act, will be deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and otherwise will not be subject to
liability under those sections.
F-85
The registrant, Natuzzi S.p.A., hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly
caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
SIGNATURE
Date: April 30, 2019
NATUZZI S.p.A.
By /s/ Pasquale Natuzzi
Name: Pasquale Natuzzi
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 2.1
As Depositary
INDUSTRIE NATUZZI S.P.A.
AND
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
AND
OWNERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS
OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
Deposit Agreement
Dated as of May 15, 1993
Amended and Restated as of December 23, 1996
Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2001
Table of Contents
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01 American Depositary Shares
SECTION 1.02 Beneficial Owner
SECTION 1.03 Business Day
SECTION 1.04 Commission
SECTION 1.05 Company
SECTION 1.06 Custodian
SECTION 1.07 Deposit Agreement
SECTION 1.08 Depositary; Corporate Trust Office
SECTION 1.09 Deposited Securities
SECTION 1.10 Dollars; Euro
SECTION 1.11 Foreign Currency
SECTION 1.12 Foreign Registrar
SECTION 1.13 Owner
SECTION 1.14 Pre-Release
SECTION 1.15 Receipts
SECTION 1.16 Registrar
SECTION 1.17 Regulation S
SECTION 1.18 Securities Act of 1933
SECTION 1.19 Shares
ARTICLE 2 FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND
SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS.....................................................................................................................................................
SECTION 2.01 Form and Transferability of Receipts
SECTION 2.02 Deposit of Shares
SECTION 2.03 Execution and Delivery of Receipts
SECTION 2.04 Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts
SECTION 2.05 Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Shares
SECTION 2.06 Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of Receipts
SECTION 2.07 Lost Receipts, etc
SECTION 2.08 Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts
SECTION 2.09 Pre-Release of Receipts
SECTION 2.10 Maintenance of Records
ARTICLE 3 CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS OF RECEIPTS
SECTION 3.01 Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information
SECTION 3.02 Liability of Owner for Taxes
SECTION 3.03 Warranties on Deposit of Shares
SECTION 3.04 Disclosure of Interests
ARTICLE 4 THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES
SECTION 4.01 Cash Distributions
SECTION 4.02 Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights
SECTION 4.03 Distributions in Shares
SECTION 4.04 Rights
SECTION 4.05 Conversion of Foreign Currency
SECTION 4.06 Fixing of Record Date
SECTION 4.07 Voting of Deposited Securities and Attendance at Meetings
SECTION 4.08 Changes Affecting Deposited Securities
SECTION 4.09 Documents Available at the Depositary’s Office and Reports to the Commission and Stock Exchanges
SECTION 4.10 Lists of Owners
SECTION 4.11 Withholding
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
ARTICLE 5 THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY
SECTION 5.01 Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary
SECTION 5.02 Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company
SECTION 5.03 Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company
SECTION 5.04 Resignation and Removal of the Depositary
SECTION 5.05 The Custodian
SECTION 5.06 Reports, Notices and Other Communications
SECTION 5.07 Distribution of Additional Shares; Rights, etc
SECTION 5.08
SECTION 5.09 Charges of Depositary
SECTION 5.10 Exclusivity
Indemnification
ARTICLE 6 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
SECTION 6.01 Amendment
SECTION 6.02 Termination
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 7.01 Counterparts
SECTION 7.02 No Third Party Beneficiaries
SECTION 7.03 Severability
SECTION 7.04 Binding Effect on Owners and Beneficial Owners
SECTION 7.05 Notices
SECTION 7.06 Governing Law
SECTION 7.07 Headings
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 15, 1993, amended and restated as of December 23, 1996 and further amended
and restated as of December 31, 2001, among Industrie Natuzzi S.p.A., a società per azioni (a limited liability company) organized
under the laws of the Republic of Italy (herein called the Company), THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation
(herein called the Depositary), and all Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued
hereunder.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide, as hereinafter set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the deposit of Shares
(as hereinafter defined) of the Company from time to time with the Depositary or with the Custodian (as hereinafter defined) as agent
of the Depositary for the purposes set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing
the Shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary
Shares; and
WHEREAS, the American Depositary Receipts are to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto, with
appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions as hereinafter provided in this Deposit Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated, apply to the respective terms used in
this Deposit Agreement:
SECTION 1.01 American Depositary Shares.
The term “American Depositary Shares” shall mean the securities representing the interests in the Deposited Securities
and evidenced by the Receipts issued hereunder. Each American Depositary Share shall represent the number of Shares specified in
Exhibit A annexed hereto, until there shall occur a distribution upon Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.03 or a change in
Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.03 or otherwise with respect to which additional Receipts are not executed and delivered,
and thereafter American Depositary Shares shall evidence the amount of Shares or Deposited Securities specified in such Sections.
SECTION 1.02 Beneficial Owner.
The term “Beneficial Owner” shall be any person who has a beneficial interest in any American Depositary Share.
SECTION 1.03 Business Day.
The term “Business Day” shall mean any day on which both banks in Italy and banks in New York, New York are not
required or authorized by law to close.
SECTION 1.04 Commission.
The term “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor
governmental agency in the United States.
SECTION 1.05 Company.
The term “Company” shall mean Industrie Natuzzi S.p.A., incorporated under the laws of Italy, and its successors.
SECTION 1.06 Custodian.
The term “Custodian” shall mean the principal Milan, Italy office of Credito Italiano S.p.A., as agent of the Depositary for
the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation which may hereafter be appointed by the Depositary
pursuant to the terms of Section 5.05, as substitute or additional custodian or custodians hereunder, as the context shall require and
shall also mean all of them collectively.
-1-
SECTION 1.07 Deposit Agreement.
The term “Deposit Agreement” shall mean this Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended
from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
SECTION 1.08 Depositary; Corporate Trust Office.
The term “Depositary’’ shall mean The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, and any successor as
depositary hereunder. The term “Corporate Trust Office”, when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the office of the
Depositary which at the date of this Deposit Agreement is 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.
SECTION 1.09 Deposited Securities.
The term “Deposited Securities” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited or deemed to be deposited
(including as contemplated under Section 2.09) under this Deposit Agreement and any and all other securities, property and cash
received or deemed to be received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect or in lieu of such deposited Shares and at such time
held hereunder, subject as to cash to the provisions of Section 4.05.
SECTION 1.10 Dollars; Euro.
The term “Dollars” shall mean United States dollars. The term “Euro” shall mean the common currency of the
participating member countries of the European Union.
SECTION 1.11 Foreign Currency.
The term “Foreign Currency” shall mean currency other than Dollars.
SECTION 1.12 Foreign Registrar.
The term “Foreign Registrar” shall mean the entity that presently carries out the duties of registrar for the Shares or any
successor as registrar for the Shares and any other appointed agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares.
SECTION 1.13 Owner.
The term “Owner” shall mean the person in whose name a Receipt is registered on the books of the Depositary maintained
for such purpose.
SECTION 1.14 Pre-Release.
The term “Pre-Release” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.09.
SECTION 1.15 Receipts.
The term “Receipts” shall mean the American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder evidencing American Depositary
Shares, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.
SECTION 1.16 Registrar.
The term “Registrar” shall mean any bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, which shall be appointed to register Receipts and transfers of Receipts as herein provided.
SECTION 1.17 Regulation S.
The term “Regulation S” shall mean Rules 901 through 904, inclusive, under the Securities Act of 1933, as such Rules
may from time to time be amended.
SECTION 1.18 Securities Act of 1933.
The term “Securities Act of 1933” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.
-2-
SECTION 1.19 Shares.
The term “Shares” shall mean Ordinary Shares of the Company in registered form, heretofore validly issued and
outstanding and fully paid, nonassessable and free of any pre-emptive rights of the holders of outstanding Shares or hereafter validly
issued, subscribed and outstanding and fully paid, nonassessable and free of any pre-emptive rights of the holders of outstanding
Shares or interim certificates representing such Shares.
ARTICLE 2
FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, EXECUTION AND DELIVERY,
TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS
Section 2.01 Form and Transferability of Receipts.
Definitive Receipts shall be engraved or printed or lithographed on steel-engraved borders or such other form as may be
acceptable to the New York Stock Exchange and shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A annexed to this Deposit
Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided. No Receipt shall be entitled to any
benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless such Receipt shall have been executed by the
Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary; provided, however, that such signature may be a
facsimile if a Registrar for the Receipts shall have been appointed and such Receipts are countersigned by the manual signature of a
duly authorized officer of the Registrar. Receipts may be issued in denominations of any whole number of American Depositary
Shares. The Depositary shall maintain books on which each Receipt so executed and delivered as hereinafter provided and the transfer
of each such Receipt shall be registered. Receipts bearing the facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary who
was at any time a proper signatory of the Depositary shall bind the Depositary, notwithstanding that such signatory has ceased to hold
such office prior to the execution and delivery of such Receipts by the Registrar or did not hold such office on the date of issuance of
such Receipts.
The Receipts may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or modifications not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement or with any provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association or Italian
law as may be reasonably required by the Depositary in order to comply with any applicable law or regulations thereunder or with the
rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which American Depositary Shares may be listed or to conform with any usage
with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Receipts are subject by reason of the
date of issuance of the underlying Deposited Securities or otherwise.
Title to a Receipt (and to the American Depositary Shares evidenced thereby), when properly endorsed or accompanied by
proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of a negotiable instrument;
provided, however, that the Depositary and the Company, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner thereof as
the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to
any notice provided for in this Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes.
Section 2.02 Deposit of Shares.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, Shares, or evidence of rights to receive Shares to the extent
permitted by Section 2.09, may be deposited by delivery thereof to any Custodian hereunder, accompanied by any appropriate
instrument or instruments of transfer, or endorsement, in form satisfactory to the Custodian, together with all such certifications as
may be required by the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company in accordance with the provision of this Deposit Agreement, and, if
the Depositary requires, together with a written order directing the Depositary to execute and deliver to, or upon the written order of,
the person or persons stated in such order, a Receipt or Receipts for the number of American Depositary Shares representing such
deposit. No Share shall be accepted for deposit unless accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary
approval has been granted by the governmental body or bodies in Italy which is or are then regulating currency exchange. If required
by the Depositary, Shares presented for deposit at any time, whether or not the transfer books of the Company or the Foreign
Registrar, if applicable, are closed, shall also be accompanied by (i) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to
the Depositary, which will provide for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares
or to receive other property which any person in whose name the Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in
respect of such deposited Shares, or in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the
Depositary and (ii) if the Shares are registered in the name of the person on whose behalf they are presented for deposit, a proxy or
proxies entitling the Custodian to vote such deposited Shares for any and all purposes until the Shares are registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominees.
At the request and risk and expense of any person proposing to deposit Shares, and for the account of such person, the
Depositary may receive certificates for Shares to be deposited, together with the other instruments herein specified, for the purpose of
forwarding such Share certificates to the Custodian for deposit hereunder.
-3-
Upon each delivery to a Custodian of a certificate or certificates for Shares to be deposited hereunder, together with the
other documents above specified, such Custodian shall, as soon as transfer and recordation can be accomplished, present such
evidence of ownership to the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, for transfer and recordation of the Shares being
deposited in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or such Custodian or its nominee at the cost and expense of the person making
such deposit (or for whose benefit such deposit is made) and shall obtain evidence satisfactory to it of such registration.
Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary
or at such other place or places as the Depositary shall determine.
Section 2.03 Execution and Delivery of Receipts.
Upon receipt by any Custodian of any deposit pursuant to Section 2.02 hereunder (and in addition, if the transfer books of
the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, are open, the Depositary may in its sole discretion require a proper
acknowledgment or other evidence from the Company or the Foreign Registrar, as the case may be, that any Deposited Securities have
been recorded upon the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or
such Custodian or its nominee), together with the other documents required as above specified, such Custodian shall notify the
Depositary of such deposit and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order a Receipt or Receipts are deliverable in
respect thereof and the number of American Depositary Shares to be evidenced thereby. Such notification shall be made by letter or, at
the request, risk and expense of the person making the deposit, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission. Upon receiving such notice
from such Custodian, or upon the receipt of Shares by the Depositary, the Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Deposit Agreement, shall, as promptly as practicable execute and deliver at its Corporate Trust Office, to or upon the order of the
person or persons entitled thereto, a Receipt or Receipts, registered in the name or names and evidencing any authorized number of
American Depositary Shares requested by such person or persons, but only upon payment to the Depositary of the fees of the
Depositary for the execution and delivery of such Receipt or Receipts as provided in Section 5.09, and of all taxes and governmental
charges and fees, if any, payable in connection with such deposit and the transfer of the Deposited Securities. The Depositary shall not
issue Receipts except in accordance with this Section 2.03 and Sections 2.04, 2.07, 2.09, 4.03, 4.04 and 4.08.
Section 2.04 Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts.
The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall register transfers of Receipts on its
transfer books from time to time, upon any surrender of a Receipt, by the Owner in person or by a duly authorized attorney, properly
endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, and duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New
York and of the United States of America. Thereupon the Depositary shall execute a new Receipt or Receipts and deliver the same to
or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.
The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or
Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or
Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American
Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.
The Depositary may appoint, upon at least 20 days’ written notice to the Company, one or more co-transfer agents,
reasonably acceptable to the Company, for the purpose of effecting transfers, combinations and split-ups of Receipts at designated
transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary. In carrying out its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and
compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by Owners or persons entitled to Receipts and will be entitled to protection
and indemnity to the same extent as the Depositary.
Section 2.05 Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Shares.
Upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of a Receipt for the purpose of withdrawal of the
Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt, and upon payment of the fee of the
Depositary for the surrender of Receipts as provided in Section 5.09 and payment of all taxes and governmental charges, if any,
payable in connection with such surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Deposit Agreement and the Company’s Articles of Association, the Owner of such Receipt shall be entitled to delivery, to him or
upon his order, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced by such
Receipt. Delivery of such Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of (a) certificates in the name of such Owner or as
ordered by him or certificates properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to such Owner or as ordered by him
and (b) any other securities, property and cash to which such Owner is then entitled in respect of such Receipts to such Owner or as
ordered by him. Such delivery shall be made, as promptly as practicable as hereinafter provided.
-4-
A Receipt surrendered for such purposes may be required by the Depositary to be properly endorsed in blank or
accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank, and if the Depositary so requires, the Owner thereof shall execute and deliver
to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon
the written order of a person or persons designated in such order. Thereupon the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, direct
the Custodian to deliver at the Milan, Italy office of such Custodian, subject to Sections 2.06, 3.01 and 3.02 and to the other terms and
conditions of this Deposit Agreement and the Company’s Articles of Association, to or upon the written order of the person or persons
designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as above provided, the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the
American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt, except that the Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of any dividends or distributions with respect to the Deposited securities represented by
the American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt, or of any proceeds of sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which
may at the time be held by the Depositary.
At the request, risk and expense of any Owner so surrendering a Receipt, and for the account of such Owner, the
Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property (other than rights) comprising, and forward a certificate or
certificates and other proper documents of title for, the Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced
by such Receipt to the Depositary for delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary. Such direction shall be given by letter
or, at the request, risk and expense of such Owner, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission.
Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall deliver Shares, by physical delivery, book entry or otherwise (other than to
the Company or its agent as contemplated by Section 4.08), or otherwise permit Shares to be withdrawn from the facility created
hereby, except upon the receipt and cancellation of Receipts.
Section 2.06 Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of Receipts.
As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, split-up, combination or surrender of any
Receipt, the delivery of any distribution thereon, or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Company, Depositary, Custodian or
Registrar may require payment from the depositor of Shares or the presenter of the Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any
tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax, charge or fee
with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09, may
require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance
with such reasonable regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, including,
without limitation, this Section 2.06.
The delivery of Receipts against deposits of Shares generally or against deposits of particular Shares may be suspended,
or the transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding Receipts or the
combination or split-up of Receipts generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are
closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time
because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of this Deposit
Agreement, or for any other reason, subject to the provisions of the following sentence. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Deposit Agreement or the Receipts, the surrender of outstanding Receipts and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be suspended
only for (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the deposit of Shares in
connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges,
(iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the Receipts or to the withdrawal of the
Deposited Securities, or (iv) any other reason that may at any time be specified in paragraph I(A)(l) of the General Instructions to
Form F-6, as from time to time in effect, or any successor provision thereto. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall
not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares required to be registered under the provisions of the
securities Act of 1933, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares. The Depositary will comply with written
instructions of the Company that the Depositary shall not accept for deposit hereunder any Shares identified in such instructions at
such times and under such circumstances as may reasonably be specified in such instructions in order to facilitate the Company’s
compliance with the securities laws in the United States.
Section 2.07 Lost Receipts, etc.
In case any Receipt shall be mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Depositary shall execute and deliver a new Receipt of
like tenor in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and in substitution for such
destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt. Before the Depositary shall execute and deliver a new Receipt in substitution for a destroyed, lost or
stolen Receipt, the Owner thereof shall have (a) filed with the Depositary (i) a request for such execution and delivery before the
Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (ii) a sufficient indemnity bond and (b) satisfied
any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.
-5-
Section 2.08 Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.
All Receipts surrendered to the Depositary shall be canceled by the Depositary. The Depositary is authorized to destroy
Receipts so canceled, subject to Section 2.10.
Section 2.09 Pre-Release of Receipts.
The Depositary may issue Receipts against the delivery by the Company (or any agent of the Company recording Share
ownership) of rights to receive Shares from the Company (or any agent of the Company recording Share ownership). No such issue of
Receipts will be deemed a “Pre-Release” that is subject to the restrictions of the following paragraph.
Unless requested by the Company to cease doing so, the Depositary may, notwithstanding Section 2.03 hereof, execute
and deliver Receipts prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 (“Pre-Release”). The Depositary may, pursuant to
Section 2.05, deliver Shares upon the receipt and cancellation of Receipts which have been Pre-Released, whether or not such
cancellation is prior to the termination of such Pre-Release or the Depositary knows that such Receipt has been Pre-Released. The
Depositary may receive Receipts in lieu of Shares in satisfaction of a Pre-Release. Each Pre-Release will be (a) preceded or
accompanied by a written representation and agreement from the person to whom Receipts are to be delivered that such person, or its
customer, (i) owns the Shares or Receipts to be remitted, as the case may be, (ii) assigns all beneficial right, title and interest in such
Shares to the Depositary for the benefit of the Owners, and (iii) agrees in effect to hold such Shares for the account of the Depositary
until delivery of the same upon the Depositary’s request, (b) at all times fully collateralize (such collateral marked to market daily)
with cash or U.S. government securities, (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days notice, and
(d) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The number of American
Depositary Shares which are outstanding at any time as a result of Pre-Releases will not normally exceed thirty percent (30%) of the
American Depositary Shares outstanding (without giving effect to American Depositary Shares evidenced by Receipts outstanding as
a result of Pre-Release); provided, however, that the Depositary reserves the right to disregard such limit from time to time as it deems
appropriate and may, with the prior written consent of the Company, change such limit for purposes of general application. The
Depositary will also set limits with respect to the number of Pre-Released Receipts involved in transactions to be done hereunder with
any one person on a case by case basis as it deems appropriate. The collateral referred to in clause (b) above shall be held by the
Depositary for the benefit of the Owners as security for the performance of the obligations to deliver Shares set forth in clause
(a) above (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute Deposited Securities hereunder).
The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing.
Section 2.10 Maintenance of Records.
The Depositary agrees to maintain or cause its agents to maintain records of all Receipts surrendered and Deposited
Securities withdrawn under Section 2.05, substitute Receipts delivered under Section 2.07, and of canceled or destroyed Receipts
under Section 2.08, in keeping with procedures ordinarily followed by stock transfer agents located in The City of New York or as
required by the laws or regulations governing the Depositary. Prior to destroying any such records, the Depositary will notify the
Company and will turn such records over to the Company upon its request.
ARTICLE 3
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS OF RECEIPTS
Section 3.01 Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.
Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner of a Receipt may be required from time to time to file with the
Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, legal or beneficial ownership of
Receipts, Deposited Securities or other securities, compliance with all applicable laws or regulations or terms of this Deposit
Agreement or the Receipts or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if
applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or
proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any Receipt or the distribution of any dividend or sale
or distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is
filed or such certificates are executed or such representations and warranties made. The Depositary shall from time to time advise the
Company of the availability of any such proofs, certificates or other information and shall provide copies thereof to the Company as
promptly as practicable upon request by the Company, unless such disclosure is prohibited by law.
Section 3.02 Liability of Owner for Taxes.
If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable with respect to any Receipt or any Deposited Securities
represented by any Receipt, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of such Receipt. The Depositary
-6-
may refuse to effect any transfer of such Receipt or any combination or split-up thereof or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities
represented by American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends
or other distributions, or may sell for the account of the Owner thereof any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by the
American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any
such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge (and any taxes or expenses arising out of such sale), and the Owner of
such Receipt shall remain liable for any deficiency.
Section 3.03 Warranties on Deposit of Shares.
Every person depositing Shares under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that such
Shares and each certificate therefor are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of any preemptive rights of the holders of
outstanding Shares and that the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every such person shall also be deemed to
represent that (i) the Shares presented for deposit are not, and the Receipts issuable upon such deposit will not be, restricted securities
within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933, and (ii) the deposit of such Shares and the sale of Receipts
evidencing American Depositary Shares representing such Shares by that person are not otherwise restricted under the Securities Act
of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and issuance of Receipts.
Section 3.04 Disclosure of Interests.
To the extent that provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities (including the Company’s Articles of Association
or applicable law) may require the disclosure of beneficial or other ownership of Deposited Securities, other Shares and other
securities to the Company and may provide for blocking transfer and voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limit such
ownership, the Depositary shall use its best efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to comply with Company instructions
as to Receipts in respect of any such enforcement or limitation, and Owners and Beneficial Owners shall comply with all such
disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and shall cooperate with the Depositary’s compliance with such Company
instructions.
ARTICLE 4
THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES
Section 4.01 Cash Distributions.
Whenever the Depositary, or on its behalf, its agent, shall receive any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any
Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall, or shall cause its agent, as promptly as practicable after its receipt of such dividend or
distribution (unless otherwise prohibited or prevented by law), subject to the provisions of Section 4.05, to convert such dividend or
distribution into Dollars and shall, as promptly as practicable, distribute the amount thus received (net of the expenses of the
Depositary as provided in Section 5.09) to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares
representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively; provided, however, that in the event that the Company or an agent
of the Company or the Depositary shall be required to withhold and does withhold from such cash dividend or such other cash
distribution an amount on account of taxes, the amount distributed to the Owner of the Receipts evidencing American Depositary
Shares representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. The Depositary shall distribute only such amounts as can
be distributed without distributing to any Owner a fraction of one cent and any balance that is not so distributed shall be held by the
Depositary (without liability for the interest thereon) and shall be added to and be part of the next sum received by the Depositary for
distribution to the Owners of Receipts then outstanding.
Section 4.02 Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.
Subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 and 5.09, whenever the Depositary shall receive any distribution other than a
distribution described in Sections 4.01, 4.03 or 4.04, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, cause the securities or property
received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing
such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable for
accomplishing such distribution; provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made
proportionately among the Owners entitled thereto, or if for any other reason (including, but not limited to, any requirement that the
Company or an agent of the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that
such securities must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Owners) the Depositary deems such
distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, adopt such method as it may deem equitable
and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or
property thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees of the Depositary as provided in
Section 5.09 and any expenses in connection with such sale) shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Owners entitled thereto as in
-7-
the case of a distribution received in cash pursuant to Section 4.01; provided, however, no distribution to Owners pursuant to this
Section 4.02 shall be unreasonably delayed by any action of the Depositary or any of its agents.
Section 4.03 Distributions in Shares.
If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary
may or shall, if the Company shall so request, distribute, as promptly as practicable, to the Owners of outstanding Receipts entitled
thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively,
additional Receipts evidencing an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as
such dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares
and the issuance of American Depositary Shares evidenced by Receipts, including the withholding of any tax or other governmental
charge as provided in Section 4.11 and the payment of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09. In lieu of delivering
Receipts for fractional American Depositary Shares in any such case, the Depositary shall sell the amount of Shares represented by the
aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.01;
provided, however, no distribution to Owners pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be unreasonably delayed by any action of the
Depositary or any of its agents. If additional Receipts are not so distributed, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also
represent the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby.
Section 4.04 Rights.
In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to
subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, shall have
discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to any Owners or in disposing of such rights on behalf of
any Owners and making the net proceeds available to such Owners or, if by the terms of such rights offering or for any other reason it
would be unlawful for the Depositary either to make such rights available to any Owners or dispose of such rights and make the net
proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall allow the rights to lapse. If at the time of the offering of any rights the
Depositary determines that it is lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners but not to other Owners, the
Depositary may, and at the request of the Company shall, distribute to any Owner to whom it determines the distribution to be lawful
and feasible, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by such Owner, warrants or other instruments therefor
in such form as it deems appropriate.
In circumstances in which rights would otherwise not be distributed, if an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or
other instruments in order to exercise the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of such Owner hereunder, the Depositary
will promptly make such rights available to such Owner upon written notice from the Company to the Depositary that (a) the
Company has elected in its sole discretion to permit such rights to be exercised and (b) such Owner has executed such documents as
the Company has determined in its sole discretion are reasonably required under applicable law.
If the Depositary has distributed warrants or other instruments for rights to all or certain Owners, then upon instruction
from such an Owner pursuant to such warrants or other instruments to the Depositary from such Owner to exercise such rights, upon
payment by such Owner to the Depositary for the account of such Owner of an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares to be
received upon the exercise of the rights, and upon payment of the fees of the Depositary and any other charges as set forth in such
warrants or other instruments, the Depositary shall, on behalf of such Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the Shares, and the
Company shall cause the Shares so purchased to be delivered to the Depositary on behalf of such Owner. As agent for such Owner,
the Depositary will cause the Shares so purchased to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Deposit Agreement, and shall,
pursuant to section 2.03 of this Deposit Agreement, execute and deliver Receipts to such Owner. In the case of a distribution pursuant
to this paragraph, such Receipts shall be legended in accordance with applicable U.S. laws, and shall be subject to the appropriate
restrictions on sale, deposit, cancellation, and transfer under such laws.
If the Depositary determines that it is not lawful or feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners, it may,
and at the request of the Company will use its best efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to, sell the rights, warrants or
other instruments in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the Owners to whom it has determined it may
not lawfully or feasibly make such rights available. In each such instance, (a) the Depositary shall solicit a bid for all such rights,
warrants or other instruments from each of at least five firms that regularly participate in the international securities markets and that
are registered as brokers or dealers in Italy or the United Kingdom and (b) after soliciting such bids, the Depositary shall (i) inform
Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, Mrs. Annunziata Natuzzi[,] [and] Miss Anna Maria Natuzzi [and Gemina Investment S.A.] of the identity of
the highest bidder responding to such solicitation (if any) and (ii) offer all such rights, warrants or other instruments to Mr. Pasquale
Natuzzi, Mrs. Annunziata Natuzzi[,] [and] Miss Anna Maria Natuzzi [and Gemina Investments S.A.](acting as a group) at a price
equal to the bid of such highest bidder (or if the Depositary shall obtain no bids in response to its solicitation, at such price as
Mr. Natuzzi, Mrs. Natuzzi[,] [and] Miss Natuzzi [and Gemina Investments S.A.](acting as a group) shall bid). The Depositary shall
allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.09, any expenses in connection with
-8-
such sale and all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such rights and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Deposit Agreement) for the account of such Owners otherwise entitled to such rights, warrants or other instruments, upon an averaged
or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery
of any Receipt or otherwise. Such proceeds shall be distributed as promptly as practicable in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof.
If a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is required with respect to the securities to which any rights
relate in order for the Company to offer such rights to Owners and sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will
not offer such rights to Owners having an address in the United States (as defined in Regulation S) unless and until such a registration
statement is in effect, or unless the offering and sale of such securities and such rights to such Owners are exempt from registration
under the provisions of such Act.
The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such rights
available to Owners in general or any Owner in particular.
Section 4.05 Conversion of Foreign Currency.
Whenever the Depositary shall receive Foreign Currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds
from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the Foreign Currency so received can, pursuant to
applicable law, be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the
Depositary shall convert or cause to be converted as promptly as practicable, by sale or in any other manner that it may determine in
accordance with applicable law, such Foreign Currency into Dollars. If, at the time of conversion of such Foreign Currency into
Dollars, such Dollars can, pursuant to applicable law, be transferred outside of Italy for distribution to Owners entitled thereto, such
Dollars shall be distributed as promptly as practicable to the Owners entitled thereto or, if the Depositary shall have distributed any
rights, warrants or other instruments which entitle the holders thereof to such Dollars, then to the holders of such rights, warrants
and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation. Such distribution or conversion may be made upon an averaged or other
practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners on account of exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any
Receipt or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in
Section 5.09.
If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof,
the Depositary shall file as promptly as practicable such application for approval or license; however, the Depositary shall be entitled
to rely upon Italian local counsel in such matters, which counsel shall be instructed to act as promptly as possible.
If at any time Foreign Currency received by the Depositary is not, pursuant to applicable law, convertible, in whole or in
part, into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof which is required
for such conversion is denied or in the opinion of the Depositary cannot be promptly obtained, the Depositary shall, (a) as to that
portion of the Foreign Currency that is convertible into Dollars make such conversion and, if permitted by applicable law, transfer
such Dollars to the United States for distribution to Owners in accordance with the first paragraph of this Section 4.05 and (b) as to the
nonconvertible balance, if any, (i) if requested in writing by an Owner, distribute or cause the Custodian to distribute the Foreign
Currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such Foreign Currency) received by the Depositary or Custodian
to such Owner and (ii) the Depositary shall hold or shall cause the Custodian to hold any amounts of nonconvertible Foreign Currency
not distributed pursuant to the immediate preceding subclause (i) uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective
accounts of the Owners entitled to receive the same.
Section 4.06 Fixing of Record Date.
Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be
made, or whenever rights shall be issued with respect to the Deposited Securities, or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a
change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary shall receive
notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which date shall, to the
extent practicable, be either (x) the same date as the record date fixed by the Company, or (y) if different from the record date fixed by
the Company, be fixed after consultation with the Company (a) for the determination of the Owners who shall be (i) entitled to receive
such dividend, distribution or rights or the net proceeds of the sale thereof or (ii) entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting
rights at, and to attend (without voting or speaking), any such meeting, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will
represent the changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.01 through 4.05 and to the other terms and conditions
of this Deposit Agreement, the Owners on such record date shall be entitled, as the case may be, to receive the amount distributable by
the Depositary with respect to such dividend or other distribution or such rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the
number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively and to give voting instructions and to attend such meeting (without
voting or speaking) and to act in respect of any other such matter.
-9-
Section 4.07 Voting of Deposited Securities and Attendance at Meetings.
As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting or solicitation of proxies of holders of Shares or other
Deposited Securities, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail to the
Owners a notice, the form of which notice shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, which shall contain (a) such information as
is contained in such notice of meeting (or if requested by the Company a summary of such information provided by the Company), (b)
a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on a specified record date (the “Specified Record Date”) will be entitled,
subject to any applicable provisions of Italian law and of the Articles of Association of the Company (which provisions, if any, shall
be summarized in such notice to the extent that such provisions are material), to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting
rights, if any, pertaining to the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their respective American Depositary
Shares, (c) a statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given, (d) a statement that Beneficial Owners on the
Specified Record Date may attend, but not vote or speak at, such meeting and (e) a statement as to the manner in which such
Beneficial Owners may request from the Depositary an admission ticket for such meeting. Upon the written request of an Owner on
the Specified Record Date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for sucticable, to vote or cause to be voted the
amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidence by such Receipt in
accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary shall not itself exercise any voting discretion over any
Deposited Securities. Upon the written request of an Owner (or if the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) is the Owner, a participant
in DTC’s book-entry system) on behalf of a Beneficial Owner on the Specified Record Date, received on or before the date established
by the Depositary for such purpose the Depositary shall endeavor, in so far as pracor other Deposited Securities represented by the
American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary
shall not itself exercise any voting discretion over any Deposited Securities. Upon the written request of an Owner (or if The
Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) is the Owner, a participant in DTC’s book-entry system) on behalf of a Beneficial Owner on the
Specified Record Date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall (a) as early
as practicable prior to such meeting issue to such Beneficial Owner an admission ticket (in the form provided by the Company) for
such meeting and (b) notify the Company of the identity of such Beneficial Owner as promptly as practicable thereafter (but in any
case at least two Business Days prior to such meeting).
Subject to the rules of any securities exchange on which American Depositary Shares or the Deposited Securities
represented thereby are listed, the Depositary shall if requested by the Company deliver, at least two Business Days prior to the date of
such meeting to the Company, to the attention of its Secretary, copies of all instructions received from Owners in accordance with
which the Depositary will vote, or cause to be voted, the Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares
evidenced by such Receipts at such meeting. Delivery of instructions will be made at the expense of the Company (unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary) provided that payment of such expense shall not be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Depositary under this Section.
Section 4.08 Changes Affecting Deposited Securities.
In circumstances where the provisions of Section 4.03 do not apply, upon any change in nominal value, change in par
value, split-up, consolidation or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger
or consolidation or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it is a party, any securities which shall be received by the
Depositary or a Custodian in exchange for or in conversion of or in respect of Deposited Securities shall be treated as new Deposited
Securities under this Deposit Agreement, and American Depositary Shares shall thenceforth represent the new Deposited Securities so
received in exchange or conversion, unless additional Receipts are delivered pursuant to the following sentence.
In any such case the Depositary may, and shall if the Company shall so request, execute and deliver additional Receipts as in the case
of a dividend in Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing such
new Deposited Securities.
Section 4.09 Documents Available at the Depositary’s Office and Reports to the Commission and Stock Exchanges.
The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Owners at its Corporate Trust Office any reports, notices and other
communications, including any proxy soliciting material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary,
the Custodian, or a nominee of either as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) generally transmitted to the holders of such
Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary shall also make available for inspection by Owners at its Corporate Trust
Office copies of reports, notices and communications furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 5.06.
The Company has delivered to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the provisions of or governing the Shares and
any other Deposited Securities issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, and promptly upon any amendment thereto or
change therein, the Company shall deliver to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of such provisions as so amended or changed.
The Depositary may rely upon such copy for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement. The Depositary will, at the expense of the
Company (unless otherwise agreed in writing by-the Company and the Depositary), make such copy and such notices, reports and
-10-
other communications available for inspection by Owners at the Depositary’s office, at the office of the Custodian and at any other
designated transfer offices.
When the Company makes available at its offices the financial statements upon which holders of the Shares are to vote at
an annual general meeting of such holders, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of such
financial statements. Until the date of such annual general meeting, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company (unless
otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), make such copy of the financial statements available for inspection
by Owners at the Depositary’s office, the office of the Custodian and any other designated transfer offices.
In addition, upon notice that the Company has not furnished the Commission or any relevant stock exchange with any
public reports, documents or other information as required by foreign law or otherwise under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or
any rule thereunder, as from time to time amended, the Depositary shall furnish promptly to the Commission or such stock exchange
copies of all annual or other periodic reports and other notices or communications which the Depositary, the Custodian or a nominee
of either receives as holder of the Deposited Securities from the Company and which are not so furnished to or filed with the
Commission or such stock exchange pursuant to any other requirement of the Commission or such stock exchange and the Depositary
is hereby authorized by the Company so to do on its behalf. In connection with any registration statement relating to the Receipts or
with any undertaking contained therein, the Company and the Depositary shall each furnish to the other and to the Commission such
information as shall be required to make filings or comply with such undertakings.
Section 4.10 Lists of Owners.
Promptly upon request by the Company, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company (unless otherwise agreed in
writing by the Company and the Depositary), furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and holdings of American
Depositary Shares by all persons in whose names Receipts are registered on the books of the Depositary.
Section 4.11 Withholding.
In connection with any distribution to Owners, the Company or its agent will remit to the appropriate governmental
authority or agency all amounts (if any) required under applicable law to be withheld and remitted by the Company or such agent and
owing to such governmental authority or agency by the Company or such agent; and the Depositary and the Custodian will remit to
the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required under applicable law to be withheld and remitted by
the Depositary or the Custodian and owing to such authority or agency by the Depositary or the Custodian. The Depositary shall
forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the
Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental authorities or agencies. In the event that the Depositary determines
that any distribution in property other than cash (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other
governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may by public or private sale dispose of all or a
portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary
deems necessary and practicable to withhold any such taxes or charges and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such
sale after deduction of such taxes or charges to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares
held by them, respectively, all in accordance with applicable provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
In order to enable persons that are considered United States residents for purposes of the income tax convention between
the United States and Italy in effect as of the date of this Deposit Agreement (the “Convention”) to obtain a refund of certain Italian
withholding tax under the Convention, the Company shall provide prompt written notice (the “Dividend Notice”) to the Depositary of
(i) the calling of any meeting of holders of Deposited Securities at which the Company expects the approval of a distribution to such
holders that is subject to withholding tax refundable under the Convention, (ii) the date on which any such distribution approved at
such meeting is proposed to be payable to owners of such Deposited Securities and (iii) the related date on distribution paid to the
Depositary (the “Withholding Repayment Date”).
As promptly as practicable after receiving the Dividend Notice, the Depositary shall (i) provide the Owners with written
notice (in the form and with the content agreed by the Company and the Depositary) of the requirements that Owners and Beneficial
Owners must satisfy to receive under the Convention a refund of withholding tax with respect to the specified distribution (the
“Refund Notice”) and (ii) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause Owners of Receipts that are financial intermediaries, including
DTC, to send the Refund Notice to their participants or customers for transmission to the Beneficial Owners of such Receipts. The
Depositary shall also deliver with each check in payment of a portion of the distribution specified in the Refund Notice (other than a
check in payment of a refund of withholding tax under the Convention) a written reminder to the Owners (in the form agreed with the
Company) of the procedures set forth in the Refund Notice. Such written reminder and the Refund Notice shall state (among other
requirements) that all certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under the Convention (including each report of
ownership by a financial intermediary) must be dated later than the date of the Dividend Notice and that each such certification that is
dated on or before the date of the Dividend Notice shall be treated as incomplete by the Depositary and the Company.
-11-
In the case of each claim for a refund by a Beneficial Owner holding Receipts through a participant in DTC, the
Depositary shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confirmation from DTC that the ownership reported to the Depositary by each
financial intermediary holding such Receipts on behalf of such Beneficial Owner corresponds to the ownership of such Receipts as
recorded on the books of DTC. The Depositary shall deliver to the Company (or, if so instructed by the Company, to a dividend
paying agent for the Company) all completed certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under the Convention
(including each report of ownership by a financial intermediary) that the Depositary receives on or before the day that is 30 days prior
to the Withholding Repayment Date (the “Final Delivery Date”). The Depositary shall deliver such certifications to the Company (or
if applicable, the dividend paying agent for the Company) (i) in the case of such certifications received by the Depositary on or before
the date that is 30 days after the dividend payment date (the “First Delivery Date”), as soon as practicable after the First Delivery Date
and (ii) in the case of such certifications received by the Depositary after the First Delivery Date, at intervals agreed between the
Company and the Depositary. The Depositary shall deliver as soon as practicable to each Beneficial Owner (i) all completed
certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under the Convention (including each report of ownership by a
financial intermediary) relating to such Beneficial Owner that the Depositary receives after the Final Delivery Date and (ii) all
incomplete certifications of such entitlement relating to such Beneficial Owner.
If the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that the completed certifications delivered to it (or if applicable, its
dividend paying agent) by the Depositary on behalf of a Beneficial Owner satisfy the requirements for a refund of Italian withholding
tax by the Company under the Convention and applicable law, the Company shall pay to the Depositary the amount to which such
Beneficial Owner is entitled under the Convention (i) within 30 days after the First Delivery Date, if the completed certifications of
such Beneficial Owner have been delivered to the Depositary on or before the First Delivery Date and delivered to the Company in
accordance with the preceding paragraph and (ii) as soon as practicable after such certifications have been delivered to the Company,
if the completed certifications of such Beneficial Owner have been delivered to the Depositary after the First Delivery Date. The
Depositary shall convert such payments in accordance with the terms of Section 4.05 and shall distribute such payments to the Owners
entitled thereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
The Depositary shall use reasonable efforts to make and maintain arrangements (in addition to or in substitution for the
foregoing arrangements) enabling persons that are considered United States residents for purposes of applicable law to receive any
rebates, tax credits or other benefits (pursuant to treaty or otherwise) relating to distributions on the American Depositary Shares to
which such persons are entitled. The Company or its agent may take any steps necessary to obtain such benefits.
Notwithstanding any other terms of the Deposit Agreement or the Receipt, absent the gross negligence or bad faith of,
respectively the Depositary and the Company, the Depositary and the Company assume no obligation, and shall not be subject to any
liability, for the failure of any Owner or Beneficial Owner, or its agent or agents to receive any tax benefit under applicable law or tax
treaties. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any acts or omissions of any other party in connection with any
attempts to obtain any such benefit, and Owners and Beneficial Owners hereby agree that each of them shall be conclusively bound by
any deadline established by the Company and the Depositary in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 5
THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY
Section 5.01 Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary.
Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary shall maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, facilities for the execution and delivery, registration, registration of transfers, combinations and
split-ups and surrender of Receipts in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
The Depositary shall keep books for the registration of Receipts and transfers of Receipts which at all reasonable times
shall be open for inspection by the Owners, provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communicating with Owners
for an object other than the business of the Company, including without limitation a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the
Receipts.
The Depositary may close the transfer books after consultation with the Company to the extent practicable, at any time or
from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder or at the request of the
Company, provided that any such closing of the transfer books shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.06 which limit the
suspension of withdrawals of Shares.
If any Receipts or the American Depositary Shares evidenced thereby are listed on one or more stock exchanges in the
United States, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or, with the written approval of the Company, appoint a Registrar or one or more
co-registrars for registry of such Receipts in accordance with any requirements of such exchange or exchanges.
-12-
The Company shall have the right, upon reasonable request, to inspect the transfer and registration records of the
Depositary relating to the Receipts, to take copies thereof and to require the Depositary and any co-registrars to supply copies of such
portions of such records as the Company may request.
Section 5.02 Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company.
Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall incur any liability to any Owner or Beneficial Owner, if by reason of any
provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory
authority or stock exchange, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Articles of Association of the Company, or by
reason of any act of God or war or other circumstance beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented or
forbidden from, or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms
of this Deposit Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed; nor shall the Depositary or the Company incur any liability to
any Owner or Beneficial Owner by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or
thing which by the terms of this Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any exercise of,
or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement. Where, by the terms of a distribution pursuant to Sections
4.01, 4.02, or 4.03 of the Deposit Agreement, or an offering or distribution pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement, or for
any other reason, the Depositary is prevented or prohibited from making such distribution or offering available to Owners, and the
Depositary is prevented or prohibited from disposing of such distribution or offering on behalf of such Owners and making the net
proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, shall not make such distribution or
offering, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.
Section 5.03 Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company.
The Company assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to Owners or
Beneficial Owners, except that it agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence
or bad faith.
The Depositary assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner
or Beneficial Owner (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities), except
that it agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.
Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or
other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the Receipts, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or
liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense and liability shall be furnished as often as may be required, and the
Custodian shall not be under any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings, the responsibility of the Custodian being
solely to the Depositary.
Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or nonaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or
information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or any other person believed by it
in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.
The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a
previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the
Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the Depositary performed its
obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary.
The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited
Securities, or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote, provided that any such action or nonaction is
in good faith.
No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision of this Deposit Agreement.
The Depositary, subject to Sections 2.05 and 2.09 hereof, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and
its affiliates and in Receipts.
-13-
Section 5.04 Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.
The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the
Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as
hereinafter provided.
The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by written notice of such removal effective upon the
appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.
In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its best efforts that
are reasonable under the circumstances to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the
Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further
act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor; but such predecessor,
nevertheless, upon payment of all sums due it and on the written request of the Company shall execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title
and interest in the Deposited Securities to such successor, and shall deliver to such successor a list of the Owners of all outstanding
Receipts. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to the Owners.
Any corporation into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the
Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.
Section 5.05 The Custodian.
The Custodian shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible
solely to it and the Depositary shall be responsible for the compliance by the Custodian with the applicable provisions of this Deposit
Agreement. Any Custodian may resign from its duties hereunder by notice of such resignation delivered to the Depositary at least 30
days prior to the date on which such resignation is to become effective. If upon such resignation there shall be no Custodian acting
hereunder, the Depositary shall, promptly after receiving such notice, appoint a substitute custodian or custodians approved by the
Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), each of which shall thereafter be a Custodian hereunder. The Depositary
may discharge any Custodian at any time upon notice to the Custodian being discharged with the approval of the Company (such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld). Whenever the Depositary in its discretion determines that it is in the best interest of the
Owners to do so, it may appoint substitute or additional custodian or custodians, which shall thereafter be one of the Custodians
hereunder. The Depositary shall notify the Company of the appointment of a substitute or additional Custodian at least 30 days prior to
the date on which such appointment is to become effective. Upon demand of the Depositary any Custodian shall deliver such of the
Deposited Securities held by it as are requested of it to any other Custodian or such substitute or additional custodian or custodians.
Each such substitute or additional custodian shall deliver to the Depositary, forthwith upon its appointment an acceptance of such
appointment satisfactory in form and substance to the Depositary. promptly after any such change, the Depositary shall give notice
thereof in writing to all Owners.
Upon the appointment of any successor depositary hereunder, each Custodian then acting hereunder shall forthwith
become, without any further act or writing, the agent hereunder of such successor depositary and the appointment of such successor
depositary shall in no way impair the authority of each Custodian hereunder; but the successor depositary so appointed shall,
nevertheless, on the written request of any Custodian, execute and deliver to such Custodian all such instruments as may be proper to
give to such Custodian full and complete power and authority as agent hereunder of such successor depositary.
Section 5.06 Reports, Notices and Other Communications.
On or before the first date on which the Company gives notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of holders of
Shares or other Deposited Securities, or of any adjourned meeting of such holders, or of the taking of any action in respect of any cash
or other distributions (other than an offering of rights), the Company agrees to transmit to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of
the notice thereof in the form given or to be given to holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities.
The Company will promptly transmit to the Custodian English language versions of any reports, notices and other
communications that are generally transmitted by the Company to holders of its Shares or other Deposited Securities, as well as
English language versions of the Company’s annual reports (including a description of operations and annual audited consolidated
financial statements prepared in conformity with Italian generally accepted accounting principles (“Italian GAAP”), together with a
reconciliation of net earnings and stockholders’ equity to United States generally accepted accounting principles) and semiannual
reports (including unaudited semiannual consolidated financial information prepared in conformity with Italian GAAP). The
Depositary shall, at the Company’s expense (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), arrange for the
-14-
prompt transmittal by the Custodian to the Depositary of such notices, reports and other communications and arrange for the mailing,
at the Company’s expense (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), of copies thereof (or if requested
by the Company, a summary of any such notice provided by the Company) to all Owners or, at the request of the Company, make
such notices, reports (other than the annual and semiannual reports described in the preceding sentence) and other communications
available to all Owners on a basis similar to that for holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or on such other basis as the
Company may advise the Depositary may be required by any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange requirement. The Company
will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and communications, as requested by the Depositary
from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect such mailings.
Section 5.07 Distribution of Additional Shares; Rights, etc.
The Company agrees that in the event of any issuance or distribution of (1) additional Shares, (2) rights to subscribe for
Shares, (3) securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or (4) rights to subscribe for such securities, the Company will take
all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that no violation by the Company or the Depositary of the Securities Act of 1933 will result
from such issuance or distribution.
The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlled by the Company will at
any time deposit any Shares, either originally issued or previously issued and reacquired by the Company or any such affiliate, unless
a Registration Statement is in effect as to such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Company furnishes to the Depositary a
written opinion from U.S. counsel for the Company, which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, stating that the
offer and sale of the Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares representing such Shares are exempt from registration under
that Act. The Company will advise each person who, to the best knowledge of the Company, controls, or is under common control
with, the Company that such person is subject to the same restrictions on the deposit of Shares as the Company and persons controlled
by the Company.
Section 5.08 Indemnification.
The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and any Custodian
against, and hold each of them harmless from, any liability or expense (including, but not limited to, the reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel) which may arise out of acts performed or omitted, in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and of the
Receipts, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or
their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith
of either of them, and except to the extent that such liability or expense arises out of information relating to the Depositary or the
Custodian, as applicable, furnished in writing to the Company by the Depositary or the Custodian, as applicable, expressly for use in
any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum) or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary
placement memorandum) relating to the Shares, or omissions from such information; or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors,
employees, agents and affiliates. The indemnities contained in this paragraph shall not extend to any liability or expense which may
arise out of any Pre-Release.
The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and hold them harmless
from any liability or expense which may arise out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary or its Custodian or their respective
directors, employees, agents and affiliates due to their negligence or bad faith.
The obligations set forth in this Section 5.08 shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and the succession or
substitution of any indemnified person.
Any person seeking indemnification hereunder (an “Indemnified Person”) shall notify the person from whom it is seeking
indemnification (the “Indemnifying Person”) of the commencement of any indemnifiable action or claim promptly after such
Indemnified Person becomes aware of such commencement and shall consult in good faith with the Indemnifying Person as to the
conduct of the defense of such action or claim, which defense shall be reasonable under the circumstances. No Indemnified Person
shall compromise or settle any such action or claim without the consent in writing of the Indemnifying Person.
Section 5.09 Charges of Depositary.
The Company agrees to pay the fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Depositary and those of any Registrar
only in accordance with agreements in writing entered into between the Depositary and the Company from time to time. The
Depositary shall present detailed statements for such expenses to the Company at least once every three months. The charges and
expenses of the Custodian are for the sole account of the Depositary.
-15-
The following charges (to the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any securities exchange on which the
American Depositary Shares are admitted for trading) shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party
surrendering Receipts or to whom Receipts are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock
split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the Receipts or Deposited Securities or a distribution of Receipts
pursuant to Section 4.03), whichever applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time
to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or (if applicable) Foreign
Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the
making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses as are expressly provided in
this Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to
Section 4.05, (5) a fee not in excess of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the execution and
delivery of Receipts pursuant to Sections 2.03 or 4.03 and the surrender of Receipts pursuant to Section 2.05 and (6) a fee for the
distribution of proceeds of sales of securities or rights pursuant to Section 4.02 or 4.04, respectively, such fee (which may be deducted
from such proceeds) being in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the fee for the issuance of American Depositary Shares referred to
above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit by Owners of securities (for purposes of this clause 6 treating all such
securities as if they were Shares) or Shares received in exercise of rights distributed to them pursuant to Section 4.02 or 4.04,
respectively, but which securities or rights are instead sold by the Depositary and the net proceeds distributed and (ii) the amount of
such proceeds.
Section 5.10 Exclusivity.
The Company agrees not to appoint any other depositary for issuance of American Depositary Receipts so long as The
Bank of New York is acting as Depositary hereunder, subject, however, to the rights of the Company under Section 5.04.
ARTICLE 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
Section 6.01 Amendment.
The form of the Receipts and any provisions of this Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be
amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any
amendment which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees,
cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial
existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding Receipts until the expiration of thirty days after notice
of such amendment shall have been given to the Owners of outstanding Receipts. Every Owner at the time any amendment so
becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such Receipt, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by
the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner of any Receipt to
surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory
provisions of applicable law.
Section 6.02 Termination.
The Depositary shall at any time, at the direction of the Company, terminate this Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of
such termination to the Owners of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such
termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate this Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Company
and the Owners of all Receipts then outstanding, such termination to be effective on a date specified in such notice not less than 30
days after the date thereof, if at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written
notice of its election to resign and a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in
Section 5.04. On and after the date of termination, the Owner of a Receipt will, upon (a) surrender of such Receipt at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Depositary, (b) payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of Receipts referred to in Section 2.05, and
(c) payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery, to the Owner or upon the Owner’s order, of the
amount of Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt. If any Receipts shall
remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts,
shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Owners thereof, and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts
under this Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to
Deposited Securities, shall sell rights as provided in this Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to deliver Deposited Securities,
together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other
property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the
surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such Receipt in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). At any time after the expiration of one year from the date of
termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held hereunder and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds
-16-
of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata
benefit of the Owners of Receipts which have not theretofore been surrendered, such Owners thereupon becoming general creditors of
the Depositary with respect to such net proceeds. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations
under this Deposit Agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the
Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such Receipt in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) and except as provided in Section 5.08.
Upon the termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement
except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.08 and 5.09 hereof.
Section 7.01 Counterparts.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS
This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and
all of such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Copies of this Deposit Agreement shall be filed with the
Depositary and the Custodian and shall be open to inspection by any Owner during business hours.
Section 7.02 No Third Party Beneficiaries.
This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and shall not be deemed to give any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person.
Section 7.03 Severability.
In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in the Receipts should be or become
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or
therein shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.
Section 7.04 Binding Effect on Owners and Beneficial Owners.
The Owners and Beneficial Owners shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of
the Receipts by acceptance thereof.
Section 7.05 Notices.
Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by
mail or cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter, addressed to
Industrie Natuzzi S.p.A.
Via Iazzitiello 47
70029 Santeramo
Italy
Attention: Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi
or any other place to which the Company may have transferred its principal office.
Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be deemed to have been duly given if in English and personally
delivered or sent by mail or cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter, addressed to The Bank of New York, 101
Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: American Depositary Receipt Administration, or any other place to which the
Depositary may have transferred its Corporate Trust Office.
Any and all notices to be given to any Owner shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by
mail or cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter, addressed to such Owner at the address of such Owner as it appears
on the transfer books for Receipts of the Depositary, or, if such Owner shall have filed with the Depositary a written request that
notices intended for such Owner be mailed to some other address, at the address designated in such request.
Delivery of a notice sent by mail or cable, telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be effective at the time when
a duly addressed letter containing the same (or a confirmation thereof in the case of a cable, telex or facsimile transmission) is
deposited, postage prepaid, in a post-office letter box; provided, however, that delivery of a notice to the Company or the Depositary
-17-
shall be deemed to be effective when actually received by the Company or the Depositary, as the case may be. The Depositary or the
Company may, however, act upon any cable, telex or facsimile transmission received by it, notwithstanding that such cable, telex or
facsimile transmission shall not subsequently be confirmed by letter as aforesaid.
Section 7.06 Governing Law.
This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted and all rights hereunder and thereunder and provisions
hereof and thereof shall be governed by the law of the State of New York.
Section 7.07 Headings.
Headings contained herein are included for convenience only and are not to be used in construing or interpreting any
provision hereof.
-18-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INDUSTRIE NATUZZI S.P.A. and THE BANK OF NEW YORK have duly executed this
agreement as of the day and year first set forth above and all Owners shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of Receipts
issued in accordance with the terms hereof.
INDUSTRIE NATUZZI S.P.A
By:
/s/ Giuseppe Desantis
Name: Giuseppe Desantis
Title: Vice President
THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
As Depositary
By:
/s/ David S. Stueber
Name: David S. Stueber
Title: Vice President
-19-
Note: This revised form of American Depositary Receipt is being filed to reflect that the ratio of Shares per American
Depositary Share has changed from one share to five shares, effective February 21, 2019.
EXHIBIT A
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
(Each American Depositary
Share represents five deposited
Shares)
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
FOR ORDINARY SHARES OF
NATUZZI S.P.A.
(INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE REPUBLIC OF ITALY)
The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary (hereinafter called the “Depositary”), hereby certifies
that , or registered assigns IS THE OWNER
OF
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
representing deposited Ordinary Shares (herein called “Shares”) of Natuzzi S.p.A., incorporated under the laws of The Republic of
Italy (herein called the “Company”). At the date hereof, each American Depositary Share represents five Shares deposited or subject
to deposit under the Deposit Agreement (as such term is hereinafter defined) at the principal Milan, Italy office of Credito Italiano
S.p.A. (herein called the “Custodian”). The Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office and its principal executive office are located at 240
Greenwich Street, New York, N.Y. 10286.
THE DEPOSITARY’S CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE ADDRESS IS
240 GREENWICH STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10286
1.
THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.
This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “Receipts”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the deposit agreement, dated as of May 15, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 23, 1996 and
December 31, 2001 (herein called the “Deposit Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Depositary, and all Owners and
Beneficial Owners from time to time of Receipts issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting a Receipt agrees to become a party
thereto and become bound by all the terms and conditions thereof. The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights of Owners and
Beneficial Owners of the Receipts and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any
and all other securities, property and cash from time to time received in respect of such Shares and held thereunder (such Shares,
securities, property, and cash are herein called “Deposited Securities”). Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the
Depositary’s Corporate Trust Office in New York City and at the office of the Custodian.
The statements made on the face and reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit
Agreement and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made.
Capitalized terms defined in the Deposit Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Deposit
Agreement.
2.
SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS AND WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES.
Upon surrender at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary of this Receipt for the purpose of withdrawal of the
Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced hereby, and upon payment of the fee of the Depositary
provided in this Receipt, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owner hereof is entitled to delivery, to
him or upon his order, of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the American Depositary Shares for which this Receipt is
issued. Delivery of such Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of (a) certificates in the name of the Owner hereof or as
ordered by him or certificates properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to such Owner or as ordered by him
and (b) any other securities, property and cash to which such Owner is then entitled in respect of this Receipt to such Owner or as
ordered by him. Such delivery will be made at the option of the Owner hereof, either at the office of the Custodian or at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Depositary, as provided in the Deposit Agreement; provided that the forwarding of certificates for Shares or other
-20-
Deposited Securities for such delivery at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary shall be at the risk and expense of the Owner
hereof.
-21-
3.
TRANSFERS, SPLIT-UPS, AND COMBINATIONS OF RECEIPTS.
The transfer of this Receipt is registrable on the books of the Depositary at its Corporate Trust Office by the Owner hereof
in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Receipt properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by proper
instruments of transfer and funds sufficient to pay any applicable transfer taxes and the expenses of the Depositary and upon
compliance with such regulations, if any, as the Depositary may establish for such purpose. This Receipt may be split into other such
Receipts, or may be combined with other such receipts into one Receipt, evidencing the same aggregate number of American
Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered. As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of
transfer, split-up, combination, or surrender of any Receipt, the delivery of any distribution thereon, or withdrawal of any Deposited
Securities, the Company, the Depositary, the Custodian, or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of the Shares or the
presentor of the Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or
registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn)
and payment of any applicable fees as provided in this Receipt, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity
and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with such reasonable regulations the Depositary may establish
consistent with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement or this Receipt, including, without limitation, this Article 3.
The delivery of Receipts against deposits of Shares generally or against deposits of particular Shares be suspended, or the
transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer of outstanding Receipts, or the combination
or split-up of Receipts generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary are closed, or if any
such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any
requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission, or under any provision of the Deposit Agreement or
this Receipt, or for any other reason, subject to the provisions of the following sentence. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Deposit Agreement or this Receipt, the surrender of outstanding Receipts and withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be suspended
only for (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the Company or the deposit of Shares in
connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges,
and (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the Receipts or to the withdrawal of the
Deposited Securities, or (iv) any other reason that may at any time be specified in paragraph I(A)(1) of the General Instructions to
Form F-6, as from time to time in effect, or any successor provision thereto. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall
not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares required to be registered under the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares.
4.
LIABILITY OF OWNER FOR TAXES.
If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable with respect to any Receipt or any Deposited Securities
represented hereby, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner hereof. The Depositary may refuse to effect
any transfer of this Receipt or any combination or split-up hereof or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by American
Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions, or
may sell for the account of the Owner hereof any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary
Shares evidenced by this Receipt, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of
such tax or other governmental charge (and any taxes or expenses arising out of such sale), and the Owner hereof shall remain liable
for any deficiency.
5. WARRANTIES OF DEPOSITORS.
Every person depositing Shares hereunder and under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and
warrant that such Shares and each certificate therefor are validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free of any preemptive rights
of the holders of outstanding Shares and that the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every such person shall also
be deemed to represent that (i) the Shares presented for deposit are not, and the Receipts issuable upon such deposit will not be,
restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933, and (ii) the deposit of such Shares and the
sale of Receipts evidencing American Depositary Shares representing such Shares by that person are not otherwise restricted under the
Securities Act of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and issuance of Receipts.
6.
FILING PROOFS CERTIFICATES, AND OTHER INFORMATION.
Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any owner of a Receipt may be required from time to time to file with the
Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, legal or beneficial ownership of
Receipts, Deposited Securities or other securities, compliance with all applicable laws or regulations or terms of the Deposit
Agreement or such Receipt, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if
applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or
proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any Receipt or the distribution of any dividend or sale
-22-
or distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is
filed or such certificates are executed or such representations and warranties made. The Depositary shall from time to time advise the
Company of the availability of any such proofs, certificates or other information and shall provide copies thereof to the Company as
promptly as practicable upon request by the Company, unless such disclosure is prohibited by law.
7.
CHARGES OF DEPOSITARY.
The Company agrees to pay the fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Depositary and those of any Registrar
only in accordance with agreements in writing entered into between the Depositary and the Company from time to time. The
Depositary shall present detailed statement for such expenses to the Company at least once every three months. The charges and
expenses of the Custodian are for the sole account of the Depositary.
The following charges (to the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any securities exchange on which the
American Depositary Shares are admitted for trading) shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party
surrendering Receipts or to whom Receipts are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock
split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the Receipts or Deposited Securities or a distribution of Receipts
pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Deposit Agreement), whichever applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such
registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the
Company or (if applicable) Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the
Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, (3) such cable, telex
and facsimile transmission expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the
Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.05 of the Deposit Agreement, (5) a fee not in excess of $5.00 or
less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the execution and delivery of Receipts pursuant to Sections 2.03 or
4.03 of the Deposit Agreement and the surrender of Receipts pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Deposit Agreement and (6) a fee for the
distribution of proceeds of sales of securities or rights pursuant to Sections 4.02 or 4.04, respectively, of the Deposit Agreement, such
fee (which may be deducted from such proceeds) being in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the fee for the issuance of American
Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit by Owners of securities (for purposes of
this clause 6 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) or Shares received in exercise of rights distributed to them pursuant to
Sections 4.02 or 4.04, respectively, of the Deposit Agreement, but which securities or rights are instead sold by the Depositary and the
net proceeds distributed and (ii) the amount of such proceeds.
The Depositary, subject to Article 8 hereof, may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates
and in Receipts.
8.
PRE-RELEASE OF RECEIPTS.
Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall deliver Shares, by physical delivery, book entry or otherwise (other than to
the Company or its agent as contemplated by Section 4.08 of the Deposit Agreement), or otherwise permit Shares to be withdrawn
from the facility created hereby, except upon the receipt and cancellation of Receipts.
The Depositary may issue Receipts against the delivery by the Company (or any agent of the Company recording Share
ownership) of rights to receive Shares from the Company (or any agent of the Company recording Share ownership). No such issue of
Receipts will be deemed a “Pre-Release” that is subject to the restrictions of the following paragraph.
The Depositary may execute and deliver Receipts prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Deposit
Agreement (“Pre-Release”). The Depositary may, pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Deposit Agreement, deliver Shares upon the receipt
and cancellation of Receipts which have been Pre-Released, whether or not such cancellation is prior to the termination of such Pre-
Release or the Depositary knows that such Receipt has been Pre-Released. The Depositary may receive Receipts in lieu of Shares in
satisfaction of a Pre-Release. Each Pre-Release will be (a) preceded or accompanied by a written representation and agreement from
the person to whom Receipts or Shares are to be delivered that such person, or its customer, (i) owns the Shares or Receipts to be
remitted, as the case may be, (ii) assigns all beneficial right, title and interest in such Shares to the Depositary for the benefit of the
Owners, and (iii) agrees in effect to hold such Shares for the account of the Depositary until delivery of the same upon the
Depositary’s request, (b) at all times fully collateralized (such collateral marked to market daily) with cash or U.S. government
securities, (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days notice, and (d) subject to such further indemnities
and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The number of American Depositary Shares which are outstanding at any
time as a result of Pre-Releases will not normally exceed thirty percent (30%) of the American Depositary Shares outstanding (without
giving effect to American Depositary Shares evidenced by Receipts outstanding as a result of Pre-Releases); provided, however, that
the Depositary reserves the right to disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate and may, with the prior written
consent of the Company, change such limit for purposes of general application. The Depositary will also set limits with respect to the
number of Pre-Released Receipts involved in transactions to be done hereunder with any one person on a case by case basis as it
-23-
deems appropriate. The collateral referred to in clause (b) above shall be held by the Depositary for the benefit of the Owners as
security for the performance of the obligations to deliver Shares set forth in clause (a) above (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt,
constitute Deposited Securities hereunder).
The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing.
9.
TITLE TO RECEIPTS.
It is a condition of this Receipt, and every successive holder and Owner of this Receipt by accepting or holding the same
consents and agrees, that title to this Receipt when properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, is transferable
by delivery with the same effect as in the case of a negotiable instrument, provided, however, that the Depositary and the Company,
notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the person in whose name this Receipt is registered on the books of the
Depositary as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other
distributions or to any notice provided for in the Deposit Agreement or for all other purposes.
10. VALIDITY OF RECEIPT.
This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose,
unless this Receipt shall have been executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the
Depositary; provided, however, that such signature may be a facsimile if a Registrar for the Receipts shall have been appointed and
such Receipts are countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Registrar.
11. REPORTS; INSPECTION OF TRANSFER BOOKS.
The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and accordingly
files certain reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (hereinafter called the “Commission”). Such
reports and information are available for inspection and copying by Beneficial Owners and Owners at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Owners of Receipts at its Corporate Trust Office any reports,
notices and other communications, including any proxy soliciting material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by
the Depositary, the Custodian or a nominee of either as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) generally transmitted to the
holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary shall also make available for inspection by Owners at its
Corporate Trust Office copies of reports, notices and communications furnished by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph.
The Company will promptly transmit to the Custodian English language versions of any reports, notices and other
communications that are generally transmitted by the Company to holders of its Shares or other Deposited Securities, as well as
English language versions of the Company’s annual reports (including a description of operations and annual audited consolidated
financial statements prepared in conformity with Italian generally accepted accounting principles (“Italian GAAP”), together with a
reconciliation of net earnings and stockholders’ equity to United States generally accepted accounting principles) and semiannual
reports (including unaudited semiannual consolidated financial information prepared in conformity with Italian GAAP). The
Depositary will, at the Company’s expense (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), arrange for the
prompt transmittal by the Custodian to the Depositary of such notices, reports and other communications and arrange for the mailing,
at the Company’s expense (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), of copies thereof (or if requested
by the Company, a summary of any such notice provided by the Company) to all Owners or, at the request of the Company, make
such notices, reports (other than the annual and semiannual reports described in the preceding sentence) and other communications
available to all Owners on a basis similar to that for holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or on such other basis as the
Company may advise the Depositary may be required by any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange requirement. The Company
will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports and other communications, as requested by the Depositary
from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect such mailings.
The Company has delivered to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of the provisions of or governing the Shares and
any other Deposited Securities issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company, and promptly upon any amendment thereto or
change therein, the Company shall deliver to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of such provisions as so amended or changed.
The Depositary may rely upon such copy for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement. The Depositary will, at the expense of the
Company (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), make such copy and such notices, reports and
other communications available for inspection by Owners at the Depositary’s office, at the office of the Custodian and at any other
designated transfer offices.
-24-
When the Company makes available at its offices the financial statements upon which holders of the Shares are to vote at
an annual general meeting of such holders, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Depositary and the Custodian a copy of such
financial statements. Until the date of such annual general meeting, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company (unless
otherwise agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary), make such copy of the financial statements available for inspection
by Owners at the Depositary’s office, the office of the Custodian and any other designated transfer offices.
The Depositary will keep books for the registration of Receipts and transfers which at all times shall be open for
inspection by the Owners of Receipts provided that such inspection shall not be for the purpose of communicating with Owners of
Receipts for an object other than the business of the Company, including, without limitation, a matter related to the Deposit
Agreement or the Receipts.
The Depositary may close the transfer books after consultation with the Company to the extent practicable, at any time or
from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties under the Deposit Agreement or at
the request of the Company, provided that any such closing of the transfer books shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.06 of
the Deposit Agreement which limit the suspension of withdrawals of Shares.
12. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
Whenever the Depositary or on its behalf, its agent, receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on any
Deposited Securities, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency can in the
judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into United States dollars transferable to the United States, and subject
to the Deposit Agreement, convert or will cause its agent to convert, as promptly as practicable after its receipt of such dividend or
distribution (unless otherwise prohibited or prevented by law), such dividend or distribution into dollars and will, as promptly as
practicable, distribute the amount thus received (net of the expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09
of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto, provided, however, that in the event that the Company or an
agent of the Company or the Depositary is required to withhold and does withhold from such cash dividend or other cash distribution
in respect of any Deposited Securities an amount on account of taxes, the amount distributed to the Owners of the Receipts evidencing
American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly.
Subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 and 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement, whenever the Depositary receives any
distribution other than a distribution described in Sections 4.01, 4.03 or 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary will, as
promptly as practicable cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto, in
any manner that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution; provided, however, that if in
the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto, or if
for any other reason the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the
Company, adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but
not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any
such sale (net of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement and any
expenses in connection with such sale) shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto as in the case
of a distribution received in cash, all in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement.
If any distribution consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may or shall, if the Company
shall so request, distribute, as promptly as practicable to the Owners of outstanding Receipts entitled thereto, additional Receipts
evidencing an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as such dividend or free
distribution subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and the issuance of
American Depositary Shares evidenced by Receipts, including the withholding of any tax or other governmental charge as provided in
Section 4.11 of the Deposit Agreement and the payment of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.09
of the Deposit Agreement. In lieu of delivering Receipts for fractional American Depositary Shares in any such case, the Depositary
will sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and
subject to the conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement. If additional Receipts are not so distributed, each American Depositary
Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby.
In the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property other than cash (including Shares and rights to
subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary
may by public or private sale dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such
amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay any such taxes or charges, and the Depositary
shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale after deduction of such taxes or charges to the Owners of Receipts entitled thereto.
In order to enable persons that are considered United States residents for purposes of the income tax convention between
the United States and Italy in effect as of the date of this Deposit Agreement (the “Convention”) to obtain a refund of certain Italian
withholding tax under the Convention, the Company shall provide prompt written notice (the “Dividend Notice”) to the Depositary of
-25-
(i) the calling of any meeting of holders of Deposited Securities at which the Company expects the approval of a distribution to such
holders that is subject to withholding tax refundable under the Convention, (ii) the date on which any such distribution approved at
such meeting is proposed to be payable to owners of such Deposited Securities and (iii) the related date on which the Company (or, if
applicable, a dividend paying agent for the Company) is expected to be required to pay to Italian governmental authorities or agencies
the Italian withholding tax with respect to the portion of such distribution paid to the Depositary (the “Withholding Repayment Date”).
As promptly as practicable after receiving the Dividend Notice, the Depositary shall (i) provide the Owners with written
notice (in the form and with the content agreed by the Company and the Depositary) of the requirements that Owners and Beneficial
Owners must satisfy to receive under the Convention a refund of withholding tax with respect to the specified distribution (the
“Refund Notice”) and (ii) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause Owners of Receipts that are financial intermediaries, including
The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), to send the Refund Notice to their participants or customers for transmission to the
Beneficial Owners of such Receipts. The Depositary shall also deliver with each check in payment of a portion of the distribution
specified in the Refund Notice (other than a check in payment of a refund of withholding tax under the Convention) a written reminder
to the Owners (in the form agreed with the Company) of the procedures set forth in the Refund Notice. Such written reminder and the
Refund Notice shall state (among other requirements) that all certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under
the Convention (including each report of ownership by a financial intermediary) must be dated later than the date of the Dividend
Notice and that each such certification that is dated on or before the date of the Dividend Notice shall be treated as incomplete by the
Depositary and the Company.
In the case of each claim for a refund by a Beneficial Owner holding Receipts through a participant in DTC, the
Depositary shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confirmation from DTC that the ownership reported to the Depositary by each
financial intermediary holding such Receipts on behalf of such Beneficial Owner corresponds to the ownership of such Receipts as
recorded on the books of DTC. The Depositary shall deliver to the Company (or, if so instructed by the Company, to a dividend
paying agent for the Company) all completed certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under the Convention
(including each report of ownership by a financial intermediary) that the Depositary receives on or before the day that is 30 days prior
to the Withholding Repayment Date (the “Final Delivery Date”). The Depositary shall deliver such certifications to the Company (or
if applicable, the dividend paying agent for the Company) (i) in the case of such certifications received by the Depositary on or before
the date that is 30 days after the dividend payment date (the “First Delivery Date”), as soon as practicable after the First Delivery Date
and (ii) in the case of such certifications received by the Depositary after the First Delivery Date, at intervals agreed between the
Company and the Depositary. The Depositary shall deliver as soon as practicable to each Beneficial Owner (i) all completed
certifications of entitlement to a refund of Italian withholding tax under the Convention (including each report of ownership by a
financial intermediary) relating to such Beneficial Owner that the Depositary receives after the Final Delivery Date and (ii) all
incomplete certifications of such entitlement relating to such Beneficial Owner.
If the Company determines in its reasonable judgment that the completed certifications delivered to it (or if applicable, its
dividend paying agent) by the Depositary on behalf of a Beneficial Owner satisfy the requirements for a refund of Italian withholding
tax by the Company under the Convention and applicable law, the Company shall pay to the Depositary the amount to which such
Beneficial Owner is entitled under the Convention (i) within 30 days after the First Delivery Date, if the completed certifications of
such Beneficial Owner have been delivered to the Depositary on or before the First Delivery Date and delivered to the Company in
accordance with the preceding paragraph and (ii) as soon as practicable after such certifications have been delivered to the Company,
if the completed certifications of such Beneficial Owner have been delivered to the Depositary after the First Delivery Date. The
Depositary shall convert such payments in accordance with the terms of Section 4.05 of the Deposit Agreement and shall distribute
such payments to the Owners entitled thereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
The Depositary shall use reasonable efforts to make and maintain arrangements (in addition to or in substitution for the
foregoing arrangements) enabling persons that are considered United States residents for purposes of applicable law to receive any
rebates, tax credits or other benefits (pursuant to treaty or otherwise) relating to distributions on the American Depositary Shares to
which such persons are entitled. The Company or its agent may take any steps necessary to obtain such benefits.
Notwithstanding any other terms of the Deposit Agreement or the Receipt, absent the gross negligence or bad faith of,
respectively, the Depositary and the Company, the Depositary and the Company assume no obligation, and shall not be subject to any
liability, for the failure of any Owner or Beneficial Owner, or its agent or agents, to receive any tax benefit under applicable law or tax
treaties. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any acts or omissions of any other party in connection with any
attempts to obtain any such benefit, and Owners and Beneficial Owners hereby agree that each of them shall be conclusively bound by
any deadline established by the Company and the Depositary in connection therewith.
-26-
13. RIGHTS.
In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to
subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, shall have
discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to any Owners or in disposing of such rights on behalf of
any Owners and making the net proceeds available to such Owners or, if by the terms of such rights offering or for any other reason it
would be unlawful for the Depositary either to make such rights available to any Owners or to dispose of such rights and make the net
proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall allow the rights to lapse. If at the time of the offering of any rights the
Depositary determines that it is lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners but not to other Owners, the
Depositary may, and at the request of the Company shall, distribute to any Owner to whom it determines the distribution to be lawful
and feasible, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by such Owner, warrants or other instruments therefor
in such form as it deems appropriate.
In circumstances in which rights would otherwise not be distributed, if an Owner requests the distribution of warrants or
other instruments in order to exercise the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of such Owner hereunder, the Depositary
will promptly make such rights available to such Owner upon written notice from the Company to the Depositary that (a) the
Company has elected in its sole discretion to permit such rights to be exercised and (b) such Owner has executed such documents as
the Company has determined in its sole discretion are reasonably required under applicable law.
If the Depositary has distributed warrants or other instruments for rights to all or certain Owners, then upon instruction
from such an Owner pursuant to such warrants or other instruments to the Depositary from such Owners to exercise such rights, upon
payment by such Owner to the Depositary for the account of such Owner of an amount equal to the purchase price of the Shares to be
received upon the exercise of the rights, and upon payment of the fees of the Depositary and any other charges as set forth in such
warrants or other instruments, the Depositary shall, on behalf of such Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the Shares, and the
Company shall cause the Shares so purchased to be delivered to the Depositary on behalf of such Owner. As agent for such Owner,
the Depositary will cause the Shares so purchased to be deposited pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement, and shall,
pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Deposit Agreement, execute and deliver Receipts to such Owner. In the case of a distribution pursuant
to this paragraph, such Receipts shall be legended in accordance with applicable U.S. laws, and shall be subject to the appropriate
restrictions on sale, deposit, cancellation, and transfer under such laws.
If the Depositary determines that it is not lawful or feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Owners, it may,
and at the request of the Company will use its best efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to, sell the rights, warrants or
other instruments in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the Owners to whom it has determined it may
not lawfully or feasibly make such rights available. In each such instance, (a) the Depositary shall solicit a bid for all such rights,
warrants or other instruments from each of at least five firms that regularly participate in the international securities markets and that
are registered as brokers or dealers in Italy or the United Kingdom and (b) after soliciting such bids, the Depositary shall (i) inform
Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, Mrs. Annuziata Natuzzi and Miss Anna Maria Natuzzi of the identity of the highest bidder responding to such
solicitation (if any) and (ii) offer all such rights, warrants or other instruments to Mr. Pasquale Natuzzi, Mrs. Annuziata Natuzzi and
Miss Anna Maria Natuzzi (acting as a group) at a price equal to the bid of such highest bidder (or if the Depositary shall obtain no bids
in response to its solicitation, at such price as Mr. Natuzzi, Mrs. Natuzzi, Miss Natuzzi and Gemina Investments, S.A. (acting as a
group) shall bid). The Depositary shall allocate the net proceeds of such sales (net of the fees of the Depositary as provided in
Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement, any expenses in connection with such sale and all taxes and governmental charges payable in
connection with such rights and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement) for the account of such Owners
otherwise entitled to such rights, warrants or other instruments, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any
distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any Receipt or otherwise. Such proceeds
shall be distributed as promptly as practicable in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Deposit Agreement.
If a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is required with respect to the securities to which any rights
relate in order for the Company to offer such rights to Owner and sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will not
offer such rights to Owners having an address in the United States (as defined in Regulation S) unless and until such a registration
statement is in effect, or unless the offering and sale of such securities and such rights to such Owners are exempt from registration
under the provisions of such Act.
The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make such rights
available to Owners in general or any Owner in particular.
-27-
14. CONVERSION OF FOREIGN CURRENCY.
Whenever the Depositary shall receive foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds
from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can, pursuant to
applicable law, be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the
Depositary shall convert or cause to be converted as promptly as practicable, by sale or in any other manner that it may determine in
accordance with applicable law, such Foreign Currency into Dollars. If, at the time of conversion of such Foreign Currency into
Dollars, such Dollars can, pursuant to applicable law, be transferred outside of Italy for distribution to Owners entitled thereto, such
Dollars shall be distributed as promptly as practicable to the Owners entitled thereto or, if the Depositary shall have distributed any
rights, warrants or other instruments which entitle the holders thereof to such Dollars, then to the holders of such rights, warrants
and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation. Such distribution or conversion may be made upon an averaged or other
practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners on account of exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any
Receipt or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in
Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement
If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof,
the Depositary shall file as promptly as practicable such application for approval or license; however, the Depositary shall be entitled
to rely upon Italian local counsel in such matters, which counsel shall be instructed to act as promptly as possible.
If at any time foreign currency received by the Depositary is not, pursuant to applicable law, convertible, in whole or in
part, into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof which is required
for such conversion is denied or in the opinion of the Depositary cannot be promptly obtained, the Depositary shall, (a) as to that
portion of the foreign currency that is convertible into Dollars, make such conversion and, if permitted by applicable law, transfer such
Dollars to the United States for distribution to Owners in accordance with the first paragraph of this Article 13 and (b) as to the
nonconvertible balance, if any, (i) if requested in writing by an owner, distribute or cause the Custodian to distribute the foreign
currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such foreign currency) received by the Depositary or Custodian
to such Owner and (ii) the Depositary shall hold or shall cause the Custodian to hold any amounts of nonconvertible foreign currency
not distributed pursuant to the immediate preceding subclause (i) uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective
accounts of the Owners entitled to receive the same.
15. RECORD DATES.
Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be
made, or whenever rights shall be issued with respect to the Deposited Securities, or whenever for any reason the Depositary causes a
change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary shall receive
notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which date shall, to the
extent practicable, be either (x) the same date as the record date fixed by the Company, or (y) if different from the record date fixed by
the Company, be fixed after consultation with the Company (a) for the determination of the Owners of Receipts who shall be
(i) entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights or the net proceeds of the sale thereof or (ii) entitled to give instructions for
the exercise of voting rights at, and to attend (without voting or speaking), any such meeting, or (b) on or after which each American
Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.
16. VOTING OF DEPOSITED SECURITIES AND ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS.
As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting or solicitation of proxies of holders of Shares or other
Deposited Securities, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail to the
Owners of Receipts a notice, the form of which notice shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, which shall contain (a) such
information as is contained in such notice of meeting (or, if requested by the Company a summary of such information provided by
the Company), (b) a statement that the Owners of Receipts as of the close of business on a specified record date (the “Specified
Record Date”) will be entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of Italian law and of the Articles of Association of the Company
(which provisions, if any, shall be summarized in such notice to the extent that such provisions are material), to instruct the Depositary
as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their
respective American Depositary Shares, (c) a statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given, (d) a statement that
Beneficial Owners on the Specified Record Date may attend, but not vote or speak at, such meeting and (e) a statement as to the
manner in which such Beneficial Owners may request from the Depositary an admission ticket for such meeting. Upon the written
request of an Owner of a Receipt on the Specified Record Date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such
purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor insofar as practicable to vote or cause to be voted the amount of Shares or other Deposited
Securities represented by such American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Receipt in accordance with the instructions set forth in
such request. The Depositary shall not itself exercise any voting discretion over any Deposited Securities. Upon the written request of
an Owner (or if DTC is the Owner, a participant in DTC’s book-entry system) on behalf of a Beneficial Owner on the Specified
-28-
Record Date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall (a) as early as
practicable prior to such meeting issue to such Beneficial Owner an admission ticket (in the form provided by the Company) for such
meeting and (b) notify the Company of the identity of such Beneficial Owner as promptly as practicable thereafter (but in any case at
least two Business Days prior to such meeting).
Subject to the rules of any securities exchange on which American Depositary Shares or the Deposited Securities
represented thereby are listed, the Depositary shall if requested by the Company deliver, at least two Business Days prior to the date of
such meeting, to the Company, to the attention of its Secretary, copies of all instructions received from Owners in accordance with
which the Depositary will vote, or cause to be voted, the Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares
evidenced by such Receipts at such meeting. Delivery of instructions will be made at the expense of the Company (unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Company and the Depositary).
17. CHANGES AFFECTING DEPOSITED SECURITIES.
In circumstances where the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Deposit Agreement do not apply, upon any change in
nominal value, change in par value split-up, consolidation, or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any
recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale of assets affecting the Company or to which it is a party, any
securities which shall be received by the Depositary or a Custodian in exchange for or in conversion of or in respect of Deposited
Securities shall be treated as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, and American Depositary Shares shall
thenceforth represent the new Deposited Securities so received in exchange or conversion, unless additional Receipts are delivered
pursuant to the following sentence. In any such case the Depositary may, and shall if the Company shall so request, execute and
deliver additional Receipts as in the case of a dividend in Shares, or call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for
new Receipts specifically describing such new Deposited Securities.
18. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY AND DEPOSITARY.
Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall incur any liability to any Owner or Beneficial Owner, if by reason of any
provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any other country, or of any other governmental or
regulatory authority, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Articles of Association of the Company, or by reason of
any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented or forbidden from
or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit
Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed; nor shall the Depositary or the Company incur any liability to any Owner or
Beneficial Owner of a Receipt by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing
which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any exercise of, or
failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement. Where, by the terms of a distribution pursuant to Sections
4.01, 4.02 or 4.03 of the Deposit Agreement, or an offering or distribution pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Deposit Agreement, such
distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners of Receipts, and the Depositary may not dispose of such distribution or
offering on behalf of such Owners and make the net proceeds available to such Owners, then the Depositary shall not make such
distribution or offering, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse. Neither the Company nor the Depositary assumes any
obligation or shall be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to Owners or Beneficial Owners of Receipts, except that
they agree to perform their obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith. The Depositary
shall not be subject to any liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities. Neither the Depositary nor the
Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit, or other proceeding in respect of any
Deposited Securities or in respect of the Receipts, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity
satisfactory to it against all expenses and liability shall be furnished as often as may be required, and the Custodian shall not be under
any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings, the responsibility of the Custodian being solely to the Depositary. Neither
the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or nonaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from
legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or Beneficial Owner of a Receipt, or any other person
believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure
to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of
any such vote, provided that any such action or nonaction is in good faith. The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions
made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with a matter
arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such
potential liability arises, the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary. The
Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and any Custodian against, and hold each
of them harmless from, any liability or expense (including, but not limited to the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) which may
arise out of acts performed or omitted, in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and of the Receipts, as the same
may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or their respective
directors, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of either of
them, and except to the extent that such liability or expense arises out of information relating to the Depositary or the Custodian, as
-29-
applicable, furnished in writing to the Company by the Depositary or the Custodian, as applicable, expressly for use in any registration
statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum) or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary placement
memorandum) relating to the Shares, or omissions from such information; or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, employees,
agents and affiliates. The indemnities contained in this paragraph shall not extend to any liability or expense which may arise out of
any Pre-Release.
No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provisions of the Deposit Agreement.
The Depositary, subject to Sections 2.05 and 2.09 of the Deposit Agreement, may own and deal in any class of securities
of the Company and its affiliates and in Receipts.
19. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE DEPOSITARY; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN.
The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the
Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as
provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by written notice of such removal,
effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit
Agreement. Whenever the Depositary in its discretion determines that it is in the best interest of the Owners of Receipts to do so, it
may appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians.
20. AMENDMENT.
The form of the Receipts and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended
by agreement between the Company and the Depositary in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment
which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees and cable, telex
or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing
right of Owners of Receipts, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding Receipts until the expiration of thirty days after
notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Owners of outstanding Receipts. Every Owner of a Receipt at the time any
amendment so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such Receipt, to consent and agree to such amendment and to
be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner of any
Receipt to surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby except in order to comply with
mandatory provisions of applicable law.
21. TERMINATION OF DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
The Depositary at any time, at the direction of the Company, shall terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of
such termination to the Owners of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such
termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Company
and the Owners of all Receipts then outstanding, such termination to be effective on a date specified in such notice not less than 30
days after the date thereof, if at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written
notice of its election to resign and a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in
the Deposit Agreement. On and after the date of termination, the Owner of a Receipt will, upon (a) surrender of such Receipt at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, (b) payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of Receipts referred to in
Section 2.05 of the Deposit Agreement, and (c) payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery, to
the Owner or upon the Owner’s order, of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares
evidenced by such Receipt. If any Receipts shall remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter shall
discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts, shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Owners thereof, and shall not
give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect
dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell rights as provided in the Deposit Agreement, and shall
continue to deliver Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net
proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary (after deducting, in each
case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such Receipt in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). At any time after the
expiration of one year from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under the Deposit
Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it
thereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of Receipts which have not
theretofore been surrendered, such Owners thereupon becoming general creditors of the Depositary with respect to such net proceeds.
After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except to account for
such net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of a Receipt, any expenses
for the account of the Owner of such Receipt in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, and any
-30-
applicable taxes or governmental charges) and except as provided in Section 5.08 of the Deposit Agreement. Upon the termination of
the Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations
to the Depositary with respect to indemnification, charges, and expenses.
22. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS.
To the extent that provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities (including the Company’s Articles of Association
or applicable law) may require the disclosure of beneficial or other ownership of Deposited Securities, other Shares and other
securities to the Company and may provide for blocking transfer and voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limit such
ownership, the Depositary shall use its best efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to comply with Company instructions
as to Receipts in respect of any such enforcement or limitation, and Owners and Beneficial Owners shall comply with all such
disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and shall cooperate with the Depositary’s compliance with such Company
instructions.
-31-
[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded
information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.
Exhibit 4.10
RECORD OF AGREEMENT
On 18 December 2018, at the Department of Labour and Social Politics, a meeting was held to carry out the joint examination
requested by NATUZZI SPA aimed to be granted an extension of payments from the CIGS (Cassa Integrazione Guadagni
Straordinaria, Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit Fund), after the conclusion of a “defensive solidarity contract” under Section 22-bis
of Legislative Decree 148/2015, as amended by Section 25 of Legislative Decree 119/2018.
The following parties appeared:
- The Department of Labour and Social Politics, represented by Mr Andrea Annesi.
- The Department of Economic Development, represented by Ms Chiara Cherubini.
- The Region of Puglia, represented by Mr Stefano Basile.
- The Region of Basilicata, represented by Mr Roberto Cifarelli, Councillor.
- NATUZZI S.p.A., represented by Mr Michele Onorato and Ms Patrizia Ragazzo, assisted by Mr Claudio Schiavone, solicitor.
- Mr Fabrizio Pascucci, Mr Antonio Delle Noci, Mr Gianni Fiorucci, Mr Marco Demurtas, Ms Vanessa Caccerini, respectively
as national representatives of FENEAL UIL and UILTUCS, FILCA CISL, FILLEA CGIL, FISASCAT CISL, FILCAMS
CGIL, along with the regional and territorial RSU (unified trade union representations) and RSA (corporate trade union
representations).
WHEREAS
- Natuzzi S.p.A. (VAT No 03513760722), with registered office in Santeramo in Colle, via Iazzitiello, No 47 is the leading
Italian company in the furniture industry.
- The Company is classified in the industrial sector for social security purposes. The Company’s relations with its employees are
regulated by the following agreements:
o The CCNL (Contratto Collettivo Nazionale di Lavoro, collective bargaining agreement) for employees working in the
Wood and Furniture industries.
o The CCNL for employees working in the Distribution and Services industries.
- The Company’s staff totalled 2,063 employees (excluding Managers) at 30 November 2018 and was made up as follows:
o
o
o
92 First Line Managers
488 Clerks
1,483 Factory Workers
- The above personnel works in the following production units:
o Matera (MT) Iesce - Via Appia Antica s.c. Km 13.5
o Santeramo in Colle (BA) Iesce- SS 271 for Matera Km 50.2
o Laterza (TA) - Contrada Madonna delle Grazie
o Matera La Martella (MT) - Zona lndustriale La Martella
o Santeramo in Colle (BA) - Via lazzitiello, 47
o Ginosa (TA) - Contrada Sierro delle Vigne, s.n.
o Altamura (BA) Graviscella - Via Graviscella z.i.
with the following distribution:
Production Unit
Ginosa (TA) – C.da Sierro delle Vigne s.n. ..........................................
Laterza (TA) – C.da Madonna delle Grazie ........................................
Matera (MT) - Via Appia Antica S.C. Km 13.5 ..................................
Matera (MT) - Zona lndustriale Località La Martella .......................
Santeramo in Colle (BA) - SS 271 for Matera Km 50.2 ......................
Santeramo in Colle (BA) - Via lazzitiello, 47 .......................................
Altamura (BA) - Via Graviscella sn .....................................................
Total Workers ........................................................................................
Clerks
5
30
7
17
12
319
1
391
Foremen
and
Supervisory
Workers
7
32
9
4
27
16
2
97
Factory
Workers
189
505
201
69
367
151
1
1483
First Line
Managers
2
1
1
1
87
92
Total
Workers
201
569
218
91
407
573
4
2063
- The Company applied to this Office for a joint examination of its request to be granted an extension of payments from the
CIGS (Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit Fund) scheme, after the conclusion of a “defensive solidarity contract” under
Section 22-bis of Legislative Decree 148/2015, as amended by Section 25 of Legislative Decree 119/2018. As a result, the
parties were convened on the date of this record.
- During the meeting, the Company’s representative declared as follows:
o The Company took measures aimed to increase its competitiveness and strengthen its position on the market, and
consequently to maintain its employment levels. The above measures included substantial industrial reconversion
activities aimed to attract the Italian “living room” (furniture) district to “high end” production with the purpose of
meeting market demand. As a matter of fact, Natuzzi Italia and Natuzzi Edition products are perceived as having a
higher added value but this factor depends on their capacity to maintain quality and design standards well above the
market average.
o Achievement of the above target will be favoured by the specialisation and verticalisation of production and by the
o
o
progressive termination of non-profitable production as a result of the cost of Italian factors of production.
In order to meet the above target, the Group also declared that it wishes to keep pursuing its global brand strengthening
policy by developing a commercial network that may increase the sales of its Italian products, especially the Natuzzi
Italia Brand.
In spite of the above measures, which were started with the implementation of the Programme Agreement signed at the
headquarters of the Department of Economic Development in 2013, including for example the completion of the
restructuring of the Matera Iesce plant (the only plant which almost met the Business Plan targets) and the introduction
of technological and process innovations in the Laterza plant (which also led to significant improvements), there are
still doubts about the achievement of the above objectives in terms of competitiveness and product quality.
o Moreover, due to a complex legal dispute, which is still pending, the Group had declared an interruption to its
o
investments in Italy for the purpose of setting-aside considerable funds for litigation costs, which largely affected the
Company’s financial performance and made it impossible to reach the production cost objectives which would have
made Italian production sustainable.
In light of the above financial and production circumstances, on 20 April 2018 the Company convened the Trade
Union Organisations to the offices of Federlegno to inform them of the results for the 2017 financial year, which
showed an operating loss of 29 million euros. The meeting was also aimed to inform the Social Partners that upon
expiration of the Solidarity Contract the production and organisation set-up would result in the structural redundancy of
approximately 1000 workers employed in production/logistics units and offices.
o During the above meeting, the parties agreed, upon express request by the Trade Union Organisations, to set an urgent
meeting at the “Control Centre”, which was held on 11 May 2018 at the headquarters of the Department of Economic
Development. On that occasion, the Company and the Social Partners started to discuss technical issues and the
dialogue was reopened, prior to the expiration of the social safety nets, in order to prevent the start of a collective
dismissal procedure.
o Given the circumstances, the Trade Union Organisations declared that the defence of the employment levels was a
priority and asked for a business plan which excluded redundancies, to be implemented by way of: a) the re-
internalisation of production for the entire supply chain; b) the diversification of production; c) the valorisation of
company know-how. Furthermore, the Trade Union Organisations asked the Company to complete the investments
aimed at increasing the quality and production levels of the Italian plants.
o During the meeting at the Control Centre, the Company undertook to submit a plan for the business reorganisation of
the Italian plants and to take joint measures in an attempt to reduce forecast redundancies following the expiry of the
social safety nets.
o After the meeting at the Control Centre and the commitments made on that institutional occasion, on 30 May 2018 the
Company submitted to Bari’s Confindustria (Employers’ Trade Union) its new Italian Business Plan to the national
and regional Trade Union Organisations, the territorial organisations and the coordination of the RSU and RSA
(corporate and unified trade union representations). The Plan was aimed at:
Restore competitiveness and product quality;
Retrain and redeploy any redundant staff.
Internalise the processing of semi-finished products;
o The above Plan, which was fully illustrated during the meeting, was based on the organisation of the activities over
four production plants: Matera Iesce, Santeramo Iesce, Laterza, Ginosa, as well as those of the Matera La Martella’s
logistics hub, the Industrial Methodology Lab and the Improvement and Quality Lab.
o During the implementation of the Plan, each plant was supposed to specialize in a specific cluster of products in order
to encourage the development of a specific know-how that would ensure its competitiveness and quality.
o After further negotiations, the Collective Agreement approving the Business Plan was signed on 28 June 2018 at the
headquarters of the Department of Economic Development. The Plan aims to regain productivity and efficiency while
protecting the corporate skills, also by diversifying and internalising the production cycles. Once all the preconditions
are met, the Plan envisages complex and costly restructuring interventions and staff retraining measures.
o The final working arrangements envisaged in the Plan for the “living room” industry provide for the employment of
1093 workers in the production/logistics departments and 469 workers in the service departments and in the offices.
o The Agreement also provides for shared arrangements to retrain the workers made redundant as a result of the
restructuring of the production sites and to redeploy them to the new semi-finished production activities.
o At the same time, also in execution of subsequent arrangements, within the general restructuring process and under the
development programme agreement signed with Invitalia (National Agency for Inward Investment and Economic
Development), investments have been envisaged both in the sites allocated to the “living room” production (Matera
Iesce, Santeramo Iesce, Laterza, Santeramo in Colle, the Industrial Methodology Lab and the Matera La Martella
logistics hub) and for the reindustrialisation of the site of Ginosa (TA) with the purpose of executing the investments
related to the new processing of semi-finished wood products. An agreement signed on 13 November 2018 at the
Control Centre of the Department of Economic Development confirmed the contents of the Business Plan approved by
way of the above-mentioned Collective Agreement on 28 June 2018. The agreement only provided for two
amendments: zero production costs at the new Iesce 3 and Iesce 4 plants and the resulting displacement of these
activities to the plants of Ginosa (TA) and Altamura-Graviscella (BA), as well as the liquidation of the Polyurethane
Production plant, as set forth in the project addendum.
o Therefore, in execution of the Business Plan, the Parties agreed upon the retraining process for the 491 workers who
will be employed on the Altamura-Graviscella site and will thus undergo professional retraining for the new processing
procedures for wood and rubber semi-finished products.
o As regards the Altamura-Graviscella site, on 14 December 2018 the Parties signed a record of agreement concerning
the request for application of the CIGS (Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit Fund) scheme due to corporate
restructuring at the regional headquarters.
o Without prejudice to the implementation of the above Business Plan, the Company declared that it was necessary to
deal with an overstaffing of 491 workers.
o Likewise, it was necessary to apply for an extension of the Solidarity Contract under Section 22-bis of Legislative
Decree 148/2015 for the Matera Iesce, Santeramo Iesce, Laterza, Matera La Martella, Factory Outlet, Santeramo in
Colle and Ginosa sites. The Solidarity Contract for these sites will expire on 31 December 2018.
o During the meeting held at the headquarters of the Region of Puglia on 14 December 2018, the Company agreed with
the representatives of the Region of Puglia and the Region of Basilicata on the adoption of active policy measures
intended for the workers.
o The Regions of Puglia and Basilicata also declared that the Company plays a key financial and strategic role on their
territories.
HAVING REGARD TO
•
•
Section 25 of Legislative Decree 119 of 23 October 2018, which amended Section 22-bis of Legislative Decree 148/2015;
Ministerial Circular No 16 of 29 October 2018.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS
1) The above recitals form an integral part of this agreement.
2) Under Section 22-bis of Legislative Decree 148/2015, introduced by Section 1, par. 133, of Act No 205/2017, as
amended by Section 25 of Legislative Decree 119 of 23 October 2018, NATUZZI SPA will apply for an extension of
payments from the CIGS (Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit Fund) scheme after the conclusion of a “defensive
solidarity contract” to the benefit of a maximum of 2022 workers:
Matera-Iesce .................................................................................... 218 workers
Santeramo-Iesce .............................................................................. 407 workers
Laterza ............................................................................................. 569 workers
Matera-La Martella and Factory Outlet ....................................... 91 workers
Santeramo in Colle .......................................................................... 571 workers
Ginosa .............................................................................................. 166 workers
3) The payments will be requested for 12 months starting from 1 January 2019.
4) Working hours will be reduced by an average 42% on a monthly basis in consideration of a 40-hour work week.
5) Working hours will be reduced, depending on corporate needs, both “vertically” (single days) and/or horizontally.
6) Without prejudice to the corporate average reduction of working hours of 42% provided for by Legislative Decree
148/2015, the maximum individual reduction will be implemented in such a way as to guarantee compliance with the
percentage set forth in Legislative Decree 148/2015 for the reduction of the individual average by 70% over the period
of extension of the Solidarity Contract.
7) Section 21, par. 5, of Legislative Decree 148/2015 allows for a decrease in the reduction of working hours to meet
temporary needs of increased workloads.
8) As a result of the above reduction of working hours, the direct, indirect and deferred remuneration, as well as the
contractual and/or statutory schemes will be determined and paid in proportion to the actual work performance in
compliance with applicable law. The severance indemnity fund will be paid under Section 21, par. 5, of Legislative
Decree 148/2015.
9) The Company will advance the salary supplementation payments to the employees concerned at their usual pay dates.
10) In order to rationalise inspections and make them more efficient, the Company will request their centralisation at the
ITL (Ispettorato Nazionale del Lavoro, National Labour Inspectorate) of Bari.
11) The Company quantified the cost for the extension of the payments from the CIGS (Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit
Fund) scheme after the conclusion of the “defensive solidarity contract” as a total expenditure of [***].
12) The measures envisaged by the Plan submitted by the Company will be discussed during special meetings between the
Parties at the Company’s headquarters on a three-monthly basis or upon request. This will allow the Parties to monitor
the management of the Solidarity Contract and the evolution of the corporate situation.
By signing this record, the Parties acknowledged that they concluded their joint examination and reached the agreement under
Section 22-bis of Legislative Decree 148/2015, introduced by Section 1, par. 133, of Act No 205/2017, as amended by Section 25 of
Legislative Decree 119/2018.
The Department of Labour acknowledged the agreement between the Parties and declared that the joint examination procedure under
Section 24 of Legislative Decree 148/2015 was concluded with a positive outcome.
Having concluded its mediation activity, this Office will forward this record promptly to the IV Division of the Direzione Generale
degli Ammortizzatori Sociali e della Formazione (Directorate-General for Social Safety Nets and Training) for its preliminary
inquiries and decision.
This record was read, confirmed and signed as a true and correct record.
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR AND SOCIAL POLITICS
/S/[ILLEGIBLE]
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
/S/[ILLEGIBLE]
REGION OF PUGLIA
/S/[ILLEGIBLE]
REGION OF BASILICATA
/S/[ILLEGIBLE]
NATUZZI SPA ................................................................................ TRADE UNION ORGANISATIONS
/S/ MICHELE ONORATO ............................................................... /SS/[ILLEGIBLE]
GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCES DIRECTOR
/S/[ILLEGIBLE]
RSU/RSA
/SS/[ILLEGIBLE]
EXCERPT OF MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF 14 DECEMBER 2018
On 14 December 2018, in Bari, at the headquarters of the Assessorato alla Formazione e Lavoro (Training and Labour Council), in
Via Corigliano 1 Z.I. Bari (BA), NATUZZI S.p.A., represented by Mr Michele ONORATO, the Social Partners and the Regional
Authorities met in order to request an extension of the Solidarity Contract in force under Sections 21, 22-bis and 24 of Legislative
Decree 148/2015 and of payments from the CIGS (Cassa Integrazione Guadagni Straordinaria, Extraordinary Redundancy Benefit
Fund) for the site of Altamura Graviscella (BA). In compliance with applicable regional law, Natuzzi S.p.A. will submit a training
programme under the “Corporate Training Programmes – Notice No 4/2016” section within the framework of the agreement signed by
the Company and the Social Partners, specifically in performance of subsection 11), and having regard to the active policy tools made
available by the Puglia and Basilicata Regions. The programme envisages professional retraining activities aimed to reinstate workers
in the workplace y means of the following measures:
- Preparing activities for the purpose of professional training and retraining;
- Promoting work, training and professional growth opportunities by improving the match between the skill requirements
expressed by employers and the need for reinstatement;
- Reinstatement and professional development;
- Active monitoring of the job market offers through local employment agencies.
However, it is understood that the share of state co-funding cannot exceed 800,000 euros.
The Company may implement its Training Programme individually or in cooperation with the authorities set out in the Regional List
of Accredited Authorities by setting up a RTS (Raggruppamento Tecnico-Scientifico, Technical and Scientific Association of
Enterprises) or a RTI (Raggruppamento Temporaneo di Imprese, Temporary Association of Enterprises).
The Region of Basilicata agreed and declared that it will take part in the restructuring of the sites involved and in the retraining of
personnel through an Active Labour Market Policy Programme programme of active policies and by monitoring the investment plan
and the achievement of full employment.
These minutes were read, confirmed and signed as a true and correct record.
THE COMPANY
TRADE UNION ORGANISATIONS
THE REGION
/S/ MICHELE ONORATO
GLOBAL HUMAN RESOURCES
DIRECTOR
/S/ [ILLEGIBLE]
/SS/ [ILLEGIBLE]
/SS/ [ILLEGIBLE]
List of Significant Subsidiaries:
Percentage
of
ownership
100.00
100.00
100.00
99.99
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
51.00
99.00
100.00
96.50
100.00
100.00
96.50
100.00
100.00
Name
Italsofa Nordeste S/A ...........................................................
Natuzzi (China) Ltd. ............................................................
Italsofa Romania S.r.l. .........................................................
Natco S.p.A. .........................................................................
I.M.P.E. S.p.A. .....................................................................
Nacon S.p.A. ........................................................................
Lagene S.r.l. .........................................................................
Natuzzi Americas Inc. ..........................................................
Natuzzi Iberica S.A. .............................................................
Natuzzi Switzerland AG ......................................................
Natuzzi Germany Gmbh ......................................................
Natuzzi Japan KK ................................................................
Natuzzi Services Limited .....................................................
Natuzzi Russia OOO ............................................................
Natuzzi India Furniture PVT Ltd. ........................................
Natuzzi Florida LLC ............................................................
Natmex S.DE.R.L.DE.C.V ..................................................
Natuzzi France S.a.s. ............................................................
Softaly (Furniture) Shanghai Co. Ltd...................................
Natuzzi Netherlands Holding ...............................................
New Comfort S.r.l. ...............................................................
Italsofa Shanghai Ltd. ..........................................................
Natuzzi Trade Service S.r.l. .................................................
Natuzzi Oceania PTI Ltd. ....................................................
Intragroup leather dyeing and finishing
(1) Manufacture and distribution
(2)
(3) Production and distribution of polyurethane foam
(4) Services and distribution
(5)
Investment holding
(6) Dormant
Exhibit 8.1
Activity
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(6)
(6)
(6)
Registered office
Salvador de Bahia, Brazil
Shanghai, China
Baia Mare, Romania
Santeramo in Colle, Italy
Bari, Italy
Santeramo in Colle, Italy
Santeramo in Colle, Italy
High Point, North Carolina, USA
Madrid, Spain
Dietikon, Switzerland
Köln, Germany
Tokyo, Japan
London, UK
Moscow, Russia
New Delhi, India
High Point, North Carolina, USA
Mexico City, Mexico
Paris, France
Shanghai, China
Amsterdam, Holland
Santeramo in Colle, Italy
Shanghai, China
Santeramo in Colle, Italy
Sydney, Australia
Exhibit 12.1
I, Pasquale Natuzzi, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Natuzzi S.p.A.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;
4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period
covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: April 30, 2019
/s/ Pasquale Natuzzi
Name: Pasquale Natuzzi
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 12.2
I, Vittorio Notarpietro, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Natuzzi S.p.A.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;
4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period
covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: April 30, 2019
/s/ Vittorio Notarpietro
Name: Vittorio Notarpietro
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350,
Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)
Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18,
United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Natuzzi S.p.A. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s
knowledge, that:
The Annual Report on form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 (the “Form 20-F”) of the Company fully complies with
the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Exhibit 13.1
Dated: April 30, 2019
Dated: April 30, 2019
/s/ Pasquale Natuzzi
Pasquale Natuzzi
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Vittorio Notarpietro
Vittorio Notarpietro
Chief Financial Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Natuzzi S.p.A. and will be retained by
Natuzzi S.p.A. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.